Patent Publication Number: US-2021186579-A1

Title: Apparatus and methods for treatment of a bone

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation application of Ser. No. 16/027,338, filed on Jul. 4, 2018, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/528,476, filed on Jul. 4, 2017, both of which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. 
    
    
     BACKGROUND 
     Bone fracture fixation may involve using structures to counteract or partially counteract forces on a fractured bone or associated bone fragments. In general, fracture fixation may provide longitudinal (along the longitudinal axis of the bone), transverse (across the longitudinal axis of the bone), and rotational (about the longitudinal axis of the bone) stability. Fracture fixation may also preserve normal biologic and healing function. 
     Bone fracture fixation often involves addressing loading conditions, fracture patterns, alignment, compression force, and other factors, which may differ for different types of fractures. For example, midshaft fractures may have ample bone material on either side of the fracture in which anchors may be driven. End-bone fractures, especially near the articular surface may have thin cortical bone, soft cancellous bone, and relatively fewer possible anchoring locations. 
     Multi-segment fractures, of either the midshaft or end-bone, may require alignment and stability in a manner that generates adequate fixation in multiple directions. 
     Placement of the structures may be important for proper healing of the bone. 
     It would be desirable, therefore, to provide apparatus and methods for placement of structures. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       The objects and advantages of the invention will be apparent upon consideration of the following detailed description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, in which like reference characters refer to like parts throughout, and in which: 
         FIG. 1  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 2  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIGS. 2A and 2B  show portions of a humerus bone. 
         FIG. 2C  shows conceptually a relationship between apparatus, in accordance with the principles of the invention, and anatomy. 
         FIG. 3  shows a human skeleton. 
         FIG. 4  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 5  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 6  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 7  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 8  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 9  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 10  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 11  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 12  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 13  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 14  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 15  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 16  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 17  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 18  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 19  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 20  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 21  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 22  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 23  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 24  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 25  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 26  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 27  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 28  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 29  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 30  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 31  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 32  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 33  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 34  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 35  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 36  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 37  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 38  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 39  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 40  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 41  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 42  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 43  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 44  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 45  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 46  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 47  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 48  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 49  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 50  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 51  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 52  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 53  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 54  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 55  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 56  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 57  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 58  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 59  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 60  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 61  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 62  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 63  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 64  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 65  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 66  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 67  shows an illustrative method in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 68  shows an illustrative method in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 69  shows an illustrative method in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 70  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 71  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 72  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 73  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 74  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 75  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 76  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 77  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 78  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 79  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 80  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 81  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 82  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 83  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 84  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 85  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 86  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 87  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 88  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 88A  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 89  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 90  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 91  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 92  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 92A  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 93  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 94  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 95  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 96  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 97  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 97A  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 98  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 99  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 100  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 101  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 102  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 103  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 104  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 105  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 106  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 107A  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 107B  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 108  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 109  shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 110  shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 111  shows steps of an illustrative procedure accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 112  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 113  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 114  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 115  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 116  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 117  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 118  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 119  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 120  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 121  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 122  shows illustrative apparatus accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 123  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 124  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 125  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 126  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 125 . 
         FIG. 127  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 128  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 127 . 
         FIG. 129  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 130  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 131  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 132  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 133  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 134  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 135  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 136  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 137  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 138  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 139  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 140  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 141  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 142  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 143  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 144  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 145  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 146  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 147  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 148  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 149  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 150  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 151  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 152  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 153  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 154  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 153 . 
         FIG. 155  shows illustrative apparatus in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 156  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 155 . 
         FIG. 157  shows illustrative in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 158  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
         FIG. 159  shows illustrative apparatus and methods in accordance with principles of the invention. 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 
     Apparatus and methods for reducing a fracture of a bone are provided. 
     Apparatus and methods for implanting an implant into a target site in the bone are provided. 
     Apparatus and methods for securing the fractured bone are provided. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a jig. The jig may include features that spatially register external bone anatomy to an implant target site in the bone. The jig features may be used to direct one or more wires, screws, cavity preparation devices, plates and implants, or other suitable items, so that the implant may be delivered to the site. 
     The implant may include apparatus and methods described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/353,855, filed on Jan. 14, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,287,538, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/043,190, filed on Mar. 8, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,906,022, and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/945,137, filed on Jul. 18, 2013, all of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. 
     Drilling and cavity preparation may be performed using apparatus and methods described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/009,657, filed on Jan. 19, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,961,518, and/or U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/568,301, filed on Dec. 12, 2014, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. 
     Reduction of a fracture and apparatus and methods for inserting an implant into a bone, may be performed using apparatus and methods described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/043,330, filed on Mar. 8, 2011, and/or in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/414,695, filed on Mar. 7, 2012, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein in their entireties. 
     The implant may be an implant that is not expandable. The implant may be an expandable implant. The implant may self-expand when deployed and/or when rotated. The implant may be expanded using one or more actuating mechanisms. The implant may be radially expandable. The implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. The mesh cage may include interconnected cells. The implant, when expanded, may take on any suitable shape. The implant may be expanded from an unexpanded state to an expanded state. The unexpanded state may be a collapsed state. 
     The implant may be implanted in any suitable bone in the human body. The implant may be implanted in any suitable bone in an animal. A suitable bone may be a bone with a metaphyseal and a diaphyseal region, or any other suitable bone. For example, the bone may be a lateral condylar fracture in a horse. The lateral condylar fracture may be a fracture of the third metacarpal or cannon bone on the distal or lower end of the horse. 
     The implant may occupy a volume in the interior of the bone after it has been expanded. The implant may occupy the volume when the implant is positioned at the target site and expanded to form a mesh cage. The volume may define a three-dimensional area within the interior. The volume may occupy a portion of the interior. A volume occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at a target site and radially expanded may be referred to herein as an ‘implantation region.’ 
     The implant may occupy a first volume when it is positioned at the target site prior to expansion. The implant may occupy a second volume when it is positioned at the target site and after it has been expanded. 
     The implant may include an implant head. The implant may include an implant tail. An implant shaft may be releasably coupled to the implant tail. The implant head may be formed from laser cut tube stock. The implant tail may be formed from laser cut tube stock. The implant head, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. The mesh cage may form a lattice-like structure defining a plurality of openings. The mesh cage may be an anchoring substrate. The mesh cage may be a mesh anchoring substrate. 
     The implant tail may be coupled to the implant head. The implant tail may be fixedly attached to the implant head, removably attached to the implant head, or of unitary or monolithic structure with the implant head. A portion of the implant tail may have a tubular shape. All of the implant tail may have a tubular shape. The implant tail may include a first end and a second end. The first end may be coupled to the implant head. The second end may be coupled to the implant shaft. The second end may be releasably coupled to the implant shaft. 
     The implant may include a base. The base may be positioned between the implant head and the implant tail. 
     The second end of the implant tail may be so shaped that, after the implant is implanted in the bone, the second end conforms to a contour of the bone surface abutting the second end. The second end may sit flush with the bone surface. 
     The second end may be so shaped that, after the implant is implanted in the bone, the second end sits below the bone surface. The second end may be so shaped that, after the implant is implanted in the bone, the second end protrudes above the bone surface. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone in the human body. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone. The surface contour may be a two-dimensional or three-dimensional shape. The surface contour encompass two, three, four, or more different points or demarcation points on the surface of the bone. The points or lines may be at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. The points or lines may be at different angular displacements about the bone longitudinal axis. Thus, the surface contour may encompass a region of the bone surface having “topography” that varies longitudinally along the bone. Thus, the surface contour may encompass a region of the bone surface having “topography” that varies circumferentially about the bone. 
     The bone may include two or more surface contours. Each surface contour may extend along a portion of the bone surface. 
     A surface contour may include an anatomical landmark. A surface contour may include two or more anatomical landmarks. An anatomical landmark may include any anatomical structure of a bone in the human body that is used as an orientation point for medical measurements. A landmark may include a tuberosity, articular surface, condyle, a transitional location between a metaphyseal and a diaphyseal region, an end of a bone or any other suitable landmark. Exemplary landmarks may include a protuberance, such as a protuberance at a point on a bone where muscles or ligaments are attached, or any other suitable protuberance. When the bone is a proximal humerus, an anatomical landmark may include a greater tuberosity, an intertubercular groove, a lesser tuberosity, a surgical neck and an anatomical neck. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may be a reduction jig or any suitable jig or fixture. The jig may be used to facilitate the reduction of a bone fracture. The jig may be used to attain reduction of a bone fracture. The jig may be used to maintain reduction of the bone fracture. The jig may be used to facilitate provisional reduction of the fracture. The jig may be used to facilitate the securing of a bone. The bone may be any bone in the human body. The bone may be a fractured bone. The bone may be an osteoporotic bone. The bone may be a bone in need of therapeutic care. 
     The fracture may define one or more fragments or segments. For the purposes of this application, the term fragment and the term segment may be interchangeable. A segment or fragment may be used to call out any piece of a bone. 
     The jig may be shaped to span a fracture line of the fracture. The fracture line may be a typical fracture line. The fracture line may be an atypical fracture line. The jig, when secured to the fractured bone, may provide stability across one or more fracture lines of the bone. The jig, when secured to the bone, may provide stability across one or more planes defined by the bone. The jig may include a member that spans across a fracture site of a bone. The jig may include two members that span across a fracture site of the bone. 
     The bone may be a humerus bone. The jig may be applied to a proximal portion of the humerus bone. The jig may be shaped to span a typical fracture line of a proximal humeral fracture. A typical fracture line may be along a surgical neck of a proximal humerus. 
     The jig may be used with a plurality of surgical approaches. The surgical approaches may include a delto-pectoral approach, a deltoid split approach, an antegrade approach, a percutaneous approach, and any other suitable approach. A percutaneous approach may be a surgical approach performed primarily through a small incision the skin. 
     The jig may be formed from any suitable material. The material may be biocompatible. The material may be radiopaque. Radiopaque materials may include plastic, carbon fiber or Polyetheretherketone (“PEEK”). The material may include metal such as stainless steel, Nitinol, other alloy, titanium alloys, aluminum alloys, composites of carbon fiber, or one or more plastics or epoxy resin. The jig may include a “soft” material. If the jig includes soft material, such as a plastic or epoxy resin, metal bushings may be incorporated into bores defined by the jig to provide more sound bearing surfaces for securing, penetrating and/or rotating members. 
     The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a bone administered using the jig may assist a physician in repairing a bone fracture. The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a bone administered using the jig may assist a physician in implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. For example, a shape of the jig and/or a plurality of holes defined by the jig may enable a physician to implant the implant in a bone interior without being obstructed by the jig and/or members supported by the jig. For example, the physician may implant an implant into an intramedullary canal of a bone without encountering obstruction by either the jig or members supported by the jig. 
     Two or more of the numerous jig features shown or described herein may be employed together in an individual jig. 
     The apparatus may include a plate. The plate may be releasably coupled to the jig. The plate may be used without the jig. The plate may be a surgical plate. 
     The plate may be formed from any suitable material such as a polymer, metal, composite such as a composite of carbon fiber, stainless steel, titanium alloys, aluminum alloys, Nitinol other alloy, a polymer or any other suitable material. The plate may provide buttressing support to a fracture. The plate may be removed from the bone prior to anchoring the implant to the bone. The plate may be anchored to the bone and to the implant and then left in place. 
     The plate may be used as a reduction jig or fixture. The plate may be used to facilitate the reduction of a bone fracture. The plate may be used to attain reduction of a bone fracture. The plate may be used to maintain reduction of the bone fracture. The plate may be used to facilitate provisional reduction of the fracture. The plate may be used to facilitate the securing of a bone. The bone may be any bone in the human body. The bone may be a fractured bone. The bone may be an osteoporotic bone. The bone may be a bone in need of therapeutic care. 
     The plate may be shaped to span a fracture line of the fracture. The fracture line may be a typical fracture line. The fracture line may be an atypical fracture line. The plate, when secured to the fractured bone, may provide stability across one or more fracture lines of the bone. The plate, when secured to the bone, may provide stability across one or more planes defined by the bone. The plate may include a member that spans across a fracture site of a bone. The plate may include two members that span across a fracture site of the bone. 
     The bone may be a humerus bone. The plate may be applied to a proximal portion of the humerus bone. The plate may be shaped to span a typical fracture line of a proximal humeral fracture. A typical fracture line may be along a surgical neck of a proximal humerus. 
     The plate may be used with a plurality of surgical approaches. The surgical approaches may include a delto-pectoral approach, a deltoid split approach, an antegrade approach, a percutaneous approach, and any other suitable approach. A percutaneous approach may be a surgical approach performed primarily through a small incision the skin. 
     The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a bone administered using the plate may assist a physician in repairing a bone fracture. The reduction, provisional reduction and/or securing of a bone administered using the plate may assist a physician in implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. For example, a shape of the plate and/or a plurality of holes defined by the plate may enable a physician to implant the implant in a bone interior without being obstructed by the plate and/or members supported by the plate. For example, the physician may implant an implant into an intramedullary canal of a bone without encountering obstruction by either the plate or members supported by the plate. 
     Two or more of the numerous plate features shown or described herein may be employed together in an individual plate. 
     The plate may include features that are shown and described herein in connection with the jig. The jig may include features that are shown and described herein in connection with the plate. 
     Apparatus disclosed herein may define a hole. The hole may point in a direction. The direction may be a direction of a central axis of the hole. 
     Apparatus disclosed herein may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement a surface contour of a bone. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour of when the bottom surface is in contact with the bone. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour when the bottom surface is in contact with the bone. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The jig may include a bottom surface. 
     The jig may define one or more pluralities of holes (may be referred to herein as “fixation element holes”). The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, a plurality of holes may point into the interior, but not into the volume to be occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded. The implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. 
     A plurality of holes may be sized to provide clearance for the implant in an interior of the bone. 
     A plurality of holes may be sized to receive fixation element. A fixation element, when passed through the plurality of holes, may engage the bone or fragment. Fixation elements that may be driven through one or more of the plurality of holes include pins, wires, K-wires, drills, needles, suture, cable, a threaded K-wire coupled to a nut to provide compression and/or threaded K-wires or any other suitable fixation element. 
     The plurality of holes may be located throughout the jig. The plurality of holes may be located throughout the jig so that fixation elements can be driven into a bone above and below a fracture line defined by a bone. The plurality of holes may assist a physician in securing the jig at a proper anatomical position on the bone. Fixation elements passed through the plurality of holes and into the bone may releasably couple the jig to the bone. 
     A fixation element hole may be sized too small to receive a screw. 
     Each of the fixation element holes may be smaller than holes for receiving screws (“screw holes”). Fixation element holes of the jig may be too small to receive a screw that can be received by a screw hole of the same jig. 
     Size ranges for the plurality of holes may include any size range suitable to one skilled in the art, for example a range between 1 mm and 6 mm. 
     Table 1 shows selected illustrative size ranges for a hole sized for receiving a fixation element having lower and upper limits. 
     
       
         
           
               
             
               
                 TABLE 1 
               
             
            
               
                   
               
               
                 Selected fixation element hole sizes. 
               
               
                 Fixation element hole diameter, illustrative ranges 
               
               
                 (lower and upper limits, inclusive) (mm) 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 Lower 
                 Upper 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 &lt;1.0 
                 1.0 
               
               
                   
                 1.0 
                 1.2 
               
               
                   
                 1.2 
                 1.4 
               
               
                   
                 1.4 
                 1.6 
               
               
                   
                 1.6 
                 1.8 
               
               
                   
                 1.8 
                 2.0 
               
               
                   
                 2.0 
                 2.2 
               
               
                   
                 2.2 
                 2.4 
               
               
                   
                 2.4 
                 2.6 
               
               
                   
                 2.6 
                 2.8 
               
               
                   
                 2.8 
                 3.0 
               
               
                   
                 3.0 
                 3.2 
               
               
                   
                 3.2 
                 3.4 
               
               
                   
                 3.4 
                 3.6 
               
               
                   
                 3.6 
                 3.8 
               
               
                   
                 3.8 
                 4.0 
               
               
                   
                 4.0 
                 4.2 
               
               
                   
                 4.2 
                 4.4 
               
               
                   
                 4.4 
                 4.6 
               
               
                   
                 4.6 
                 4.8 
               
               
                   
                 4.8 
                 5.0 
               
               
                   
                 5.0 
                 5.2 
               
               
                   
                 5.2 
                 5.4 
               
               
                   
                 5.4 
                 5.6 
               
               
                   
                 5.6 
                 5.8 
               
               
                   
                 5.8 
                 6.0 
               
               
                   
                 6.0 
                 &gt;6.0 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
         
       
     
     For example, for the plate configured to be applied to a proximal humerus bone, the plurality of holes may be 2.5 mm or smaller and a screw hole may be 3 mm or larger. 
     A screw hole may be sized too small to receive an unexpanded implant. 
     One or more of the plurality of holes may be internally threaded. 
     A threaded hole may receive a screw. 
     A threaded hole may receive an externally threaded bushing. The externally threaded bushing may define a bore. The bore may be sized to receive a fixation element. The bushing may assist a physician in guiding a fixation element through a hole defined by the jig and into a bone interior. 
     An internally threaded hole may be used as a K-wire bushing guide. 
     Two or more of the plurality of holes may be internally threaded. 
     All of the pluralities of holes may be internally threaded. 
     One or more of the plurality of holes may be not threaded. 
     The jig may define a bottom face. The bottom face may include the bottom surface. The bottom surface may define a portion of the bottom face. The bottom surface may define the bottom face. The bottom face may include two or more bottom surfaces. 
     The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface. The bottom face may include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may not complement a surface contour of the bone. The surface contour may be a first surface contour. The bone may include a second surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. The second bottom surface may complement the second surface contour. The surface contour may be a first surface contour, the bone may be a first bone and the longitudinal axis may be a second longitudinal axis. A second bone may include a second surface contour that extends along a surface of the second bone between two or more points at different elevations from a second longitudinal axis defined by the second bone. The second bottom surface may complement the second surface contour. 
     The jig may define a target hole. The target hole may be sized to receive a fixation element. A fixation element advanced through the target hole may be referred to herein as a “target wire.” When the bottom surface of the jig is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole may point to the target site. The target site may be a location in the bone interior where a physician may desire to position an end of the implant. The end of the implant may be an end of an implant head distal a physician when the implant is implanted in a bone. 
     The target hole may be tapered. 
     When a fixation element is advanced through the target hole and into an interior of a bone, a practitioner may position a tip of the fixation element at or near the target site. The practitioner may position the end of the implant at or near the point in the bone penetrated by the tip of the target wire. The head of the implant may be positioned at a point in the bone proximal to the point penetrated by the tip of the target wire. The head of the implant may be positioned at a point in the bone distal to the point penetrated by the tip of the target wire. 
     Where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the target site may be a center of a head of the proximal humerus bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole may point to a center-center location in the interior of the proximal humeral head. Driving a target wire through the target hole may advance the tip of the target wire towards the center-center location in the interior of the proximal humeral head. 
     Where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include a deltoid insertion. The surface contour may include two or more of the greater tuberosity, the intertubercular groove and the deltoid insertion. 
     The implant may be a first implant and the volume may be a first volume. Each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior, but not into the first volume or into a second volume occupied by a second implant when the second implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded. The second implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage. 
     The jig may include an indicator. The indicator may be a notch, a slit, a depression, or any other suitable demarcation on a top or side face of the jig. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the indicator may register to a location on the surface for initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. A location on the surface for initiating an access hole may be referred to herein as an “access position.” The access position may be a location on the surface adjacent the indicator. A distance between the location and the target site may correspond to a length of the implant. 
     An access hole may be initiated by drilling through the surface to form a hole. An access hole may be a hole on a surface of the bone through which a practitioner may access a target site in a bone interior. An access hole may be a hole on a surface of the bone for accessing the target site along a straight path. 
     The jig may include an indicator. The indicator on the jig may be spaced apart from the target hole. When the bottom surface of the jig is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, a spatial separation between the target hole and the target site may have a second length. The second length may be known based on an anatomy of the bone. 
     The jig may include a first indicator and a second indicator. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first indicator may register to a first location on the surface for initiating a first access hole for accessing the target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the second indicator may register to a second location on the surface for initiating a second access hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the first location and the target site may correspond to a first implant length. A distance between the second location and the target site corresponds to a second implant length. The first implant length may be different from the second implant length. 
     Where the jig includes a transverse member, a first longitudinal member and a second longitudinal member, the jig may include a first indicator and a second indicator. The first indicator may be located on the first longitudinal member. The second indicator may be located on the second longitudinal member. Each of the first indicator and the second indicator may register to a location on the bone for initiating an access hole. 
     The plurality of holes may include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may be divergent from the second direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second direction. The first direction may be non-parallel with the second direction. The first direction may be parallel with the second direction. 
     The plurality of holes may point in non-parallel directions. Some of the plurality of holes may point in parallel directions. Some of the plurality of holes may point in different directions. Each the plurality of holes may point in a unique trajectory. None of the trajectories may be parallel. 
     None of the plurality of holes may transect the jig at a right angle. One or more of the trajectories defined by the plurality of holes may transect the jig at right angles. All of the trajectories defined by the plurality of holes may transect the jig at right angles. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the jig may partially define an area on the surface of the bone for initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The jig may include a longitudinal member. The jig may be elongated along a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse member extending away from the longitudinal member. The transverse member may extend away from the longitudinal member. The transverse member may assist in stabilizing the fracture across a fracture line defined by the fractures site. The longitudinal member may include the bottom surface. The transverse member may include the bottom surface. The longitudinal member and the transverse member may include the bottom surface. The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first contour and the surface may be a first surface. The longitudinal member may include the first bottom surface. The transverse member may include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may complement a second surface contour that extends along a second surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse member extending away from the longitudinal member. When bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity and an intertubercular grove. The transverse member may include a first bottom surface complementing the greater tuberosity. The longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface complementing the intertubercular groove. 
     The jig may include a longitudinal member and a transverse member extending away from the longitudinal member. Where bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity, an intertubercular grove and a deltoid insertion. The transverse member may include a first bottom surface complementing the greater tuberosity. The longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface complementing the intertubercular groove. The longitudinal member may include a third bottom surface distal the transverse member. The third bottom surface may complement the deltoid insertion and a lateral aspect of the humerus shaft. 
     The jig may include a positioning hole. The positioning hole may be located at an end of the jig. The positioning hole may be sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction. The direction may be tangent to the bone. The direction may not transect a surface of the bone. 
     When the bone is proximal humerus bone, the direction may be tangent to a top of the greater tuberosity. A bottom surface of the jig extending away from the positioning hole may complement a surface contour of the humerus defined by a greater tuberosity. The bottom surface complementing the surface contour of the greater tuberosity may be used by a practitioner as a greater tuberosity locator. For example, positioning the bottom surface of the jig on the greater tuberosity may provide a physician with tactile feedback indicating that the jig has been properly positioned on the bone. 
     The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member, a first transverse member and a second transverse member. The first transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The second transverse member may define a third end and a fourth end. The second transverse member may be positioned between the first longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member. The third end may adjoin the first longitudinal member along a length of the first longitudinal member. The fourth end may adjoin the second longitudinal member along a length of the second longitudinal member. The first longitudinal member may define a first longitudinal axis. The second longitudinal member may define a second longitudinal axis. The second transverse member may define a third longitudinal axis. The third longitudinal axis may transect the first longitudinal axis and the second longitudinal axis at a right angle. The third longitudinal axis may transect the first longitudinal axis and the second longitudinal axis at an oblique angle. The third longitudinal angle may transect the first longitudinal axis at a right angle and the second longitudinal axis at an oblique angle. 
     The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first surface contour and the surface may be a first surface. The bone may include a second surface contour that extends along a second surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. The bone may include a third surface contour that extends along a third surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. The transverse member may include the first bottom surface. The first longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface complementing the second surface contour. The second longitudinal member may include the third bottom surface complementing the third surface contour. 
     The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface, the surface contour may be a first surface contour, the surface may be a first surface, the bone may be a first bone and the longitudinal axis may be a first longitudinal axis. The second bone may include a second surface contour that extends along a second surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from a second longitudinal axis. The first longitudinal member may include the first bottom surface. The second longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface complementing the second surface contour. Both the first bone and the second bone may define a third surface contour. The transverse member may define a third bottom surface complementing the third surface contour. 
     The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The bone may be a left humerus. A second bone may be a right humerus. The transverse member may include the first bottom surface. The first bottom surface may complement a greater tuberosity of the left humerus and a greater tuberosity of the right humerus. The first longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface complementing an intertubercular groove of the left humerus. The second longitudinal member may include a third bottom surface complementing an intertubercular groove of the right humerus. 
     The jig may include one or more suturing holes. A suturing hole may allow for attachment of a suture to the jig. Attachment of a suture to the jig may facilitate tying the jig to soft tissue. The suturing holes may be sized for suturing. The suturing holes may have characteristics different from the plurality of holes. 
     The jig may be configured to receive the plate. The jig may define an opening for receiving the plate. The jig may partially define an area for receiving the plate. The jig may include a coupling mechanism for removably coupling the plate to the jig. When the jig includes a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member and a transverse member, the first longitudinal member may include a first coupling mechanism for removably coupling the plate to the jig. The second longitudinal member may include a second coupling mechanism for removably coupling the plate to the jig. 
     The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the plate. A first apparatus may be described herein as being configured to be releasably coupled to a second apparatus. Releasably coupled apparatus may be releasably coupled by a coupling mechanism. The coupling mechanism may include a screw for coupling the first apparatus to the second apparatus, a press fit, a toggle feature, a rotational hook mechanism and any other fastener concept known to those skilled in the art. 
     For example, the jig may define a first bore extending through the jig and the plate may define a second bore extending through the plate. The first bore and the second bore may be threaded. Driving a screw through the first bore and into the second bore may couple the jig to the plate. Any other suitable coupling mechanisms may be used to couple the jig to the plate. 
     The jig may include a first longitudinal member, a second longitudinal member and a transverse member. The transverse member may define a first transverse member end and a second transverse member end. The first longitudinal member may define a first longitudinal member end and a second longitudinal member end. The second longitudinal member may define a third longitudinal member end and a fourth longitudinal member end. The first transverse member end may adjoin the first longitudinal member end. The second transverse member end may adjoin the third longitudinal member end. The second longitudinal member end may adjoin the fourth longitudinal member end. The transverse member, the first longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member may define an opening for receiving the plate. When the transverse member is a first transverse member, a second transverse member may be positioned between, and connected to, the second longitudinal member and the fourth longitudinal member end. The transverse member, the first longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member may define an opening for receiving the plate. The first transverse member, the second transverse member, the first longitudinal member and the second longitudinal member may define an opening for receiving the plate. 
     The jig may be configured to provide therapy to a first bone and a second bone. The jig may include a first bottom surface and a second bottom surface. The first bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of the first bone. The second bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of the second bone. The jig may include two or more bottom surfaces that conform to a surface contour of a first bone and two or more bottom surfaces that conform to a surface contour of a second bone. 
     For example, the first bone may be a right humerus. The first bone may include a first surface contour defined by a first greater tuberosity of the first bone and a second surface contour defined by a first intertubercular groove of the first bone. The second bone may be a proximal portion of a left humerus. The second bone may include a third surface contour defined by a second greater tuberosity of the second bone and a fourth surface contour defined by a second intertubercular groove of the second bone. 
     The transverse member may include a first bottom surface. The first bottom surface may complement the first surface contour and the third surface contour. The first longitudinal member may include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may complement the fourth surface contour. The second longitudinal member may include a third bottom surface. The third bottom surface may complement the second surface contour. 
     The jig may define an opening. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may define an area on the surface of the bone for initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     When the jig defines an opening, the opening may have a width. The width may be at least twice as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may be one and a half times as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The width may range from 6 mm to 12 mm. The jig may have a longitudinal axis. The width may be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. The opening may define a length. The length may have any suitable size. The length of the opening may range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The length of the opening may range from 6 mm to 12 mm. The opening may be sized to provide clearance for the implant in the non-expanded state. The implant, in the non-expanded state, may have a diameter. The diameter may be any suitable diameter. The diameter may be 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, or any other suitable diameter. 
     When the jig defines an opening, the jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the opening. The guide may fix or partially fix an access angle used by a practitioner for preparing the access hole. The access angle may be an angle between a longitudinal central axis of the guide and a longitudinal axis of the bone. When the bottom surface is seated on the surface contour, a central axis defined by the guide may point to the target site. When the bottom surface is seated on the surface contour, a central axis defined by the guide may point in a direction that does not intersect with the target site. 
     The guide may assist a practitioner in preparing the access hole and advancing the implant through the access hole towards the target site. The guide may receive one or more bushings during a surgical procedure. The guide may be used to direct a fixation element through the access hole and into the interior of the bone. The guide may be used to direct a drill through the access hole and into the interior of the bone. The guide may be used to direct an unexpanded implant through the access hole and into the interior of the bone. 
     The guide may include a guide inner surface. The guide inner surface may be sized to provide clearance for an implant. 
     The guide may define a guide central axis extending through the guide inner surface. The guide inner surface may be cylindrical, partially cylindrical and partially flat, or any other suitable shape. The guide inner surface may include a cylindrical portion. The guide may be cut from a tube angled at an angle oblique to the jig. The tube may be cut away from the jig after it becomes tangent to the jig. 
     The guide may receive a bushing. The bushing may be used to protect soft tissue from drills or other instruments inserted into the jig. The bushing may direct a target wire into a bone at a fixed angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The bushing may direct a cavity preparation device into a bone at a fixed angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The busing may direct an implant into a bone at a fixed angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The bushing may include a collar that mates with the guide 
     The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a fixation element. The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a drill. The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a cavity preparation device. The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive an implant. The guide may receive a bushing sized to receive a drill, an implant and a cavity preparation device. A drill outer circumference, a cavity preparation device outer circumference and an implant outer circumference may be equal. The guide may receive a first bushing disposed within a second bushing. The first bushing may be sized to receive a fixation element. The second bushing may be sized to receive a drill. The second bushing may be sized to receive a cavity preparation device. The second bushing may be sized to receive an implant. 
     When the first bushing, disposed within the second bushing, is positioned in the guide, a practitioner may insert a fixation element through the first bushing. The practitioner may advance the fixation element towards the target site. The practitioner may confirm that the tip of the fixation element is positioned in a desired location within the interior. The desired location may be a target site. When a tip of the fixation element is positioned at the desired location, the practitioner may remove the first bushing from within the second bushing. The practitioner may drive a cannulated drill over the fixation element, through the second bushing and towards the target site. The practitioner may remove the first bushing and the fixation element and drive a solid drill towards the desired location. After drilling, the practitioner may remove the drill. After drilling, the practitioner may insert a cavity preparation device through the second bushing and into the interior. When the cavity is prepared, the practitioner may remove the cavity preparation device. When the cavity is prepared, the practitioner may insert an implant through the second bushing and into the interior. 
     The apparatus may include a bushing (may be referred to herein as an “insert”). The insert may be shaped to be inserted into the guide. The insert may define an insert outer surface. The insert outer surface may match the guide inner surface. The insert outer surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert may include an insert inner surface. The insert inner surface may define a lumen. The insert inner surface may define an inner insert central axis. The guide may define a slot and the insert may include a projection. When the insert is seated within the guide the projection may be positioned within the insert. 
     A central axis defined by the guide may be parallel to the insert outer central axis. A central axis defined by the guide may be coaxial with the insert outer central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert inner central axis. The guide central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner central axis. 
     A practitioner may insert a fixation element through a first insert disposed within the guide and into the interior. The practitioner may determine that an access angle of the fixation element is undesirable. The practitioner may determine that the access angle is undesirable based at least in part on a position of the fixation element within the bone. The access angle may be an angle between a bone longitudinal axis and a first insert inner central axis. The practitioner may remove the first insert. The practitioner may place a second insert within the guide. The second insert may define a second insert inner central axis. Replacing the first insert with the second insert may change the access angle without necessitating moving the jig along the bone surface. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis and include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may include a bottom surface. The jig may define a plurality of holes and a target hole. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may be configured to be releasably coupled to the jig. The plate may define an opening. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the target hole may point to the target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the opening may define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     Each of the plurality of holes may be sized to receive a fixation element. 
     The plate may define a hole sized for receiving a screw (may be referred to herein as a “screw hole”). The screw may be any suitable screw, such as an anchoring screw or a surgical screw. The screw may be cannulated. The screw may not be cannulated. The screw hole may be threaded. The screw hole may be configured to receive a bushing. The bushing may assist a practitioner in guiding a screw through the screw hole. A screw hole may be too small to provide passage of the implant in an unexpanded state. The screw hole may be tapered. 
     The screw holes may be internally threaded. The screw holes may not be internally threaded. The screw holes may have a diameter. The diameter may be any suitable size. 
     Table 2 shows selected illustrative size ranges for a hole sized for receiving a screw having lower and upper limits. 
     
       
         
           
               
             
               
                 TABLE 2 
               
             
            
               
                   
               
               
                 Selected illustrative screw hole sizes. 
               
               
                 Screw hole diameter, illustrative ranges 
               
               
                 (lower and upper limits, inclusive) (mm) 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 Lower 
                 Upper 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 &lt;1.0 
                 1.0 
               
               
                   
                 1.0 
                 1.2 
               
               
                   
                 1.2 
                 1.4 
               
               
                   
                 1.4 
                 1.6 
               
               
                   
                 1.6 
                 1.8 
               
               
                   
                 1.8 
                 2.0 
               
               
                   
                 2.0 
                 2.2 
               
               
                   
                 2.2 
                 2.4 
               
               
                   
                 2.4 
                 2.6 
               
               
                   
                 2.6 
                 2.8 
               
               
                   
                 2.8 
                 3.0 
               
               
                   
                 3.0 
                 3.2 
               
               
                   
                 3.2 
                 3.4 
               
               
                   
                 3.4 
                 3.6 
               
               
                   
                 3.6 
                 3.8 
               
               
                   
                 3.8 
                 4.0 
               
               
                   
                 4.0 
                 4.2 
               
               
                   
                 4.2 
                 4.4 
               
               
                   
                 4.4 
                 4.6 
               
               
                   
                 4.6 
                 4.8 
               
               
                   
                 4.8 
                 5.0 
               
               
                   
                 5.0 
                 5.2 
               
               
                   
                 5.2 
                 5.4 
               
               
                   
                 5.4 
                 5.6 
               
               
                   
                 5.6 
                 5.8 
               
               
                   
                 5.8 
                 6.0 
               
               
                   
                 6.0 
                 6.2 
               
               
                   
                 6.2 
                 6.4 
               
               
                   
                 6.4 
                 6.6 
               
               
                   
                 6.6 
                 6.8 
               
               
                   
                 6.8 
                 7.0 
               
               
                   
                 7.0 
                 7.2 
               
               
                   
                 7.2 
                 7.4 
               
               
                   
                 7.4 
                 7.6 
               
               
                   
                 7.6 
                 7.8 
               
               
                   
                 7.8 
                 8.0 
               
               
                   
                 8.0 
                 8.2 
               
               
                   
                 8.2 
                 8.4 
               
               
                   
                 8.4 
                 8.6 
               
               
                   
                 8.6 
                 8.8 
               
               
                   
                 8.8 
                 9.0 
               
               
                   
                 9.0 
                 9.2 
               
               
                   
                 9.2 
                 9.4 
               
               
                   
                 9.4 
                 9.6 
               
               
                   
                 9.6 
                 9.8 
               
               
                   
                 9.8 
                 10.0 
               
               
                   
                 10.0 
                 &gt;10.0 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
         
       
     
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw hole may point into the interior and not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The plate may define holes sized for receiving screws (may be referred to herein as “screw holes”). 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, the screw holes may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the plate is coupled to the jig, and the screw holes include a first screw hole and a second screw hole, the first screw hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The second screw hole may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The plate may define a hole sized for receiving a fixation element (may be referred to herein as a “fixation element hole”). The plate may define holes sized for receiving fixation elements (may be referred to herein as “fixation element holes”). 
     The opening may be a first opening. The jig may define a second opening. The plate may be positioned on the surface of the bone in an area defined by the second opening. 
     The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a first side of the plate may abut the transverse member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a second side of the plate may abut the longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a first side of the plate may abut the transverse member and a second side of the plate may abut the longitudinal member. 
     The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the plate may be adjacent the transverse member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a second side of the plate may be adjacent the longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the plate may be adjacent the transverse member and the second side of the plate may be adjacent the transverse member. 
     The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the transverse member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, a second side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the transverse member and the second side of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the transverse member. 
     The jig may include a transverse member, a first longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may abut the transverse member, the second side may abut the first longitudinal member and the third side may abut the second longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, one of the sides of the plate may abut one of the members of the jig. When the plate is coupled to the jig, two of the sides of the plate may abut two of the members of the jig. 
     The jig may include a transverse member, a first longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may be adjacent the transverse member, the second side may be adjacent the first longitudinal member and the third side may be adjacent the second longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, one of the sides of the plate may be adjacent one of the members of the jig. When the plate is coupled to the jig, two of the sides of the plate may be adjacent two of the members of the jig. 
     The jig may include a transverse member, a first longitudinal member, and a second longitudinal member. The transverse member may define a first end and a second end. The first longitudinal member may extend away from the first end. The second longitudinal member may extend away from the second end. The plate may include a first side, a second side, and a third side. When the plate is coupled to the jig, the first side may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the transverse member, the second side may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the first longitudinal member and the third side may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, the second longitudinal member. When the plate is coupled to the jig, one of the sides of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with one of the members of the jig. When the plate is coupled to the jig, two of the sides of the plate may be adjacent to, but not in physical contact with, two of the members of the jig. 
     The jig may include an indicator. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the indicator may register to a location on the surface of the bone for initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the location and the target site may correspond to a length of the implant. 
     The jig may include a first indicator and a second indicator. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first indicator may register to a first location on the surface of the bone for initiating a first access hole for accessing the target site, and the second indicator may register to a second location on the surface of the bone for initiating a second access hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the first location and the target site may correspond to a first implant length. A distance between the second location and the target site may correspond to a second implant length. The first implant length may be different from the second implant length. 
     The plate may include an indicator. When the plate is coupled to the jig and the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the indicator may register to a location on the surface of the bone for initiating an access hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the location and the target site may correspond to a length of the implant. 
     The plate may include a first indicator and a second indicator. When the plate is coupled to the jig and the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first indicator may register to a first location on the surface of the bone for initiating a first access hole for accessing the target site, and the second indicator may register to a second location on the surface of the bone for initiating a second access hole for accessing the target site. A distance between the first location and the target site may correspond to a first implant length. A distance between the second location and the target site may correspond to a second implant length. The first implant length may be different from the second implant length. 
     The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may be divergent from the second direction. 
     The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second direction. 
     The plurality of holes defined by the jig may include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may point in a first direction. The second hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may be non-parallel to the second direction. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone. The bone may be a proximal humerus bone. The target site may be a center of a head of the proximal humerus bone. The surface contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may include a deltoid insertion. 
     The jig may include a positioning hole. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, when the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity. 
     The jig may include suturing holes. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include a first jig. The first jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The first jig may include a bottom surface. The first jig may define a plurality of holes. The first jig may define a target hole. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. 
     The apparatus may include a second jig. The second jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The second jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the first jig. The second jig may define an opening. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the first jig is releasably coupled to the second jig, each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the first jig is releasably coupled to the second jig, the target hole may point to the target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the first jig is releasably coupled to the second jig, the opening may define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The second jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the bone surface and away from the opening. 
     The apparatus may further include an insert configured to be inserted into the guide. The guide may include a guide inner cylindrical surface. The guide may define a guide central axis. The insert may include an insert outer cylindrical surface and an insert inner cylindrical surface. The insert outer cylindrical surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert inner cylindrical surface may define an insert inner central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis and the guide central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis and the guide central axis may be parallel to the insert inner central axis. 
     The apparatus may further include the plate configured to be releasably coupled to a bottom surface of the second jig. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. the bottom surface of the second jig may define a recessed area. The plate may be positioned in the recessed area. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The longitudinal axis may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. 
     The plate may be thinner than a conventional plate. For example, for a given bone, a plate in accordance with the invention may be half as thick, two thirds as thick, or otherwise thinner than a conventional plate used for the given bone. A portion of the plate used for a proximal humerus may have a thickness of less than 2 mm, whereas a conventional plate may have a thickness of 4-6 mm. The thickness of the plate may vary along the length of the plate. 
     The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. 
     The plate may define first holes sized for receiving screws (may be referred to herein as “screw holes”). A screw received by a screw hole defined by the plate may be a compression screw, a lagging screw, or a locking screw. A head of a compression or lagging screw may not fully engage the plate, but may apply a compressional force to the plate. A head of a locking screw may fully engage the plate. 
     The plate may define second holes sized for receiving fixation elements. 
     The plate may define an opening. The opening may be sized for providing passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the plate. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, the opening defined by the plate may include an access position. When a bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, the opening may be positioned on the bone surface for providing passage of the implant through the plate. When a bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, the opening may be positioned for providing passage of the implant to the site. 
     The opening may be tapered. 
     The opening defined by the plate may have a width. The width may be at least twice as wide as a diameter defined by the screw holes. The width may be one and a half times as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The width may range from 6 mm to 12 mm. The plate may have a longitudinal axis. The width may be perpendicular to the longitudinal axis. The opening may define a length. The length may have any suitable size. The length of the opening may range from 6 mm to 8 mm. The length of the opening may range from 6 mm to 12 mm. 
     The opening may be sized to provide clearance for the implant in the non-expanded state. The implant, in the non-expanded state, may have a diameter. The diameter may be any suitable diameter. The diameter may be 7 mm, 8 mm, 9 mm, or any other suitable diameter. 
     The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the longitudinal axis may be aligned with a longitudinal axis of the bone. The opening may be elongated along the plate longitudinal axis. The plate may also define a short axis. The short axis may be transverse to the longitudinal axis. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first holes may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the second holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may be positioned for providing passage of the implant to the site. 
     One or more of the first holes sized for receiving screws may not be threaded. One or more of the first holes sized for receiving screws may be internally threaded. A hole sized for receiving a screw may be referred to herein as a “screw hole.” Holes sized for receiving screws may be referred to herein as “screw holes.” A threaded screw hole may receive an externally threaded bushing. A threaded screw hole may be sized to receive a screw and a bushing inserted into the screw hole. 
     A screw hole may have a diameter. The diameter may be any suitable size. The diameter may range from 3 mm to 5 mm. The diameter may range from 2 mm to 6 mm. The diameter may range from 1 mm to 6 mm. The diameter may range from 0.035 of an inch to 6 mm or more. The largest diameter of a screw hole defined by the plate may be smaller than a diameter of a head of a screw received by the plate. This may enable the screw to engage the plate without passing through the plate. The screw may be a compression screw. The screw may be a locking screw. 
     The plate may define third holes sized for receiving screws. The third holes may have one or more features in common with the first holes. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the third holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. The plate may include a first end and a second end. The third holes may include a first third hole and a second third hole. The first third hold may be positioned at the first end. The second third hole may be positioned at the second end. The third holes may include a first third hole and two or more second third holes. The first third hold may be positioned at the first end. The two or more second third holes may be positioned at the second end. 
     The first holes may include a first screw hole and a second screw hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction. The second screw hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may diverge from the second direction. The first direction may converge with the second direction. The first direction may be oblique with the second direction. The first direction may be parallel to the second direction. 
     The first screw hole may be spaced apart from a plate longitudinal axis by a first distance. The second screw hole may be spaced apart from the plate longitudinal axis by a second distance. The first distance may be equal to the second distance. The first distance may be greater than or less than the second distance. The plate may define a plate short axis. The plate short access may be perpendicular to the plate longitudinal axis. A plate short axis may transect the first screw hole and the second screw hole. 
     The plate may include a locking slot. The locking slot may be defined by the plate. The locking slot may be partially defined by the plate and extend into the opening. The locking slot may include a plurality of slots. The locking slot may include slots that are not perpendicular to a surface of the bone. One or more of the slots may engage a head of a screw. A head of a screw advanced through the locking slot may engage one of the slots. The slots may act as a locking feature for a screw. 
     The locking slot may define a locking slot longitudinal axis. The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. The locking slot longitudinal axis may be parallel to the plate longitudinal axis. The locking slot longitudinal axis may be coaxial with the plate longitudinal axis. 
     The locking slot may include a slanted side. The slanted side may be positioned perpendicular to a plate longitudinal axis. The slanted side may slant in a direction perpendicular to an axis of the implant when the bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant is implanted in the bone surface. 
     The implant, when expanded, may form a mesh cage with interconnected cells. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The opening may have a width. The width may be at least twice as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may be at least one and a half times as wide as a diameter defined by the first holes. The width may extend along at least half of a plate short axis. The width may extend along at least two thirds of a plate short axis. The first holes may define a diameter ranging from 3 mm to 5 mm and the opening may define a width ranging from 6 mm to 8 mm. The opening may be sized to provide clearance for the implant. The implant may have a diameter, in a non-expanded state, ranging from 6 mm to 12 mm. 
     The opening may have a length. The length may be elongated along a length longitudinal axis. The plate may have a plate longitudinal axis. The length longitudinal axis may be parallel or coaxial with a plate longitudinal axis and the width may be perpendicular to the plate longitudinal axis. The length longitudinal axis may be oblique to the plate longitudinal axis and the width may be oblique to the plate longitudinal axis. The length longitudinal axis may be perpendicular to the plate longitudinal axis and the width may be parallel to the plate longitudinal axis. 
     The length of the opening may be longer than a diameter of an implant tail. The length may of the opening may be longer than the diameter of an implant shaft. The length may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant through the plate at an angle oblique to the plate longitudinal axis. The length may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant through the bone at an angle oblique to the bone longitudinal axis. The implant may be deployed through the plate at a 30° angle from a plate longitudinal axis. The implant may be deployed through the plate at a 45°, 44°, 43°, 42°, 41°, 40°, 39°, 38°, 37°, 36°, 35°, 34°, 33°, 32°, 31°, 30°, 29°, 28°, 27°, 26°, 25°, 24°, 23°, 22°, 21°, 20°, 19°, 18°, 17°, 16° or 15° angle, or at any angle in any range defined by any two of the foregoing angles, from a plate longitudinal axis. The length may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant through the plate at two or more angles relative to a bone longitudinal axis. The length may be sized to facilitate deployment of the implant through the bone at two or more angles relative to a bone longitudinal axis. 
     The opening may be tapered. The opening may transect the plate at an angle oblique to a plate longitudinal axis. The width of the opening may be constant along the length of the opening. The width of the opening may vary along the length of the opening. 
     The plate may include a target hole. The target hole may be sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole may point to the target site. 
     The plate may include a positioning hole. The positioning hole may be sized to receive a fixation element. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, when bottom surface is seated complementarily against the landmark, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to a greater tuberosity. 
     The plate may define a plate longitudinal axis. The opening may be elongated along the plate longitudinal axis. The plate longitudinal axis may be aligned with a longitudinal axis of the bone when the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour. The plate may also define a short axis. The short axis may be transverse to the longitudinal axis. The short axis may be transverse to the plate longitudinal axis. 
     The plate may include holes having a diameter sized for suturing. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the plate. The plate may define a top face. The jig may define a jig bottom surface. The jig bottom surface may be shaped to be positioned on at least a portion of the top face. The jig may be positioned on the plate when the jig bottom surface is seated on the at least a portion of the top face. The jig bottom surface may be seated on some of the top face. The jig bottom surface may be seated on all of the top face. 
     The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface. The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. When the first jig bottom surface is positioned on the plate, the second jig bottom surface may extend away from the plate. The second jig bottom surface may include a positioning hole. The second bottom surface may include one, two or more holes for receiving a fixation element. The second bottom surface may not conform to the plate. 
     The opening may be a plate opening. The jig may define a jig opening. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the jig opening may be positioned above the plate opening. The plate opening may define a plate opening central axis. The jig opening may define a jig opening central axis. The plate opening central axis may be coaxial with the jig opening central axis. 
     The plate may define a threaded plate bore. The jig may define a threaded jig bore. When the jig is positioned on the plate, the threaded jig bore may be positioned above the threaded plate bore. Driving a screw through the threaded jig bore and into the threaded plate bore may releasably couple the jig to the plate. 
     The jig may define third holes sized for receiving screws. Holes defined by the jig for receiving screws may be threaded. A threaded screw hole defined by the jig may receive an externally threaded bushing. A threaded screw hole may be sized to receive a screw and a bushing inserted into the screw hole. The largest diameter of a screw hole defined by the jig may be larger than a diameter of a head of a screw. This may enable the screw to pass through the screw hole defined by the jig without engaging the jig. 
     The jig may define fourth holes sized for receiving fixation elements. Fixation element holes defined by the jig may have one or more features in common with fixation element holes defined by the plate. 
     When the jig is coupled to the plate and the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the third holes may point into the interior and into the volume. When the jig is coupled to the plate and the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the fourth holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the third holes may be positioned above the first holes. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the fourth holes may be positioned above the second holes. 
     The jig may include a guide leading to the opening. The guide may be sized for providing passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the opening. 
     The third holes may include a first third hole and a second third hole. The first third hole may point in a first direction. The second third hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may diverge from the second direction. The first direction may converge with the second direction. The first direction may be parallel to the second direction. The first direction may be oblique to the second direction. 
     The first third hole may be spaced apart from the second third hole along the jig longitudinal axis. The first third hole may be spaced apart from the jig longitudinal axis by a first distance. The second third hole may be spaced apart from the jig longitudinal axis by a second distance. The first distance may be equal to the second distance. The first distance may be greater than or less than the second distance. The jig may define a plate short axis. The jig short access may be perpendicular to the jig longitudinal axis. A jig short axis may transect the first third hole and the second third hole. 
     The jig may have a perimeter. The perimeter may define a channel. The channel may be an open channel. When the jig is coupled to the plate, a surface of the channel may be tangent to a hole defined by the plate. The hole defined by the plate may be one of the second holes. When a fixation element is advanced through the channel, the fixation element may define a fixation element central axis that is coaxial with a central axis of the hole. The channel may be an open channel that has an arcuate cross section. The second holes may include a fixation element hole. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the channel may be positioned above the fixation element hole. The channel may guide a fixation element into the fixation element hole. The channel may be used by a practitioner to guide a fixation element into a bone. 
     The jig may include an aperture. The aperture may extend through a thickness of the jig. The aperture may be sized to receive a first bushing. The aperture may also be sized to receive a second bushing. The aperture may include a first threaded opening sized to receive the first bushing. The aperture may include a second threaded opening sized to receive the second bushing. The first threaded opening may have an arcuate cross section. The second threaded opening may have an arcuate cross section. 
     The jig may include a positioning hole. When the jig is coupled to the plate and the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, when the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the jig is coupled to the plate, the positioning hole may define a direction tangent to a greater tuberosity. 
     When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include an aperture positioned on an outer face of the guide. The aperture may extend through a thickness of the guide. The aperture may be used by a practitioner to pass a threaded fixation element coupled to a nut through the guide and into a bone fragment. The nut may be seated on a top surface of the aperture. The nut may be used to provide compressional force to the bone fragment. 
     When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include a slot. The slot may be positioned on a guide opening. The guide opening may be configured to receive a bushing. The slot may be configured to engage a portion of a bushing inserted into the guide. 
     When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to the plate, a jig screw hole may define a jig screw hole central axis and a plate screw hole may define a plate screw hole central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig screw hole may be positioned above the plate screw hole. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig screw hole central axis may extend along the plate screw hole central axis. 
     When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to the plate, each jig screw hole may define a jig screw hole central axis and each plate screw hole may define a plate screw hole central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, each jig screw hole may be positioned above a plate screw hole. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, each jig screw hole may define a jig screw hole central axis that lies along a screw hole central axis defined by a screw hole positioned underneath each jig screw hole. 
     When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to the plate, one of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole central axis and a plate hole may define a plate hole central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig hole central axis be positioned above the plate hole. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the jig hole central axis may extend along the plate hole central axis. 
     When a bottom surface of the jig conforms to a top surface of the plate and the jig is configured to be releasably coupled to the plate, each of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole central axis. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, some or all of the jig plurality of holes may be positioned above plate holes. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, some or all of the jig plurality of holes may define a jig hole central axis that extends along a plate hole central axis defined by a plate hole positioned underneath each of the some or all of the jig plurality of holes. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may include a plate bottom surface. The plate bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The jig may include a jig bottom surface. The jig bottom surface may be shaped to conform to a top surface of the plate. 
     The jig may define a plurality of holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The jig may define screw holes sized for receiving screws. The jig may define an opening for passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the jig and to the target site. The passage may be along a straight path oblique to a longitudinal axis of the jig. 
     When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the plurality of holes may point into the interior and into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the screw holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may be positioned for providing passage of the implant to the site. 
     The screw holes may be jig screw holes. The plate may define plate fixation element holes sized for receiving fixation elements and plate screw holes sized for receiving screws. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the plurality of holes may be positioned above the plate screw holes and the jig screw holes may be positioned above the plate screw holes. 
     The jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the opening. The guide may have an inner lumen. The inner lumen may define a central axis collinear with the path. 
     The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface. The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. The second jig bottom surface may include a positioning hole. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate, the first jig bottom surface may be positioned on the plate and the second jig bottom surface may extend away from the plate. When the jig is releasably coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. 
     The plate may define a threaded plate bore. The jig may define a threaded jig bore. When the bottom surface of the jig is positioned on the plate, the threaded jig bore may be positioned above the threaded plate bore. Driving a screw through the threaded jig bore and into the threaded plate bore may releasably couple the jig to the plate. 
     The screw holes may include a first screw hole and a second screw hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction. The second screw hole may point in a second direction. The first direction may diverge from the second direction. The first direction may converge with the second direction. The first direction may be parallel to the second direction. The first direction may be oblique to the second direction. 
     The jig may have a perimeter that defines a channel. When the jig is coupled to the plate, a surface of the channel may be tangent to a hole defined by the plate. The hole defined by the plate may be one of the second holes. When a fixation element is advanced through the channel, the fixation element may define a fixation element central axis that is coaxial with a central axis of the hole. The channel may be an open channel that has an arcuate cross section. The second holes may include a fixation element hole. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the channel may be positioned above the fixation element hole. The channel may guide a fixation element into the fixation element hole. 
     The jig may define an aperture. The aperture may be sized to receive a first bushing. The aperture may be sized to receive a second bushing. The aperture may include a first threaded opening sized to receive a first bushing. The aperture may include a second threaded opening sized to receive the second bushing. The first threaded opening and the second threaded opening may both be open channels that each have an arcuate cross section. 
     The jig may include a positioning hole. When the jig is coupled to the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, when the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the jig is coupled to the plate, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to a greater tuberosity. 
     When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include an aperture. The aperture may be positioned on an outer face of the guide. The aperture may extend through a thickness of the guide. 
     When the jig includes a guide, the guide may include a slot. The slot may be positioned on a guide opening. The guide opening may be configured to receive a bushing. The slot may be configured to engage a portion of a bushing inserted into the guide. 
     The opening may be a jig opening. The plate may include a plate opening. The plate opening may be an opening for passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the jig and to the target site. The passage may be along a straight path oblique to a longitudinal axis of the jig. When the jig is coupled to the plate, the jig opening may be positioned above the plate opening. When the jig is coupled to the plate, a central axis defined by the jig opening may be coaxial with a central axis defined by the plate opening. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The plate may define a positioning hole. The plate may define first holes sized for receiving screws. The plate may define second holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The plate may define an opening sized for providing passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the plate. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the surface. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first holes may point toward a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the second holes may point away from the volume. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may be positioned for providing passage of the implant through the plate and to the site. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity and the plate may be aligned with the greater tuberosity when the positioning hole points in a direction tangent to the greater tuberosity. 
     The plate may include a target hole. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, implanting the implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include a first plate. The first plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The first plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The plate may define first holes sized for receiving screws. The plate may define second holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The plate may define a first opening. 
     The apparatus may include a second plate. The second plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The second plate may be shaped to be positioned in the first opening. The second plate may be configured to be anchored to the first plate. The second implant may be configured to be anchored to the implant when the second plate is positioned on the bone surface and the implant is implanted at the target site. 
     The second plate may define a second opening. The second opening may be sized for receiving a tail of the implant when the implant is implanted in the target site. The second opening may define a second opening circumference. The second opening circumference may be larger than an outer circumference defined by the tail of the implant. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first holes may point into the volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the second holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. 
     The bottom surface may be a first bottom surface. The second plate may define a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may conform to the surface contour. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus supporting the implant when the implant is implanted at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include a first plate. The first plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The first plate may include a first plate bottom surface. The first plate bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The first plate may define first holes sized for receiving screws. The first plate may define second holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The first plate may define a first opening. 
     The apparatus may include a second plate. The second plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The second plate may be configured to be positioned on top of the first plate. The second plate may be configured to be releasably coupled to the first plate. The second plate may be configured to be anchored to the first plate. The second plate may include a screw hole for receiving an anchoring screw. The first plate may include a bore for receiving a screw. The anchoring screw may be advanced through the screw hole and into the bore to anchor the second plate to the first plate. 
     The second plate may include a second bottom surface conforming to a contour of a portion of a top surface of the first plate. The second plate may include a second opening. When the second plate is positioned on the first plate, the second opening may be positioned on top of the first opening. When the second plate is positioned on the first plate, a first opening central axis may be coaxial with a second opening central axis. 
     The second plate may include a tube. The tube may extend through the second opening at an angle oblique to a central axis of the second plate. When the second plate is positioned on the first plate and the first bottom surface is seated on the surface contour, the tube may extend through the second opening and the first opening and into the interior. The tube may extend into the interior at an angle oblique to a central axis of the second plate. The tube may extend into the interior at an angle oblique to a central axis of the first plate. 
     The tube may be sized for coaxially mounting to a tail of the implant when the implant is implanted in the target site. The tube may define an inner lumen. The inner lumen may have an inner lumen circumference. The inner lumen circumference may be larger than an outer circumference of the tail of the implant. 
     When the first bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the first holes may point into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the first bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the second holes may point into the interior and not into the volume. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The jig may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The jig may define a plurality of holes. 
     The jig may define a positioning hole. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the bone surface. 
     The jig may define an opening for passage of the implant in a non-expanded state through the jig and to the target site. The passage may be a passage along a straight path oblique to a longitudinal axis of the jig. 
     The jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the bone surface and the opening. The guide may have an inner surface. The inner surface may define a central axis collinear with the path. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior but not a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the opening may define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The jig may define a target hole. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the target hole may point to the target site. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the direction may be tangent to a greater tuberosity. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include an intertubercular groove. 
     The apparatus may further include an insert. The insert may be configured to be inserted into the guide. The guide may include a guide inner cylindrical surface and defines a guide central axis. The insert may include an insert outer cylindrical surface and an insert inner cylindrical surface. The insert outer cylindrical surface may define an insert outer central axis. The insert inner cylindrical surface may define an insert inner central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis and the guide central axis may not be parallel to the insert inner central axis. The guide central axis may be parallel to the insert outer central axis and the insert inner central axis. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may be configured to be releasably coupled to a bottom surface of the jig. The bottom surface of the jig may define a recessed area. The recessed area may be configured to receive the plate. The plate may be configured to be positioned in the recessed area. The recessed area may conform to a contour of a top face of the plate. The recessed area may conform to a contour of a perimeter of the plate. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour that extends along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may include a plate bottom surface. The plate bottom surface may complement a first portion of the surface contour. The plate may define an opening. 
     The apparatus may include the jig. The jig may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to an end of the plate. The jig may include a jig bottom surface. The jig may define a plurality of holes. The jig bottom surface may complement a second portion of the surface contour. 
     When the jig bottom surface is seated complementarily against the second portion of the surface contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. When the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the first portion of the surface contour, the opening may define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole accessing the target site. 
     The jig may define a target hole. 
     The jig may define a positioning hole. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the second portion of the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity and, when the jig bottom surface is seated complementarily against the greater tuberosity, the positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to the greater tuberosity. 
     The jig bottom surface may be a first jig bottom surface. The jig may include a second jig bottom surface. The second jig bottom surface may be configured to be positioned on a portion of a top surface of the plate. The second jig bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of the portion of the top surface of the plate. 
     When the jig is a first jig and the end is a first end, the apparatus may further include a second jig. The second jig may be configured to be releasably coupled to a second end of the plate. The second jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the opening. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, repairing a bone defining a longitudinal axis. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the implant. The implant may be implanted at a target site in an interior of the bone. The implant may have an implant tail and an implant head. A portion of the implant tail may have a tubular shape. The implant head may include an expandable mesh cage. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may include a bottom surface. The plate may include a tube extending away from the bottom surface. The tube may define a central axis. The central axis may be oblique to a longitudinal axis of the plate. The tube may be configured to be coaxially mounted on the implant tail. 
     The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the central axis may point to the target site. 
     The tube may have an outer diameter. The outer diameter may be lesser than a diameter of an access hole. The outer diameter may be large enough for passage of the implant in a non-expanded state. 
     The tube may have an inner diameter. The inner diameter may be greater than an outer diameter of the implant tail. The inner diameter may be large enough for passage of the implant in a non-expanded state. In operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the implant tail. 
     The plate may define a hole sized to receive a screw. The screw may be a screw for anchoring the plate to the implant. The hole sized to receive the screw may point in a direction. When the implant is implanted in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the direction may point to a bore defined by the implant tail. The bone may be sized to receive the screw. When the implant is implanted and expanded in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the direction may point to the implant head. 
     The plate may define a first screw hole and a second screw hole. The first screw hole may point in a first direction and the second screw hole may point in a second direction. When the implant is implanted in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the first direction may point to a bore defined by the implant tail. The bone may be sized to receive the screw. When the implant is implanted and expanded in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the first direction may point to the implant head. When the implant is implanted and expanded in the bone and the bottom surface of the plate abuts a surface of the bone, the second direction may point into an interior of the bone but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior. 
     The apparatus may include apparatus for, and the methods may involve, implanting the implant in an interior of a bone. The apparatus may include apparatus for supporting the implant after implantation. The implant may be implanted at a target site in the interior. 
     The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may have one or more features in common with any other jig or plate disclosed herein. The plate may define an internally threaded hole. The hole may point in a direction that is oblique to a longitudinal axis of the plate. The direction may be defined by a hole central axis. 
     The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the hole may define an area on the surface for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the direction may point to the target site. 
     The apparatus may include a first externally threaded tube. The first externally threaded tube may be configured to mate with the internally threaded hole. When the first tube mates with the hole, the first tube may extend away from a surface of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include a second externally threaded tube. The second externally threaded tube may be configured to mate with the internally threaded hole. When the second tube mates with the hole the second tube may extend into the interior. 
     The first tube may define a first inner diameter. The first inner diameter may be greater than a diameter of the implant in a non-expanded state. In operation, the implant may be advanced through the first tube and towards the target site. 
     The second tube may define a second inner diameter. The second inner diameter may be greater than an outer diameter of a tail of the implant. In operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone, the first tube may be removed from the plate. In operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone, the second tube may be configured to be coaxially mounted on the tail. In operation, when the implant is implanted in the bone, the second tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail. 
     The plate may define holes sized for receiving screws. The plate may define holes sized for receiving fixation elements. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include means for aligning the apparatus with the surface contour when the apparatus is in direct contact with the bone surface. Apparatus may be in direct contact with the bone surface when there is no intervening apparatus between the apparatus and the bone surface. 
     The apparatus may include means for guiding fixation elements into a bone interior. The guiding may provide clearance for expanding the implant inside the bone. The apparatus may include means for guiding a target wire toward the target site in the bone interior. 
     The bone may be a proximal humerus bone. The surface contour may include a first anatomical landmark. The first anatomical landmark may be a bicipital groove. 
     The surface contour may include a second anatomical landmark. The apparatus may include means for aligning the apparatus with the second anatomical landmark when the apparatus is in direct contact with the bone. The second anatomical landmark may be a greater tuberosity. 
     The means for guiding fixation elements may include a first means and a second means. The first means and the second means may be spaced apart from each other. The first means and the second means may guide the fixation elements along non-parallel paths. The first means and second means may guide the fixation elements along convergent paths. The first means and second means may guide the fixation elements along divergent paths. The first means and the second means may guide the fixation elements along parallel paths. 
     The apparatus may include means for identifying a location on the bone surface suitable for inserting the implant so that the head of the implant will be disposed at the target site. 
     The apparatus may include means for identifying an area on the surface of the bone that includes an access position. 
     The apparatus may include means for identifying a plurality of locations on the bone surface. Each of the plurality of locations may be suitable for inserting the implant having a length so that the head of the implant will be disposed at the target site. 
     The apparatus may include positioning means for positioning the apparatus relative to an anatomical landmark defined by the bone. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the apparatus may include means for guiding a wire over a top of a greater tuberosity. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the target site may be a center region in a head of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for guiding one or more devices into a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for guiding a drill into a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for guiding a cavity preparation device into a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for guiding the implant into a bone interior at an acute angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for receiving anchoring members. The anchoring members may be configured to anchor the apparatus to the bone. The means for receiving the anchoring members may include means for guiding a fixation element into a head of the implant. 
     The means for receiving anchoring members may include means for guiding a fixation element into a tail of the implant. The means for receiving anchoring members may include means for guiding a fixation element into the bone. 
     The apparatus may include means for receiving the plate. The plate may define a hole for passage of the implant into the bone interior. The apparatus may include means for removably coupling the plate to the apparatus. 
     The apparatus may include means for receiving the jig. The jig may define a hole for passage of the implant into the bone interior. The apparatus may include means for removably coupling the jig to the apparatus. 
     The apparatus may include means for providing passage of the implant through the apparatus and into the bone interior. 
     The apparatus may include means for defining an area on the bone surface. The area on the bone surface may be for initiating an access hole. The implant may be deployed through the access hole. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for delivery of an implant at a target site in an interior of a bone. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along a surface of the bone between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include an implant delivery base. The implant delivery base may have a base bottom surface. 
     The base bottom surface may complement the surface contour. 
     The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening of the plate. A portion of the base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening of the plate. 
     The implant delivery base may have a base top surface. The base top surface may be flat. The base top surface may be curved. The base top surface may include a flat portion. The base top surface may include a curved portion. 
     The implant delivery base may define a channel. The channel may extend through an interior of the implant delivery base. The channel may extend away from the base bottom surface in a direction. The direction may define an angle oblique to the bottom surface. The channel may be sized to provide passage of the implant. The channel may be configured to receive a bushing. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, a central axis of the channel may point towards the target site. 
     The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening of the plate. A portion of the base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in an opening of the plate. A bottom surface of the plate may complement the surface contour. When the implant delivery base is nested in an opening of the plate and the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, a central axis of the channel may point towards the target site. The opening may define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The apparatus may include a post. The post may be supported by the implant delivery base. The post may extend away from the base top surface. The post may be releasably coupled to the implant delivery base. The post may be fixedly attached to the implant delivery base. The post may be cannulated. The cannula may be sized to receive a screw. The post may define a surface shaped to receive a reduction device. 
     The apparatus may include the reduction device. The reduction device may be configured to be slidingly coupled to the post. The reduction device may be releasably coupled to the post. The reduction device may be configured to slide along the post so that, in operation, a bottom surface of the reduction device is positioned on skin covering the bone. 
     The reduction device may be configured to be snapped onto the post. The reduction device may define an opening sized to be removably coupled to the post. The opening may be sized to fit on the surface defined by the post for receiving the reduction device. The opening may be sized to be coupled to an outer face of the post. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The plate may define an opening. The opening may be sized for passage of an implant. A plate bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The base bottom surface may conform to a top face of the plate. The base bottom surface may conform to a portion of a top face of the plate. The base bottom surface may be shaped to nest in the opening of the plate. A first portion of the base bottom surface may be contoured to nest in the opening of the plate. A second portion of the base bottom surface may be contoured to seated on a top face of the plate. The base bottom surface may be shaped to be seated on a top face of the plate. 
     When the implant delivery base is coupled to the plate, the channel may extend away from the opening. When the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery base is coupled to the plate, a central axis defined by the channel may point to the target site. The opening may define an area on the surface of the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing the target site. 
     The plate may define screw holes sized to receive screws. The screw holes may receive a bushing. The bushing may be sized to receive a screw. The bushing may be sized to receive a fixation element. When the plate bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, the screw holes may point into the interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The reduction device may define a plurality of holes. The plurality of holes may be sized for receiving fixation elements. Each of the plurality of holes may transect the reduction device at a right angle. When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into the interior and not into a volume occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and expanded to form a cage. Fixation elements driven through the plurality of holes and into the interior may provide clearance for the implant. 
     The implant may be a first implant. The reduction device may define a first plurality of holes and a second plurality of holes. The first plurality of holes may be positioned at a first distance away from a central axis of the reduction device. The first plurality of holes may point into the interior of the bone and not into a volume occupied by the first implant in the interior when the first implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The first plurality of holes may include a first hole and a second hole. The first hole may be spaced apart from the second hole along a direction oblique to the central axis of the reduction device. The first hole may be spaced apart from the second hole along a direction perpendicular to the central axis of the reduction device. Each of the second plurality of holes may be displaced a second distance away from the central axis of the reduction device. The second plurality of holes may point into the interior of the bone and not into a volume occupied by a second implant in the interior when the second implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The second plurality of holes may include a third hole and a fourth hole. The third hole may be spaced apart from the fourth hole along a direction perpendicular to the central axis of the reduction device. The third hole may be spaced apart from the fourth hole along a direction oblique to the central axis of the reduction device. The first volume may be different from the second volume. The second distance may be different from the first distance. 
     The reduction device may define a screw hole sized to receive a screw. The apparatus may include a bushing. The screw hole may be configured to receive the bushing. 
     The reduction device may define a plurality of holes. The holes may be sized for receiving fixation elements. The holes may be sized for receiving bushings. The holes may be sized for receiving screws. A top face of the reduction device may be flat. A top face of the reduction device may be curved. 
     When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, the screw hole may point to a volume in the interior of the bone occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a plate screw hole sized to receive the screw. The plate may define a bottom surface complementing the surface contour. The reduction device may define a reduction device screw hole. When the implant delivery base is releasably coupled to the plate, a central axis defined by the reduction device screw hole may be coaxial with a central axis defined by the plate screw hole. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, the plate screw hole and the reduction device screw hole may point to a volume. The volume may be a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a slot configured to engage a head of the screw. The plate may define a plate bottom surface complementing the surface contour. When the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, a central axis defined by the screw hole may pass through the slot. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, the screw hole may point to a volume. The volume may be a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The reduction device may define an aperture sized for receiving screws. The reduction device may define an aperture sized for receiving a fixation element. The aperture may extend along a longitudinal central axis of the reduction device. The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a screw hole configured to engage a screw. The plate may define a plate bottom surface complementing the surface contour. When the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, a central axis defined by the screw hole may pass through the aperture without transecting the aperture. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, the screw hole may point to a volume occupied by the implant in the interior when the implant is positioned at the target site and expanded to form a cage. 
     The base bottom surface may be configured to releasably interconnect with the plate. The plate may define a slot configured to engage a head of a screw. The plate may define a plate bottom surface complementing the surface contour. When the bottom surface of the plate is seated complementarily on the surface contour and the implant delivery base is interconnected with the plate, a bore central axis of a bore defined by an implant tail of the implant, when the implant is positioned at the target site, may extend through the slot without transecting the slot. The bore central axis may extend through the aperture and transects a central longitudinal axis of the aperture. 
     The implant delivery base may define a first bore. The first bore may be positioned on the base top surface. The first bore may extend through the implant delivery base at an angle oblique to the base bottom surface. The implant delivery base may define a second bore. The second bore may be positioned on the base top surface. The second bore may extend through the base at an angle oblique to the base bottom surface. The first bore may be spaced apart from the second bore along a direction transverse to an implant delivery base bottom-surface longitudinal axis. The first bore may be spaced apart from the second bore along a direction perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of a bottom surface of the implant delivery base. The first bore and the second bore may both be sized to receive a fixation element. 
     When the top surface includes a curved portion, the first bore may extend thought the implant delivery base and form a notch on a shoulder defined by an outer surface of the channel. The top surface may include the shoulder. The implant delivery base may include a second bore having the same geometrical properties as the first bore disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder. 
     The implant delivery base may define a third bore. The third bore may be positioned on the base top surface. When the top surface includes a curved portion, the third bore may form a notch on the shoulder. The third bore may define a direction perpendicular to the implant delivery base central axis. The implant delivery base may define a fourth bore. The fourth bore may be positioned on the base top surface. When the top surface is curved, the fourth bore may be positioned on the shoulder. The fourth bore may have the same geometrical properties as the third bore and be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder. 
     When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, the first bore and the second bore may point into the interior, but not into a volume occupied by the implant in the interior, when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     The post may define an inner lumen. The inner lumen may be sized for advancing a screw through the inner lumen. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and the implant is implanted in the bone, the inner lumen may define an inner lumen central axis. The inner lumen central axis may be coaxial with a central axis of a bore defined by a tail of the implant. 
     The implant delivery base may include a longitudinal member. The longitudinal member may extend away from the channel. The longitudinal member may extend away from the channel along a longitudinal axis defined by the bottom surface. 
     A bottom face of the longitudinal member may include the base bottom surface. When the base bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, the longitudinal member may extend along the longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The longitudinal member may define a screw hole sized for receiving a screw. The longitudinal member may define a slot sized for receiving a screw. The longitudinal member may include a recess for engaging the plate. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for positioning an implant in an implantation region inside a fractured bone. The apparatus may include an elongated base member. The apparatus may include an elongated targeting member. The apparatus may include a first swing arm. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member. 
     The apparatus may include a second swing arm. The second swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member. The second swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member. 
     The base member may define a longitudinal axis. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member at a first position along the longitudinal axis of the base member. The second swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member at a second position along the longitudinal axis of the base member. The first position along the longitudinal axis of the base member may be spaced apart from the second position along the longitudinal axis of the base member. 
     The targeting member may define a longitudinal axis. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member at a first position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member. The second swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member at a second position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member. The first position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member may be spaced apart from the second position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member. 
     A first distance spacing the first position along the longitudinal axis of the base member apart from the second position along the longitudinal axis of the base member may be equal to, or substantially equal to, a second distance spacing the first position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member apart from the second position along the longitudinal axis of the targeting member. 
     The first and second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to the base member and pivotally affixed to the targeting member. The first and second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to the base member and to the targeting member such that the first and second swing arms are maintained parallel to each other. The first and second swing arms may be pivotally affixed to the base member and to the targeting member such that the base member and the targeting member are maintained parallel to each other. 
     The base member may define a receptacle. The receptacle may extend along a longitudinal axis of the base member. The receptacle may be sized to receive a fixation element. The receptacle may receive the fixation element at a position on the fixation element that is operatively external to the bone. The receptacle may be sized such that the base member fits snugly over the fixation element. For example, the fixation element may be a K-wire. The receptacle may be sized to receive a length of a shaft of the K-wire. 
     A tip of the fixation element may be positioned inside a bone. The tip may identify a target site inside the bone. The fixation element may be referred to herein as a target wire. The bone may be any suitable bone. For example, the bone may be a radius, a humerus or any other bone shown below in  FIG. 3 . When the bone is a humerus, the tip may be positioned in a head of the humerus. 
     The base member may include a set screw. The set screw may be configured to lock the base member to the fixation element when a tip of the fixation element is in the bone and a shaft of the fixation element that is operatively outside the bone is positioned within the receptacle. 
     When the fixation element is positioned within the receptacle, the targeting member, in operation, may move along a circumference of a circle centered at the tip of the fixation element that is within the bone. The tip of the fixation element may identify a distal end of a target site for the implant inside the bone. A distal end of the targeting member may move along the circumference. 
     When the targeting member, in operation, moves along the circumference, the targeting member may indicate an access position. The targeting member may indicate the access position at an intersection of the circumference and an outer surface of the bone. The targeting member may indicate the access position regardless of an angle between a longitudinal axis of the fixation element and a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The tip of the fixation element (when positioned in the bone) and the access position may define a longitudinal axis. The longitudinal axis defined by the tip of the fixation element and the access position may correspond to a longitudinal axis of an implantation region inside the bone. The longitudinal axis of an implantation region may define an angle, with respect to a longitudinal axis of the bone, at which an implant may be positioned inside the bone. 
     The targeting member may include an indicator. The indicator may be positioned at an end of the targeting member. In operation, the indicator may be positioned at a distal end of the targeting member. The indicator may be positioned at an end of the targeting member that, in operation, is configured to intersect an outer surface of the bone. 
     The receptacle defined by the base member may be configured to position the base member with respect to the fixation element. The receptacle may be configured to position the base member with respect to the fixation element such that, in operation, an indicator of the targeting member is positioned on a circumference of a circle centered at the tip of the fixation element. 
     A position of the indicator with respect to a tip of the fixation element (when the tip is positioned inside the bone) may define a radius of the circle. The radius of a circle centered at a tip of the fixation element may correspond to a length of an implant inserted into the bone. The position of the indicator may be determined by a position of the base member with respect to the fixation element. The position of the indicator may be determined by a length of the receptacle along a longitudinal axis of the base member. Apparatus may be adjustable to identify an appropriate access position for different size implants. For example, a length of the receptacle may be adjustable. 
     The first and second swing arms may space the base member apart from the targeting member. The first and second swing arms may position an indicator of the targeting member on a circumference of the circle centered about the tip of the bone penetrating member. 
     When a fixation element is positioned within the receptacle, the targeting member may be positioned with respect to the bone such that when, in operation, the targeting member contacts an outer surface of the bone, the targeting member defines an access position on the outer surface of the bone. 
     The access position may be a location on the outer surface of the bone where an access hole may be initiated. The access hole may be formed by drilling at the access position. The access position may define a length of an implantation region inside the bone. For example, a maximum length of an implantation region may extend from a tip of a fixation element positioned inside the bone to the access position on the outer surface of the bone. The access position may define a longitudinal axis that extends from a proximal end of the implantation region to a distal end of the implantation region. The distal end of the implantation region may correspond to a target site inside the bone. The target site may correspond to a tip of a fixation element positioned inside the bone. The proximal end of the implantation region may correspond to the access position. 
     The targeting member may include a first concave surface. The first concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone at the access position. The first concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone such that the drill is oriented substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The targeting member may include a second concave surface. The second concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone. The second concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone at the access position. The second concave surface may be configured to guide a drill into the bone at the access position such that the drill is oriented at an oblique angle to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be less than 90 degrees and greater than 5 degrees. The angle may define a longitudinal axis of an implantation region. 
     The first swing arm may include an elongated body. The first swing arm may include a clevis. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the base member by a pin that passes through the clevis and through the base member. The base member may include a clearance holes for receiving the pin. 
     The targeting member may include a channel. The channel may have a longitudinal axis. The first swing arm may be pivotally affixed within the channel by a pin that passes through the first swing arm and passes perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the channel. The targeting member may include a pair of clearance holes. A first clearance hole may be on a first side of the channel. A second clearance hole may be on a first side of the channel. The first and second clearance holes may be positioned such that the pin inserted into the first and second clearance holes traverses the channel. The pin may pass through the first clearance hole, pass through a clearance hole in the first swing arm and pass through the second clearance hole. 
     A targeting member may include a gripper. A gripper may be affixed to the targeting member. A gripper may be affixed to a distal end of the targeting member. The gripper may be configured to stabilize the targeting member on an outside surface of the bone. The gripper may be configured to stabilize the targeting member on an outside surface of the bone when, in operation, the fixation element is positioned inside the receptacle and the targeting member contacts the outside surface of the bone. 
     The gripper may include a first projection. The gripper may include a second projection. The first projection may be spaced apart from the second projection by a distance. The distance may be greater than a width of the targeting member. The distance may be less than or equal to a width of the bone. The distance may be configured to stabilize the targeting member against an anatomical landmark of a bone. For example, the distance may be determined based on a width of a tuberosity on the bone. The distance may be greater than a width of the tuberosity. The anatomical landmark may be on an outer surface of the bone. 
     The first projection may be substantially parallel to the second projection. The gripper may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member. The gripper may be rigidly affixed to the targeting member. 
     When the bone is a humerus, the gripper may be configured to stabilize the targeting member on a humeral shaft of the humerus. In operation, when the targeting member contacts the outside surface of the bone, the first projection and the second projection may be aligned with a longitudinal axis of the implantation region. Being aligned may include being parallel or substantially parallel. 
     A targeting member may include a guide channel. The guide channel may be pivotally affixed to the targeting member. The guide channel may be pivotally affixed to a distal end of the targeting member. The guide channel may include an elongated concave surface. The guide channel may define a longitudinal axis. The guide channel may be configured such that when, in operation, the targeting member contacts an outer surface of the bone, the guide channel defines a longitudinal axis of the implantation region. 
     In operation, when the targeting member contacts an outer surface of the bone, the guide channel may define an angle between a longitudinal axis of the bone and the longitudinal axis of the implantation region. The angle may be any suitable angle. For example, the angle may be oblique with respect to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     A targeting member may include an angular stopping member. The angular stopping member may be pivotally affixed to the guide channel. The angular stopping member may be pivotally affixed to a swing arm. For example, the angular stopping member may be pivotally affixed to the second swing arm. 
     In operation, when the targeting member contacts an outside surface of the bone, the angular stopping member may be configured to support the guide channel. The angular stopping member may support the guide channel with respect to the access position. When the targeting member contacts the outside surface of the bone, the angular stopping member may be configured to support the guide channel along a longitudinal axis that is defined by the access position and a target site inside the bone. The target site may correspond to a tip of a target wire inserted into the bone. The guide channel may define a longitudinal axis of the implantation region. 
     When, in operation, the targeting member contacts an outside surface of the bone, the angular stopping member may be configured to support the guide channel at an angle to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be oblique. The angle may correspond to an angle between the longitudinal axis of the bone and a longitudinal axis of the implantation region. For example, the angle may be less than 90 degrees and greater than 5 degrees. 
     The angular stopping member may include a pair of opposing slots. A swing arm may be pivotally affixed to the angular stopping member by a pin that passes through the swing arm and into the pair of opposing slots. The pin may translate within the opposition slots. In operation, when the targeting member contacts the outer surface of the bone, movement of the pin in the opposing slots may adjust an angle between the guide channel and the longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for identifying an access position on an outer surface of a bone. The apparatus may include a base member. The base member may be elongated. The base member may include a first sleeve. The first sleeve may be configured to slide over a length of a fixation element that is operational external to the bone. The fixation element may be a target wire. The base member may include a second sleeve. The second sleeve may be positioned at a proximal end of the base member. The apparatus may include a curved member. The curved member may be slidably mounted in the second sleeve. 
     When the first sleeve is positioned over the fixation element, the curved member may be configured to indicate the access position. When a tip of the fixation element is positioned inside the bone, an end of the curved member may be positioned on a circumference of a circle centered at the tip. 
     The fixation element may be inserted into the bone in a direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial. An end of the curved member may include a guide. The guide, when positioned at the at the access position, may indicate an angular direction for inserting an implant into the bone. 
     The angular direction may be aligned along a diameter of the circle centered at the tip of the target wire. A radius of the circle centered at the tip of the target wire may correspond to a length of the implant. The access position may lie on a circumference of the circle centered about the tip of the target wire when the tip is operationally inside the bone. 
     The curved member may be configured to indicate an access position on the circumference independent of a position of the base member with respect to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The curved member may be configured to indicate the access position independent of an angle between a longitudinal axis of the fixation element (when a tip of the fixation element is operatively inside the bone) and a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     When the first sleeve is positioned over a portion of the fixation element that is operatively external to the bone, a longitudinal axis of the first sleeve may be positioned substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the bone. When the first sleeve is positioned over a portion of the fixation element that is operatively external to the bone, a longitudinal axis of the first sleeve may be positioned at an oblique angle to a longitudinal axis of the bone. When the bone is a humerus, a longitudinal axis of the implantation region passes through a head of the humerus. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for a guide for directing a fixation element into a tail of an implant. A fixation element may be a K-wire, anchor, screw or any suitable fixation device. The implant may be positioned inside a bone. The bone may be any suitable bone. For example, the bone may be any of the bones show below in  FIG. 3 . The tail may define a hole for clearance of a fixation element. The guide may include a guide tube. The guide may include a collar. The guide may include a bracket. The bracket may include a first end that holds the collar. The bracket may include a second end that holds the guide tube. The bracket may orient a longitudinal axis of the collar substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the guide tube. 
     The guide may be configured to cooperate with a shaft of an implant. The shaft may be tubular. The shaft may be elongated. The shaft may be configured to slide concentrically into the collar of the guide. The shaft may include a first end that is configured to engage the tail of the implant. The shaft may include a second end that is configured to engage the collar of the guide. When the first end of the shaft is engaged with the tail and the second end of the shaft is engaged with the collar, the guide tube may be aligned with the hole defined by the tail of the implant. 
     When the guide tube is aligned with the hole defined by the tail, the guide tube may direct an anchor through the bone and through the clearance hole defined by the tail. When the implant is deployed in the bone, the clearance hole may be positioned below an outer surface of the bone. When the implant is deployed in the bone, the clearance hole may not be visible from a vantage point outside the bone. 
     The hole may be a first hole. The tail may define a second hole. The first and second holes may define an emplacement axis. When the tail is circular, the emplacement axis may correspond to a diameter of the tail. A longitudinal axis of a fixation element positioned within the first and second holes may be aligned with the emplacement axis. When a first end of the implant shaft is engaged with the tail and a second end of the elongated implant shaft is engaged with the collar of the guide, a longitudinal axis of the guide tube may be aligned along the emplacement axis. 
     The second end of the bracket may include a passageway. The passageway may hold the guide tube. The passageway may orient the guide tube relative to the collar. 
     The passageway may define a longitudinal axis. The guide tube may be slidable in the passageway along the longitudinal axis. When the collar is engaged with the implant shaft, the guide tube may be slidable within the passageway between the bracket and the bone. 
     The guide tube may include a first flanged end. The guide tube may include a second flanges end. The first flanged end and the second flanged end may be spaced apart from each other along a longitudinal axis of the guide tube. The first and second flanged ends may prevent the guide tube from sliding out of the passageway. 
     The second end of the bracket may include a gasket. The gasket may be positioned in the bracket such that the gasket surrounds the guide tube when the guide tube in positioned in the passageway. The gasket may provide a friction fit that holds the guide tube at a position along a longitudinal axis of the passageway. 
     When the implant shaft is engaged with the collar, the guide tube may define a longitudinal axis that is substantially perpendicular to the implant shaft. 
     The guide tube may be a first guide tube. The second end of the bracket may hold a second guide tube. The second end of the bracket may include a first passageway and a second passageway. The first guide tube may be slidably mounted in the first passageway. The second guide tube may be slidably mounted in the second passageway. 
     A first end of the elongated implant shaft may engage a tail of the implant. A second end of the implant shaft may engage the collar. A clearance hole may be defined by the tail. The clearance hole may be a first hole. The bracket may align a first guide tube with the first hole defined by the tail. The bracket may align the second guide tube with a second hole defined by the tail. 
     The collar may include a key. The implant shaft may include a keyseat. The key may be configured to be releasably seated in the keyseat. The key may be configured to be releasably seated in the keyseat when the implant shaft is inserted into the collar. When the key is seated in the keyseat, the implant shaft may be axially and rotationally locked with respect to the collar. 
     The key may be a releasable key. The collar may include a static key. The implant shaft may include a slot that is configured to receive the static key. Engagement of the static key and the slot may be configured to align the releasable key with the keyseat. When the implant shaft is engaged with the tail of the implant, seating the key of the collar in the keyseat of the implant shaft may align the longitudinal axis of the guide tube with a clearance hole and/or an emplacement axis of the tail. 
     The implant shaft may include a first keyseat. The implant shaft may include a second keyseat. Seating a key of the collar in the first keyseat may space the collar a first distance apart from an end of the implant shaft. Seating a key of the collar in the second keyseat may space the collar a second distance from an end of the implant shaft. The end of the implant shaft may be the first end that is configured to engage the tail. 
     Apparatus are provided for directing fixation element from outside a bone, through the bone and into a volume defined by an implant positioned inside the bone. The volume maybe defined by an expandable web (alternatively referred to herein as expandable mesh or cage) of the implant. The implant may be positioned inside the bone. Apparatus may include an implant shaft. The implant shaft may be tubular. The implant shaft may define a longitudinal axis. The implant shaft may be configured to engage an implant positioned inside the bone. The implant shaft may engage a tail of the implant. The implant shaft may extend outside the bone. 
     Apparatus may include a collar that is configured to slidably engage the implant shaft. The collar may slide over the implant shaft. The collar may slidably engage the implant shaft at a position on the implant shaft that is operatively outside the bone. 
     The apparatus may include a boom. The boom may include an elongated passageway; 
     The apparatus may include a neck. The neck may include a first end. The first end of the neck may be fixed to the collar. The neck may include a second end. The second end of the neck may be fixed to the boom. When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft, the elongated passageway may be positioned to direct a fixation element from outside the bone, through the bone and into the volume defined by the implant. 
     The boom may be positioned on the neck such that that the fixation element does not contact a central axis member of the implant. For example, the neck may position the boom to be “off center” with respect to a central longitudinal axis of the implant. The neck may position the boom such that the passageway is spaced apart from the central axis member of the implant. 
     When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft, the elongated passageway maybe positioned substantially parallel to the implant shaft. The elongated passageway may be configured to direct a fixation element into the volume defined by the implant. When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft, the elongated passageway may be configured to direct a fixation element into the volume defined by the implant at or near a center longitudinal axis of the implant. 
     When the collar is slidably engaged with the implant shaft, the elongated passageway maybe configured to direct a fixation element into the volume defined by the implant such that the fixation element is deflected by a center axis member of the implant. 
     The collar may be rotatable about the implant shaft. Rotating the collar about the implant shaft may position the elongated passageway about an outer perimeter of the volume defined by the implant. 
     The boom may be pivotally affixed to the neck. The boom may be pivotally affixed to the neck such that a longitudinal axis defined by the passageway is oriented at an oblique angle with a longitudinal axis defined by the implant shaft. 
     When a fixation element passes through the elongated passageway and into the bone, the boom may be configured to pivot such that fixation element is no longer within the elongated passageway (without removing the fixation element from the bone). After pivoting the boom, the collar may be rotatable at least 180 degrees about the implant shaft. After pivoting the boom, the collar may be rotatable 360 degrees about the implant shaft. 
     The collar may include a pair of kerfs. The pair of kerfs may separate a first trough from a second trough. When the collar is sildably engaged with the implant shaft, the first and second troughs may be spread apart by the implant shaft. When the collar is sildably engaged with the implant shaft, the first and second troughs may apply pressure to an outer surface of the implant shaft. The pressure applied by the first and second troughs may provide a friction fit that holds the collar in a position about the longitudinal axis of the implant shaft. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a washer. The washer may be a surgical washer that is implantable in a human body. The washer may define a central aperture. The central aperture may have a circumference. The washer may define an offset aperture. The offset aperture may be spaced apart from the central aperture at a position with respect to the circumference of the central aperture. 
     The central aperture may have a diameter that is larger than a diameter of the offset aperture. The washer may include solid material that joins the offset aperture to the central aperture. The washer may include a second offset aperture. The washer may include two or more offset apertures. The second offset aperture may be spaced apart from the central aperture and spaced apart from the first offset aperture. The central aperture and an offset aperture form a figure eight shape. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a suturable washer. The suturable washer may include an inner circumference that defines a central aperture. The suturable washer may include an outer perimeter that encloses the inner circumference. The outer perimeter may define a non-circular shape. The suturable washer may include solid material between the inner circumference and the outer perimeter. The suturable washer may include an offset circumference that is enclosed by the outer perimeter. The offset circumference may define an offset aperture. 
     The suturable washer may include solid material between an arc length of the offset circumference and a corresponding length of the outer perimeter covering the arc length. The solid material may vary in thickness between the arc length of the offset circumference and the length of the outer perimeter covering the arc length. 
     The suturable washer may include a first thickness of solid material between a first arc length of the offset circumference and a corresponding first length of the outer perimeter covering the first arc length. The suturable washer may include a second thickness of solid material between a second arc length of the offset circumference and an arc length of the inner circumference opposing the second arc length. The second thickness may be greater than the first thickness. 
     The suturable washer may include a uniform thickness of solid material between a first arc length of the offset circumference and a corresponding length of the outer perimeter covering the first arc length. The suturable washer may include a variable thickness of solid material between a second arc length of the offset circumference and an arc length of the inner circumference convexly opposing the second arc length. 
     An offset circumference may be a first offset circumference. The suturable washer may include a second offset circumference that is enclosed by the outer perimeter. The second offset circumference may define a second offset aperture. The first offset circumference may be equal in length to the second offset circumference. 
     The suturable washer may include a first segment of solid material between a first arc length of the first offset circumference and a corresponding length of the outer perimeter covering the first arc length. The suturable washer may include a second segment of solid material between a second arc length of the second offset circumference and a corresponding second length of the outer perimeter covering the second arc length. 
     The first segment of solid material may be spaced apart from the second segment of solid material. The spacing may be defined by the outer perimeter. The first arc length may be positioned convexly opposing the second arc length. A distance spacing the first segment of solid material apart from the second segment of solid material may vary along the convexly opposing first and second arc lengths. A distance spacing the first segment of solid material apart from the second segment of solid material may vary along the outer perimeter. 
     The suturable washer may include a first arc length of the first offset circumference that is positioned convexly opposing a second arc length of the inner circumference. The suturable washer may include a third arc length of the second offset circumference that is positioned convexly opposing a fourth arc length of the inner circumference. 
     The suturable washer may include solid material between an arc length of the offset circumference and an arc length of the inner circumference convexly opposing the arc length of the offset circumference. Solid material may vary in thickness between an arc length of the offset circumference and a convexly opposing arc length of the inner circumference. 
     The suturable washer may include an offset aperture that is moveable about an axis. The axis may be tangential to an inner circumference that defines the central aperture and tangential to an offset circumference. The axis may be a longitudinal axis that passes between an inner circumference and an offset circumference. An offset aperture may be bent to allow for sutures to be threaded through the offset aperture. The offset aperture may be bent after a fixation element is inserted into the central aperture. A fixation element inserted into the central aperture may engage the bone and affix the washer to the bone. 
     An inner circumference that defines central aperture may also define a first plane. An outer perimeter of a washer may define a second plane. The first plane may be spaced apart from the second plane. The first plane may be substantially parallel to the second plane. 
     In operation, when the washer is positioned on an outside surface of a bone, the outer perimeter of the washer may be positioned closer to the bone than a central aperture of the washer. A distance spacing the outer perimeter apart from the central aperture may correspond to a distance spacing the first plane apart from the second plane. 
     In operation, when a washer is positioned on an outside surface of a bone, a central aperture of the washer may be positioned closer to the bone than the outside perimeter of the washer. A distance spacing the outer perimeter apart from the central aperture may correspond to a distance spacing the first plane apart from the second plane. 
     In operation, when suturable washer is positioned on an outside surface of a bone, the outer perimeter may be positioned closer to the bone than the central aperture. A distance spacing the outer perimeter apart from the central aperture may correspond to a distance spacing the first plane apart from the second plane. 
     An inner circumference that defines the central aperture may also define a first plane. An offset circumference may define a second plane. The first plane may be positioned at an oblique angle to the second plane. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an implantable, suturable washer. The washer may define a central aperture. The central aperture may include a central circumference. The washer may define an offset aperture. An offset aperture may include an offset circumference. The offset aperture may be fixed at a position along the central circumference. 
     The offset aperture may be a first offset aperture. The position may be a first position. The washer may define a second offset aperture. The second aperture may be fixed at a second position along the central circumference. 
     The central circumference of the washer may define a central plane. The offset circumference of the offset aperture may define an offset plane. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to the central aperture. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to the central aperture when the central aperture is fixed to the bone. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to the central aperture such that movement of the offset aperture changes an angle between the central plane and the offset plane. The offset aperture may be moveable with respect to the central aperture such that movement of the offset aperture does not change the position of the offset aperture with respect to the central circumference. 
     First and second offset apertures may each be independently moveable with respect to the central aperture. A washer may include two or more offset apertures. Each of the offset apertures may be moveable with respect to the central aperture. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an implantable, suturable washer. The washer may include a central aperture that defines a central plane. The central aperture may be defined by a central circumference. The washer may include a flanged outer skirt. The flanged outer skirt may encircle the central aperture. The flanged outer skirt may define an outer plane. 
     The washer may include a mid-section. The mid-section may extend between the central aperture and the flanged outer skirt. The mid-section may space the central plane apart from the outer plane. The mid-section may define a surface. A slope of the surface may vary between the central plane and the outer plane. 
     The washer may include a plurality of offset apertures. The plurality of offset apertures may be distributed circumferentially around the central aperture. Each of the plurality of offset apertures may include an offset circumference. The mid-section of the washer may include a first arc length of the offset circumference. The flanged outer skirt of the washer may include a second arc length of the offset circumference. 
     A washer may include a rim surrounding the central aperture. In operation, when a fixation element, such as an anchor, is driven through the central aperture into a bone, the rim may be pressed against the bone by a head of the anchor. 
     In operation, when an anchor is driven through the central aperture into a bone, the flanged outer skirt and the mid-section of the washer may space the rim apart from the bone. In operation, when an anchor is driven through the central aperture of the washer into a bone, the mid-section of the washer may be positioned concavely facing an outer surface of the bone. 
     In operation, when an anchor is driven through the central aperture of the washer into a bone, the mid-section of the washer may be positioned convexly facing an outer surface of the bone. When the mid-section is convexly facing the outer surface of the bone, an offset aperture of the washer may be spaced apart from the bone. 
     Apparatus for coupling an implant positioned inside a bone to a tool positioned outside the bone is provided. The apparatus may include a tail of the implant. The tail may include an internally threaded segment. The tail may include a beveled segment. 
     The apparatus may include an implant shaft. The implant shaft may be a hollow implant shaft. The implant shaft may include a beveled segment. The beveled segment of the implant shaft may be configured to mate with the beveled segment of the tail. The implant shaft may include a flange positioned inside the implant shaft. The flange may define an aperture. 
     The apparatus may include a locking screw. The locking screw may be cannulated. The locking screw may include a threaded segment. The threaded segment may slide past the flange inside the hollow tube when the locking screw is inserted into the hollow implant shaft. For example, the major diameter of the threaded segment of the locking screw may be less than a diameter of the aperture defined by the flange. 
     The locking screw may include a shoulder. The shoulder may abut the flange when the locking screw is inserted into the implant shaft. When the locking screw is inserted into the implant shaft and the threaded segment of the locking screw engages the internally threaded segment of the tail, the locking screw may axially lock the implant shaft to the tail. 
     The implant shaft may include one or more fingers protruding from the beveled segment of the implant shaft. The tail may include one or more indentations that are configured to mate with the one or more fingers of the implant shaft. When the locking screw threadedly engages the tail, the one or more fingers may mate with the one or more indentations. When the one or more fingers mate with the one or more indentations, the implant shaft may be rotational fixed with respect to the tail. 
     Apparatus and methods for repairing a bone are provided. The bone may be fractured. Apparatus and methods may be used to repair the fracture. For example, apparatus and methods may be used to reduce the fracture. Apparatus and methods may be used to maintain a reduction of fracture. 
     Apparatus may include the implant. The implant may include the implant tail. The implant may include the implant head. The tail may be expandable. The tail may be configured to self-expand. The tail may be non-expandable. 
     The implant may have a collapsed state. In the collapsed stated, the implant may have a uniform diameter. The head may be expandable. The head may be configured to self-expand. The head may not be expandable. 
     The head may be configured to expand, inside the bone from a collapsed state into an expanded state. 
     Apparatus may include an intramedullary rod. The rod may define a central longitudinal rod axis. The rod may define an outer surface. The outer surface may be any suitable surface. 
     The rod may define a cylindrical outer surface. The rod may define a conical outer surface. The rod may include a first segment that defines a cylindrical outer surface and a second segment that defines a conical outer surface. 
     The rod may include a guide segment. The guide segment may be configured to guide an implant head into the bone. The guide segment may be configured to support the implant tail. The guide segment may support the implant tail after the implant head is positioned inside the bone. 
     The rod may include an elongated extension member. The elongated extension member may be spaced radially apart from the central longitudinal rod axis. The elongated extension member may be configured to provide clearance, with respect to an outer surface of the rod, for tools inserted into the bone. Without the clearance provided by dimensions of the elongated members, the tools would be obstructed by an outer surface of the rod. Exemplary tools may include a drill, implant, wire, anchor, reamer, guide tube or any other suitable tool may be inserted into the bone to repair the bone. 
     For example, the elongated extension member may provide clearance for the implant head as the implant head is advanced, in the collapsed state, through the guide segment into the bone. The elongated member may provide clearance that allows the implant head to be positioned inside the bone without being obstructed by an outer surface of the rod. 
     The elongated extension member may provide clearance for the implant head in the expanded state. The elongated member may allow the implant head to expand without being obstructed by an outer surface of the rod. 
     The rod further may include a ring-shaped segment. The ring-shaped segment may bridge between the guide segment and the elongated extension member. The central longitudinal rod axis may pass through the ring-shaped segment. The central longitudinal axis may pass through an aperture of the ringed-shaped segment. The ringed-shaped segment may be part of the guide segment. 
     The rod may define a cylindrical volume. 
     The guide segment may be defined by a conical-shaped volume subtracted or removed from the cylindrical volume. A diameter of a base of the conical-shaped volume may have a diameter that is less than a diameter of the cylindrical volume. 
     The implant tail may include a first anchor receiving feature. The guide segment may include a guide surface defining a central longitudinal guide axis. The guide segment may include a second anchor receiving feature. The second anchor receiving feature may define a central longitudinal anchor axis. The central longitudinal anchor axis of the second anchor receiving feature may be perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, the central longitudinal guide axis. 
     In operation, the implant tail may be supported by the guide surface. The implant tail may be supported by the guide surface such that the first anchor receiving feature and the second anchor receiving feature are aligned to receive the same anchor. Targeting tools positioned outside the bone may direct the anchor into the first anchor receiving feature and into the second anchor receiving feature. 
     The rod may include an outer surface. The outer surface may define a cylindrical surface. The outer surface may define a conical surface. 
     The rod may include a first body segment. The first body segment may extend along a first length of the central longitudinal rod axis. The first body segment may define a uniform diameter along the first length. The rod may include a second body segment. The second body segment may extend along a second length of the central longitudinal rod axis. The second body segment may define a diameter that varies along the second length. 
     The guide segment may include an inner radius. The guide segment may include an outer radius. The guide segment may include a guide surface. The guide surface may be defined by a thickness between the inner and outer radii. The guide surface may be defined by a cylindrical surface that intersects the guide segment. 
     The cylindrical guide surface may be an oblique, cylindrical surface. The cylindrical guide surface may have a diameter greater than a maximum diameter defined by the guide segment. The cylindrical guide surface may have a diameter smaller than a maximum diameter defined by the guide segment. 
     A length of the rod may be cannulated. A cannulated length of the rod may be threaded. The guide segment may have a length. A length of the guide segment may extend along the central longitudinal rod axis. A length of the guide segment may be cannulated. A length of the guide segment may be threaded. 
     The rod may include a first cannulated length. The rod may include a second cannulated length. The second cannulated length may be threaded. The second cannulated length may be spaced apart from the first length, along the central longitudinal rod axis, by a third length. The elongated extension member may extend along the third length. 
     The central longitudinal rod axis may intersect the central longitudinal guide axis at an angle. The angle of intersection may define a slope of the guide surface. For example, if the angle of intersection is θ, the slope of the guide surface may be defined as tan(θ). The angle of intersection may be any suitable value. For example, the angle of intersection may be less than 90 degrees. The angle of intersection may be between 45 and 15 degrees. 
     An outer surface of the rod may define a cylindrical surface. The cylindrical surface may be a first cylindrical surface. The implant, in the collapsed state, may define a second cylindrical surface. A diameter of the second cylindrical surface may be smaller than a diameter of the first cylindrical surface. 
     The guide segment may define a cylindrical outer surface. The elongated extension member may include the cylindrical outer surface. The elongated extension member may include an outer arc length. The outer arc length may be less than a maximum circumference of the cylindrical outer surface. The arc length may be less than half of the maximum circumference. The elongated extension member may have a thickness. The thickness may be less than a radius of the cylindrical outer surface. 
     The elongated extension member may define a length along the central longitudinal rod axis. The elongated extension member may define an outer surface area. The outer surface area defined by the elongated extension member may be less than an outer surface area of the length of the guide segment along the central longitudinal axis. 
     The elongated extension member may include a first mating feature. The first mating feature may be configured to mate with a second mating feature. The rod may be a first rod. A second rod may include the second mating feature. The first rod may be inserted into the bone. The second rod may extend from inside the bone outside the bone. Mating of the first and second mating features may allow force to be transferred the first rod. 
     The force may be applied to the second rod. The force may be transferred from the second rod to the first rod. The force may be transferred from the second rod to the first rod via the elongated extension member of the first rod. The force may be transferred from the second rod to the first rod along a central longitudinal rod axis of the first rod. The force may be transferred to the first rod without deforming the first rod. In operation the force transferred to the first rod may be sufficient to drive the first rod into the bone. 
     A mating feature may define a depression. The depression may be defined relative to an outer surface of a rod. A first mating feature may include a first depression. The first mating feature may include a second depression. The second depression may be spaced apart from the first depression. The second depression may be spaced apart from the first depression along a central longitudinal axis of the rod. 
     The elongated extension member may include an anchor receiving feature. The first depression may be spaced apart from the second depression by a diameter of the anchor receiving feature. The anchor receiving feature may be threaded. 
     A mating feature may include a depression and an edge of the elongated extension member. The edge of the elongated extension may be an end of the rod. A mating feature may define an aperture in the elongated extension member. A mating feature may include a protrusion. The protrusion may extend from an outer surface of the rod. 
     The rod may include a third mating feature. The third mating feature may be configured to mate with a tool positioned outside the rod. 
     The rod may include a tapered segment. The tapered segment may be configured to displace tissue inside the bone. In operation, as the rod is inserted into the bone, the tapered segment may displace tissue inside the bone. A guide segment of the rod may define a longitudinal guide axis. The longitudinal guide axis may be oblique to a central longitudinal axis of the rod. The elongated extension member may define a longitudinal extension axis. The longitudinal extension axis may be parallel to, or substantially parallel to, the central longitudinal rod axis. 
     The rod may include a plurality of anchor receiving features. The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a first anchor receiving feature. The first anchor receiving feature may define a first longitudinal axis. The first longitudinal axis may be oblique to a central longitudinal rod axis. 
     The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a second anchor receiving feature. The second anchor receiving feature may define a second longitudinal axis. The second longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal rod axis. 
     The first longitudinal axis (defined by the first anchor receiving feature) may be positioned in a first plane. The first plane may be perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, the central longitudinal rod axis. The second longitudinal axis (defined by the second anchor receiving feature) may be positioned in a second plane. The second plane may be parallel to, or substantially parallel to, the first plane and perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, the central longitudinal rod axis. 
     The first longitudinal axis (defined by the first anchor receiving feature) may intersect the second longitudinal axis (defined by the second anchor receiving feature). 
     The plurality of anchor receiving features may include a third anchor receiving feature. The third anchor receiving feature may define a third longitudinal axis. The third longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal rod axis and transverse to the first and second planes. 
     Methods for repairing a bone are provided. The repairing may include reducing a fracture in the bone. The methods may include maintaining a reduction of the fracture and promoting healing of the fracture. 
     Methods may include positioning a first rod perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a longitudinal axis of a second rod. Methods may include locking the first rod to the second rod. The locking may include driving an anchor, guided by a cannulated segment of the second rod, into a threaded anchor receiving feature of the first rod. The first rod may be locked to second rod outside the bone. 
     Methods may include inserting the first rod into an intramedullary cavity of the bone. Methods may include inserting the first rod into the bone though an articular surface-region of the bone. Methods may include inserting the first rod into the bone through any desirable accessible region of the bone. 
     Inserting the first rod into the bone may include applying a force to the second rod. The second rod may be locked to the first rod such that the force drives the first rod into the bone without deforming the first rod. The mating of the first and second mating features may reduce likelihood that the force applied to the second rod deforms the first rod. 
     The inserting may include driving the first rod into a femur along a femoral-shaft axis of the femur. The inserting may include driving the first rod into a humerus along a longitudinal axis defined by the humerus. 
     Methods may include securing targeting tools to the second rod. Methods may include using the targeting tools, securing the first rod to the bone. 
     Methods may include using one or more apertures in the targeting tools and positioning an anchor in a receiving feature of the first rod. The positioning may include mating a first mating feature of the first rod with a second mating feature of the second rod. The mating may include fitting the first mating feature into the second mating feature. The mating may include fitting the second mating feature into the first mating feature. 
     Methods may include positioning a joint linking the first rod to the second rod inside the bone. Methods may include affixing the targeting tools to the second rod outside the bone. Methods may include using the targeting tools, guiding a drill into the bone. Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod, guiding the drill into the bone. 
     Methods may include using the targeting tools, guiding a reamer into the bone. Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod, guiding the reamer into the bone. 
     Methods may include using the targeting tools guiding an anchor into an anchor receiving feature of the first rod that is obscured by an outside surface of the bone. 
     Methods may include positioning the implant inside the bone. Methods may include expanding the implant inside the bone. Methods may include using the targeting tools, securing the expandable implant to the bone. 
     Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod, positioning the implant inside the bone. Methods may include securing the implant to the first rod. The implant may be secured to the first by driving an anchor from an outside on the bone, into the bone through the implant and through the first rod. The anchor may be guided into the bone, implant and rod using the targeting tools secured to the second rod. 
     The bone may be any suitable bone Si (see Table 5, below). For, example, the bone may be a humerus. The bone may be a femur. Methods may include securing the implant to a humerus such that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to a central longitudinal axis of the first rod, at an angle that conforms to an angle of inclination of the humerus. 
     Methods may include securing the implant to a humerus such that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to a central longitudinal axis of the humerus, at an angle that conforms to an angle of inclination of the humerus. 
     Methods may include expanding the implant within a head region of a bone. For example, methods may include expanding the implant within a head region of humerus. Methods may include expanding the implant within a head region of femur. 
     The bone may be a femur. Methods may include securing the implant to a femur such that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to a central longitudinal axis of the rod, at an angle that conforms to an angle of inclination of the femur. Methods may include securing the implant to a femur such that a central longitudinal axis of the implant is positioned, relative to a central longitudinal axis of the femur, at an angle that conforms to an angle of inclination of the femur. 
     Methods may include affixing a third rod to the first rod. The third rod may be affixed to the first rod such that a central longitudinal axis of the first rod is parallel to, or substantially parallel to, a central longitudinal axis of the third rod. Methods may include securing targeting tools to the third rod. The targeting tools may be secured to the third rod outside the bone. A joint linking the first rod to the third rod may be positioned inside the bone. 
     Methods may include removing the targeting tools after the first rod is secured to the bone. Methods may include removing the second rod after the first rod is secured to the bone. Methods may include removing the second rod and the targeting tools after the first rod and the implant are secured to the bone. 
     Methods may include using a guide surface of the first rod, inserting the implant into the bone. The implant may be inserted into the bone using an access hole in cortical bone. A practitioner may provide access to the guide surface after the first rod is inserted into the bone by drilling the access hole. A drill used to form the access hole may be guided by a guide surface of the targeting tools secured to the second rod. 
     The targeting tools may be secured to the second rod by aligning a cut-out in the targeting tools with a rib that protrudes from an outer surface of the second rod. The targeting tools may be secured to the second rod by positioning a set screw of the targeting tools into a cut-out in the rib. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, an elongated member. The elongated member may be configured to be coupled to the implant. The implant may include the implant tail. 
     The elongated member may include a sleeve. The sleeve may have a sleeve longitudinal axis. The apparatus may include an anchoring base. The anchoring base may be fixed to, and extend away from, the sleeve. The apparatus may include a threaded member. The threaded member may be fixed to the anchoring base and extend along the sleeve longitudinal axis. The threaded member may be spaced radially apart from the sleeve to define an annular space for receiving the implant tail. 
     The elongated member may not include a threaded member. The sleeve may be configured to be coupled to the implant tail using a snap-fit mechanism. The sleeve may define an inner threaded surface for screwing onto an outer threaded surface of the implant tail. The sleeve may be configured to be coupled to the implant tail by driving a screw through a hole defined by the sleeve and into a hole defined by the implant tail, the implant tail hole being coaxial with the sleeve hole. 
     The sleeve may define, transverse to the longitudinal axis, a constant outside diameter. The sleeve may define, transverse to the longitudinal axis, an outside diameter that varies along a length of the sleeve. 
     The anchoring base may define, transverse to an anchoring base longitudinal axis, a constant outside diameter. The anchoring base may define, transverse to an anchoring base longitudinal axis, an outside diameter that varies along a length of the anchoring base. The outside diameter may decrease along the length. A largest value of the outside diameter may be adjacent the sleeve. 
     The sleeve may define a first outside diameter transverse to the longitudinal axis. The anchoring base may define a second outside diameter, equal to the first outside diameter, transverse to the longitudinal axis. 
     The anchoring base may include a hollow mesh structure defining a plurality of openings. The anchoring base may define a base longitudinal axis. The mesh structure may extend circumferentially around the longitudinal axis. The mesh structure may have a first outside diameter transverse to a mesh longitudinal axis along a first portion of a length of the mesh structure and a second outside diameter, different from the first outside diameter, transverse to a mesh longitudinal axis along a second portion of the length of the mesh structure. The mesh structure may include a plurality of struts. The plurality of openings may be defined by the struts. 
     The anchoring base may include a first end. The anchoring base may include a second end, opposite the first end. The hollow mesh structure may be disposed between the first end and the second end. The sleeve may extend away from the first end. The second end may be tapered. 
     The anchoring base may define a hole. The hole may be a screw hole. A cross-section of the hole, transverse to a central axis of the hole, may be circular. The hole may have a first diameter parallel to an anchoring base longitudinal axis and a second diameter extending circumferentially about the anchoring base longitudinal axis, wherein the first length is at least double the second length. The hole may be a slot. The slot may be sized to receive an anchor. The anchor may be a screw. 
     The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define a second hole, the second hole being spaced apart from the first hole along a longitudinal axis of the anchoring base. The first hole may have a first central axis pointing in a first direction. The second hole may have a second central axis pointing in a second direction different from the first direction. The second hole may have a second central axis pointing in a second direction perpendicular to the first direction. The second hole may have a second central axis pointing in a second direction parallel to the first direction. 
     The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define a plurality of holes, the plurality of holes including the first hole. Each hole may be spaced apart from an adjacent hole along a longitudinal axis of the anchoring base. 
     The hole may be a first hole. The anchoring base may define a second hole extending through the anchoring base. The second hole may be spaced circumferentially apart, about an anchoring base longitudinal axis, from the first hole. A central axis extending through the first hole may transect a central axis extending through the second hole. 
     The anchoring base may include a first end and a second end opposite the first end. The anchoring base may include a plurality of longitudinal struts. Each strut may be coupled to, and extend between, the first and second end. Each strut may be and spaced apart from an adjacent strut circumferentially about an anchoring base longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include the implant. The implant may include the implant head and the implant tail. The implant tail may include an inner threaded portion. The implant may include the implant base. The implant base may be positioned between the head and the tail. The implant tail may be sized to be seated in the annular space. The inner threaded portion may be threaded to mate with the threaded member. An inner face of the sleeve may have a circumference. An outer face of the implant tail may have the circumference. An outer face of the implant tail may have a circumference slightly smaller than the circumference. 
     In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member, the implant tail may be seated in the annular space and the threaded member may engage the inner threaded portion. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member, the implant tail and a portion of the implant base may be seated in the annular space and the threaded member may engage the inner threaded portion. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member, the implant tail and the implant base may be seated in the annular space and the threaded member may engage the inner threaded portion. 
     The implant tail may be cylindrical. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member and the implant may fill the annular space. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member and the implant may fill a portion of the annular space. 
     The implant tail may have an angled face oblique to an implant tail longitudinal axis. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member and the implant may fill a portion of the annular space. 
     The implant tail may define a first hole and a second hole opposite the first hole across an implant tail longitudinal axis. The sleeve may define a third hole and a fourth hole across the sleeve longitudinal axis. In operation, the implant may be coupled to the elongated member and the first, second, third and fourth hole may be coaxial. 
     The sleeve and anchoring base, together, may be monolithic. The sleeve, threaded member and anchoring base, together, may be monolithic. The anchoring base and threaded member, together, may be monolithic. 
     The anchoring base may not define an opening. 
     The sleeve longitudinal axis may be coaxial with an anchoring base longitudinal axis. The sleeve longitudinal axis may be oblique to an anchoring base longitudinal axis. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a first expandable implant and a second expandable implant. The first expandable implant may be the implant. The second expandable implant may be the implant. 
     The first expandable implant may include a first base coupled to a first implant head. The first head, when expanded, may form a first mesh cage. The second expandable implant may include a second base coupled to a second implant head. The second head, when expanded, may form a second mesh cage. The first base may be configured to be coupled to the second base such that an outer face of the first base is positioned within an inner face of the second base. 
     In operation, the outer face of the first base may be positioned within the inner face of the second base and the first base may be coupled to the second base. An outer face of the first base may be threaded. 
     An inner face of the second base may be threaded to mate with the threads on the first base. 
     An inner face of the second base may be sized to receive an outer face of the first base. 
     The first base may define a protrusion. The second base may define a window. In operation, the outer face of the first base may be positioned within the inner face of the second base and the protrusion may extend through the window to couple the first base to the second base. 
     The second base may define a protrusion. The first base may define an opening. In operation, the outer face of the first base may be positioned within the inner face of the second base and the protrusion may extend through the opening to couple the first base to the second base. 
     In operation, the first base may be coupled to the second base, the first cage may define a first central axis and the second cage may define a second central axis coaxial with the first central axis. In operation, the first base may be coupled to the second base, the first cage may define a first central axis, and the second cage may define a second central axis oblique to the first central axis. 
     In operation, the first base may be coupled to the second base. The first head, when expanded, may define a first volume and the second head, when expanded, may define a second volume that is greater than the first volume. The first head, when expanded, may define a first volume and the second head, when expanded, may define a second volume that is different from the first volume. 
     The first implant may include a first shaft extending away from the first base. The second base may include a second shaft extending away from the second base. The first shaft may be configured to be coupled to the second shaft such that an outer face of the first shaft is positioned within an inner face of the second shaft. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the implant base having a first end and, opposite the first end, a second end. The apparatus may include a first mesh cage fixed to, and extending away from, the first end. The apparatus may include a second mesh cage fixed to, and extending away from, the second end. The first mesh cage may be expandable. The second mesh cage may be expandable. 
     The first mesh cage may be the implant head. The second mesh cage may be the implant head. 
     The base, the first and the second cage may together be formed from a monolithic laser-cut tube. The base and the first cage may together be formed from a first laser-cut tube. The second cage may be formed from a second laser-cut tube. 
     The first cage may define a first central axis. The second cage may define a second central axis coaxial with the first central axis. The second cage may define a second central axis oblique to the first central axis. 
     The implant base may define a hole. The hole may be a screw hole. The screw hole may be a first screw hole. The implant base may define a second screw hole. 
     The implant base may be cylindrical. The implant base may have an outside diameter perpendicular to a base longitudinal axis. The outside diameter may vary along a length of the base. 
     The first mesh cage may define a first volume. The second mesh cage may define the first volume. The second mesh cage may define a second volume different from the first volume. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a first mesh cage having a first hub and a first base. The apparatus may include a second mesh cage having a second hub and a second base. The apparatus may include a first elongated member extending between the first base and the second hub. The apparatus may include a second elongated member coupled to, and extending away from, the second base. 
     The first mesh cage may be expandable between a collapsed configuration and an expanded configuration. The second mesh cage may be expandable between a collapsed configuration and an expanded configuration. 
     The first mesh cage may be the implant head. The second mesh cage may be the implant head. 
     The first mesh cage may define a first central axis. The second mesh cage may define a second central axis. The first elongated member may define a third central axis. The second elongated member may define a fourth central axis. The first, second, third and fourth central axis may be coaxial. 
     The first elongated member may define a hole sized for receiving an anchor, such as a screw. The second elongated member may define a hole sized for receiving an anchor, such as a screw. The first elongated member may define a plurality of holes. The holes may be screw holes. The second elongated member may define a plurality of holes. The holes may be screw holes. 
     The first elongated member may include a hollow cylindrical mesh structure extending along a length of the first member. The mesh structure may extend circumferentially about a central axis of the first member. The second elongated member may include a hollow cylindrical mesh structure extending along a length of the second member. The mesh structure may extend circumferentially about a central axis of the second member. 
     The first mesh cage may define a first volume. The second mesh cage may define a second volume greater than the first volume. The second mesh cage may define the first volume. 
     The apparatus may include an intramedullary rod. The second elongated member may extend through a bore defined by the intramedullary rod. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having an interior. The method may include selecting a first implant having a first expandable mesh head and a first base. The method may include selecting a second implant having a second expandable mesh head and a second base. The method may include coupling the first base to the second base. The method may also include positioning the first and second implants in the interior. 
     The first implant may be the implant. The second implant may be the implant. 
     The positioning may be performed after the coupling. The positioning may be performed before the coupling. 
     The coupling may include threadingly engaging threads defined on an outer face of the first base with threads defined on an inner face of the second base. The coupling may include inserting the first base into the second base. The coupling may include advancing an inner face of the first base along an outer face of the second base. 
     The method may include, prior to the inserting, expanding the first expandable cage. The method may include, prior to the inserting, expanding the second expandable cage. 
     The method may include, after the inserting, expanding the first expandable cage. The method may include, after the inserting, expanding the second expandable cage. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a first intramedullary rod defining a screw hole having a central axis. The apparatus may include a second intramedullary rod configured to be coupled to the first rod. The apparatus may include the implant. The implant may be configured to be coupled to an end of the second rod. The implant may include the implant head that, when expanded, defines a volume. In operation, the second rod may be coupled to the first rod, the implant may be coupled to the second rod, the implant head may be in an expanded state and the central axis may point to the volume. 
     The hole may be a first hole and the central axis may be a first central axis. The first rod may define a second hole. The second hole may define a second central axis oblique to the first central axis. In operation, the second rod may be coupled to the first rod, the implant may be coupled to the second rod, the implant head may be in an expanded state and the second central axis may point to the volume. The first central axis may be parallel to the second central axis. The first central axis may be oblique to the second central axis. 
     The implant may include the implant base. The implant base may extend away from the implant head. 
     The end of the second rod may define an opening sized to receive the implant base. 
     An inner face of the implant base may include threads. An outer face of the end of the second rod may include threads configured to threadingly engage the threads on the inner face of the implant base. 
     An outer face of the implant base may include threads. The end of the second rod may define a threaded opening configured to threadingly engage the threads on the outer face of the implant base. 
     The implant may be a first implant. The expandable head may be a first expandable head. The apparatus may include a second implant. The second implant may include a second expandable head. The second implant may be configured to be coupled to an end of the second rod. 
     The second implant may include a base extending away from the second head. The end of the second rod may define an opening sized to receive the second implant base. The base may include threads, and the end of the second rod may be configured to threadingly engage the threads. 
     The end of the second rod may be a first end. The apparatus may include a third implant. The third implant may include a third expandable head. The third expandable head may be configured to be coupled to a second end of the second rod. 
     The third implant may include a base extending away from the third head. The second end of the second rod may define an opening sized to receive the third base. The base may include threads, and the second end of the second rod may be configured to threadingly engage the threads. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a cannulated intramedullary rod having a first end and a second end opposite the first end and the implant. The implant may be configured to be coupled to the first end. The implant may include the implant head, the implant tail and the implant base extending between the head and the tail. The apparatus may include an end cap configured to be coupled to the second end. The implant may be configured to be coupled to the first end such that the implant head extends away from the first end and the implant tail is seated in an interior of the rod. 
     The apparatus may include a threaded member coupled to, and extending away from, the end cap along a central axis of the end cap. An inner face of the implant tail may be threaded. The threaded member may be threaded to mate with the implant tail. In operation, the threaded member may extend through an interior of the rod, along a longitudinal axis of the rod, and may be engaged with the implant threaded surface. 
     The implant base may be a portion of the implant tail. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone. The bone may have a surface and an interior. The bone may have an elongated portion, a head including an articular surface, and a neck positioned between the elongated portion and the head. 
     The method may include placing a first intramedullary rod and the implant including a mesh cage coupled to an end of the first rod in the interior such that at least a portion of the mesh cage is positioned in the head. The method may include placing a second intramedullary rod in the interior such that the second rod extends along a length of the elongated portion. The placing may include coupling the second rod to the first rod. 
     The method may include advancing a screw through a hole defined by the second intramedullary rod. The method may include anchoring a distal end of the screw in the head of the articular surface. The anchoring may include driving the distal end into the mesh cage. 
     The method may include coupling the first rod to the implant. The implant may include a base extending away from the mesh cage. The base may include threads. The coupling of the mesh cage to the first rod may include threadingly engaging the base with a threaded portion of the first rod. 
     The method may include coupling the first rod to the implant. The implant may include a base extending away from the mesh cage. The coupling of the first rod to the implant may include positioning the base in an opening defined by the first rod. 
     The method may include threadingly engaging threads on a face of the hub with threads on a face of the rod. The method may include threadingly engaging threads on a face of the base with threads on a face of the rod. 
     When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may include expanding the mesh cage. After the expanding, and before the placing of the first rod, the method may include coupling the mesh cage to the first rod. 
     When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may include, after the positioning of the first rod and the implant in the head of the bone, expanding the mesh cage. The first rod may be cannulated. The implant may include an implant tail coupled to the mesh cage. Expanding the mesh cage may include advancing a threaded member along an interior of the first rod and engaging the threaded member with threads in an inner surface of the implant tail. 
     The method may include, after the expanding of the mesh cage, placing an end cap on a second end of the first rod, the second end being opposite the first end. 
     When the mesh cage is an expandable mesh cage the method may include expanding the mesh cage from a first volume to a second volume. 
     The coupling of the second rod to the first rod may include positioning the first rod in an opening defined by the second rod. The coupling of the second rod to the first rod may include positioning the second rod in an opening defined by the first rod. 
     When the screw is a first screw, the implant is a first implant, the mesh cage is a first mesh cage, and an end of the second rod is coupled to a second implant including a second mesh cage, the method may include advancing a second screw through the surface and into the second cage. 
     When the end of the second rod is a first end and a second end of the second rod is coupled to a third mesh cage, the method may include advancing a third screw through the surface and into the third cage 
     When the screw is a first screw and the hole is a first hole, the method may include driving a second screw through a second hole defined by the second intramedullary rod. The method may also include anchoring a distal end of the second screw in the head. The anchoring may comprise driving the distal end of the second screw into the mesh cage. 
     The first screw may be advanced through the first hole along a first axis. The second screw may be advanced through the second hole along a second axis. The first axis may be parallel to the second axis. The first axis may be oblique to the second axis. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone having a surface and an interior. The bone may have an elongated portion, a head including an articular surface, and a neck positioned between the elongated portion and the head. 
     The method may include placing an intramedullary rod coupled to a mesh cage at an end of the rod in the interior such that at least a portion of a mesh cage is positioned in the head. The mesh cage may be the implant head. The method may include placing a plate on the surface. The placing may include coupling the plate to the rod. The method may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate. The method may also include anchoring a distal end of the screw in the head. The anchoring may comprise driving the distal end into the mesh cage. 
     The method may include, before the placing of the rod, coupling the mesh cage to the rod. The method may include, before the placing of the rod and the coupling of the plate to the rod, expanding the mesh cage. The method may include expanding the mesh cage in the interior. 
     The end of the rod may be a first end. The coupling of the plate and the rod may include placing a second end of the rod inside an opening defined by the plate. The second end may be opposite the first end. 
     When the screw is a first screw and the hole is a first hole, the method may include driving a second screw through a second hole defined by the plate. The method may also include anchoring a distal end of the second screw in the head, the anchoring comprising driving the distal end of the second screw into the mesh cage. 
     The first screw may be advanced through the first hole along a first axis. The second screw may be advanced through the second hole along a second axis. The first axis may be parallel to the second axis. The first axis may be oblique to the second axis. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for repairing a bone having a surface and an interior. The method may include placing an intramedullary rod in the interior. The method may include advancing an expandable implant through a lumen defined by an interior of the rod. The method may include positioning the expandable implant in the interior such that a head of the implant is in the interior. The method may include expanding the head to form a mesh cage. The method may include anchoring the rod to the bone. The anchoring may include driving a first screw through the surface and into the mesh cage. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface. The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering a posterior facet of the bone below a termination point, on the bone, of an Achilles&#39; Tendon. The method may include providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include advancing the expandable implant through the access hole and into the interior. The method may include positioning a distal end of the implant in the interior. The method may include expanding the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage. The implant may be expanded such that such that a first portion of the mesh cage is adjacent a sinus tarsi space and a second portion of the mesh cage is adjacent a distal facet of the bone. 
     When the incision is a first incision the method may include making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of the posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus bone through the second incision. 
     The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include driving the screw through the bone surface and advancing a distal tip of the screw into the mesh cage. 
     The method may include positioning a plate on the posterior facet of the bone. The method may include, after the expanding, driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the mesh cage. 
     The positioning of the plate may be performed after the advancing the expandable implant into the interior. The positioning of the plate may be performed before the advancing of the expandable implant into the interior. The advancing may be performed through an opening in the plate. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface. The method may include forming a split in an Achille&#39;s tendon extending along a posterior facet of the bone. The method may include making an incision, through the split, in soft tissue covering the posterior portion facet. The method may include providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include advancing the expandable implant through the access hole and into the interior. The method may include positioning a distal end of the implant in the interior. The method may include expanding the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage such that a portion of the mesh cage is adjacent a distal facet of the calcaneus. 
     When the incision is a first incision the method may include making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of the posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include visualizing a position of a sinus tarsi space relative to a talus bone through the second incision. 
     The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include driving the screw through the bone surface. The anchoring may include advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable implant. 
     The method may include positioning a plate on the posterior facet. The method may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the implant. 
     The positioning of the plate may be performed after the advancing the expandable implant. The positioning of the plate may be performed before the advancing the expandable implant. The advancing may be performed through an opening in the plate. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for implanting an expandable implant in an interior of a calcaneus bone having a bone surface. The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering a distal facet of the bone. The method may include providing, through the incision, an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include advancing the expandable implant through the access hole and into the interior. The method may include positioning a distal end of the implant in the interior and perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a longitudinal axis extending along a length of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage such that a hub of the implant is adjacent the talus. 
     When the incision is a first incision the method may include making a second incision in soft tissue covering a lateral side of a posterior facet of the calcaneus. The method may include visualizing a position of a sinus space relative to a talus bone through the second incision. 
     The method may include, after the expanding, anchoring a distal end of a screw in the interior. The anchoring may include driving the screw through the bone surface. The method may include advancing a distal tip of the screw into the expandable implant. 
     The method may include positioning a plate on the distal facet. The method may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the implant. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, a first mesh that defines a longitudinal axis and is expandable about the axis and a second mesh that is expandable about the axis between the axis and the first mesh. Each of the first and second mesh may be configured to be longitudinally fixed to a central axis member that lies along the axis. The first mesh may have a first stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the first mesh along a direction not parallel to the axis. The second mesh may have a second stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the second mesh along the direction. “Modulus” may be an “effective modulus,” in that it may be an extrinsic property of the mesh, and may depend on one or more parameters, such as one or more of those shown in Table 3, or any other suitable parameters. 
     
       
         
           
               
             
               
                 TABLE 3 
               
               
                   
               
               
                 Illustrative modulus parameters 
               
               
                 Illustrative modulus parameters 
               
               
                   
               
             
            
               
                   
               
            
           
           
               
            
               
                 Mesh thickness (wall thickness of tube, if mesh is made from a tube) 
               
               
                 Mesh axial length (expanded state) 
               
               
                 Mesh radius (expanded state) 
               
               
                 Mesh void fraction (percent of mesh surface corresponding to void) 
               
               
                 Mesh cell density 
               
               
                   
               
            
           
         
       
     
     The second modulus may be greater than the first modulus. The second modulus may be 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.6, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, 10, 10.5, 11, 11.5, 12, 12.15, 13, 13.15 or 14 times greater than the first modulus 
     The first mesh may have a first thickness. The second mesh may have a second thickness. The second thickness may be greater than the first thickness. 
     The first mesh may be formed from a first material having a first stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the first mesh along a direction not parallel to the axis. The second mesh may be formed from a second material having a second stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the second mesh along the direction. The second modulus may be greater than the first modulus. 
     The first material may be formed from super elastic materials including nitinol, NiTiCu, titanium alloys, nickel alloys, spring steel alloys, carbon fiber composites, carbon-graphene, shape-memory polymers, polyisoprene-based polymers, calcium iron arsenide CaFe 2 As 2  and similar materials. The second material may be formed from super elastic materials different from the first material including nitinol, NiTiCu, titanium alloys, nickel alloys, spring steel alloys, carbon fiber composites, carbon-graphene, shape-memory polymers, polyisoprene-based polymers, calcium iron arsenide CaFe 2 As 2  and similar materials. 
     The first thickness may be in the range 0.010 in. to 0.020 in. The second thickness may be in the range 0.015 in. to 0.040 in. 
     Table 4 shows selected illustrative first and second thickness ranges. 
     
       
         
           
               
             
               
                 TABLE 4 
               
             
            
               
                   
               
               
                 Selected illustrative first and second thickness ranges. 
               
               
                 Illustrative thickness ranges (lower and upper limits, inclusive) (in.) 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 First thickness 
                   
                 Second thickness 
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 Lower 
                 Upper 
                 Lower 
                 Upper 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                 &lt;0.010 
                 0.011 
                 &lt;0.015 
                 0.015 
               
               
                   
                 0.011 
                 0.012 
                 0.015 
                 0.016 
               
               
                   
                 0.012 
                 0.013 
                 0.016 
                 0.017 
               
               
                   
                 0.013 
                 0.014 
                 0.017 
                 0.018 
               
               
                   
                 0.014 
                 0.015 
                 0.018 
                 0.019 
               
               
                   
                 0.015 
                 0.016 
                 0.019 
                 0.02 
               
               
                   
                 0.016 
                 0.017 
                 0.02 
                 0.021 
               
               
                   
                 0.017 
                 0.018 
                 0.021 
                 0.022 
               
               
                   
                 0.018 
                 0.019 
                 0.022 
                 0.023 
               
               
                   
                 0.019 
                 0.020 
                 0.023 
                 0.024 
               
               
                   
                 0.020 
                 &gt;0.020 
                 0.024 
                 0.025 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.025 
                 0.026 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.026 
                 0.027 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.027 
                 0.028 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.028 
                 0.029 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.029 
                 0.03 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.03 
                 0.031 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.031 
                 0.032 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.032 
                 0.033 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.033 
                 0.034 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.034 
                 0.035 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.035 
                 0.036 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.036 
                 0.037 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.037 
                 0.038 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.038 
                 0.039 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.039 
                 0.04 
               
               
                   
                   
                   
                 0.040 
                 &gt;0.04 
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
         
       
     
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the implant head that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable away from a longitudinal axis of the substrate, and the base. The base may define an opening for receiving along the axis an elongated support having a catch. 
     The apparatus may include the support. The support may be configured to engage a hub at an end of the substrate that is opposite the base. The apparatus may also include a latch extending from the base in a direction away from the substrate. The latch may be configured to engage the catch to prevent withdrawal of the elongated support from the base. 
     The latch may include an arm and a protrusion from the arm. The latch may be configured to insert the protrusion into a recess in the elongated support when the protrusion is positioned at the recess. The catch may define a limit of the recess. 
     The base may define a cylindrical outer surface at a first radius from the axis. The arm may have a length that is disposed at the first radius in a state in which the protrusion is in the recess. The length may be disposed at second radius that is greater than the first radius in a state in which the protrusion is in contact with the elongated member at a location outside the recess. 
     The elongated support may define a recess. The recess may include the catch. 
     The anchoring substrate may be pretreated to induce contraction of the substrate along the axis. The contraction may collapse the anchoring substrate. The contraction may increase frictional engagement between the latch and the wall. 
     The support may include a threaded member. The threaded member may be configured to reduce a length of the support by threaded engagement with an internally threaded cannulated member. Reduction of the length may expand the anchoring substrate. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the implant that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable away from a longitudinal axis of the substrate and the tail at an end of the substrate. The tail may be configured for sliding engagement in a slot of the plate. The slot in operation may fix the implant relative to the plate axially along the axis, rotationally about the axis, and rotationally about the plate. 
     The apparatus may include the plate. The plate may be keyed to a groove in the tail. The plate may define a clearance opening having a first width, and the slot, the slot having a second width that is less that the first width. The first width may be greater than a diameter of the tail. The second width may be less than the diameter. The second width may be greater than a thickness of the tail at the groove. 
     The groove may be a plurality of grooves. The grooves may define a sliding direction along which the plate is configured to slide for insertion of the tail in the slot. In operation the sliding direction may be oblique to the axis. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, the implant head that includes a mesh anchoring substrate that is expandable away from an elongated central support and the support. The support may define a transverse bore that in operation is disposed between a first end of the substrate and a second end of the substrate. 
     The bore may be sized for clearance of a screw that is configured for penetration and engagement of the substrate. The bore may have a diameter that is 0.0005″-0.001″ smaller than a thread diameter of a screw that is configured for penetration and engagement of the substrate. The thread diameter may be a largest thread diameter on the screw. 
     An inner face of the bore may include threads for threadingly engaging a screw that is configured for penetration and engagement of the substrate. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more steps from any other method disclosed herein. 
     The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the bone surface between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include making an incision in soft tissue covering the bone surface. The method may include placing a jig in direct contact with the bone surface. The placing may include seating a bottom surface of the jig complementarily against the surface contour. The bottom surface of the jig may complement the surface contour. 
     Direct contact with the bone surface may encompass a method in which there is no apparatus intervening between the jig or the plate and the bone surface. 
     After placing the jig on the bone surface, the method may include driving a first fixation element through a first hole defined by the jig and into a first fragment of the bone. After placing the jig on the bone surface, the method may also include driving a second fixation element through a second hole defined by the jig and into a second fragment of the bone. 
     The method may include removing the jig from the bone surface prior to closing the incision. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the access hole and into the bone interior. 
     The method may include closing the incision. 
     The bone may be a humerus bone. A portion of the bone being treated may include a proximal portion of the humerus bone. Making the incision may include making a deltopectoral incision. Making the incision may include making a deltoid split incision. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include a deltoid insertion. The placing the jig may include aligning a first portion of the bottom surface of the jig with the greater tuberosity. The placing the jig may include aligning a second portion of the bottom surface of the jig with the intertubercular groove. The placing the jig may include aligning a third portion of the bottom surface of the jig with the deltoid insertion. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the jig may include palpitating a location of a lateral condyle. The placing the jig may include determining a position on the bone surface along a longitudinal axis of the humerus bone. The position may be a predetermined distance from the lateral condyle. The placing the jig may include aligning a member of the jig with the position. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the jig may include radiographically aligning a member of the jig with a surgical neck of the humerus bone. The surgical neck may be located at a base of a head of a proximal portion of the humerus bone. 
     The method may include releasably anchoring the jig to the bone. 
     The first hole and the second hole may be included in a plurality of holes. The plurality of holes may be defined by the jig. The method may include providing a plurality of fixation elements. The method may include guiding each of the fixation elements through one of the plurality of holes and into the bone interior. 
     The first hole may be spaced apart from the second hole. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the bone interior along convergent paths. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the bone interior along divergent paths. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the bone interior along parallel paths. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant in the bone interior to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone interior. The guiding the fixation elements may provide clearance for the volume. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant in the bone interior to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a region. The region may not be intersected by the fixation elements. 
     The method may include, when the bone is a proximal humerus bone, driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the jig and toward a center of an interior of a head of the proximal humerus bone. The method may include positioning a tip of the target wire in the center of the interior of the head. 
     The method may include, when the bone is a proximal humerus bone, driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the jig and tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The placing the jig may include, when the bone is a proximal humerus bone, positioning a target defined by the jig. The target hole defined by jig may be positioned to point in a direction that intersects with a center region on a head of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The method may include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the jig. 
     The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the bone surface toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. The tip of the target wire may be at least partially retracted prior to advancing the fixation element. 
     The providing the access hole may include selecting a location on the bone adjacent a demarcation point included on the jig. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the selected location toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include selecting a demarcation point included on the jig from a plurality of demarcation points. Each demarcation point may correspond to an implant having a length. The providing the access hole may also include advancing a fixation element through a location on the surface of the bone adjacent the selected demarcation point and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. The implant inserted in the bone interior may have a length associated with the selected demarcation point. 
     The providing the access hole may include coupling a targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto a location the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the location and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include coupling a targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto a location on the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include identifying an angle relative to the bone surface at which the pointer abuts the bone surface and extends away from the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the location, at the identified angle, and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include removing a fixation element extending through the bone surface, wherein a tip of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element and advancing the drill towards the tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element and advancing the drill towards the target site. 
     The providing the access hole may include inserting a cannulated drill over a fixation element, wherein a tip of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and towards an end of the fixation element positioned adjacent the target site. The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and towards the target site. 
     The method may include providing a cavity in the bone interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The implant may be inserted through the access hole and into the cavity. 
     The providing the cavity may include advancing a cannulated drill over the fixation element and towards the target site. The providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The providing the cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation device to cut material in the bone interior. 
     The method may include inserting an implant through the access hole. The method may include advancing an end of the implant to the target site. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity. The method may include positioning an end of the implant disposed in the interior at the target site. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. The method may include rotating the implant in the cavity. 
     The method may include decoupling a first handle from an implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant within the cavity. The rotating may be driven by rotation of the second handle. 
     The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto a shaft of the implant. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the anchoring jig. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the bone surface. The anchoring may include guiding a screw into a tail of the implant. 
     The anchoring jig may be a first jig. The anchoring may include decoupling the first anchoring jig from the shaft. The anchoring may include coupling a second anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a plurality of fixation elements through an elongated passageway defined by the second anchoring jig and into a head of the implant. 
     The method may include driving cannulated screws over the fixation elements and into the head of the implant. The method may include decoupling the shaft from the tail of the implant. 
     The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct contact with a bone surface. The placing may include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the anchoring jig, through the bone surface and into a tail of the implant. 
     The method may include anchoring the implant and the plate to the bone. 
     The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include fastening the plate to the tail of the implant by guiding a screw through the anchoring jig, through the plate and into a tail of the implant. 
     The anchoring may be a first anchoring jig. The method may include coupling a second anchoring jig to the shaft. The method may include guiding a plurality of fixation elements through a space defined by the second anchoring jig and into the head of the implant. The method may include driving cannulated screws over the fixation elements and into the head of the implant. The method may include decoupling the shaft from the tail of the implant. 
     The method may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the head of the implant. The method may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the plate and into the bone interior. The method may include coupling a bushing to the hole. The method may include driving a screw through the bushing and into the hole. 
     The anchoring may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the plate. The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the anchoring jig and into a tail of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into the tail of the implant. 
     The method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until the plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the plate. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a tail of the implant. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be positioned in the bone interior. The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. 
     The plate may be a first plate. The anchoring may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until a second plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant and positioned in the bone interior. The anchoring may also include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     The plate may be a first plate. Anchoring may include placing a second plate on the first plate. The placing the second plate may include positioning the second plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the second plate. The anchoring may also include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     The method may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The plate may include a plate opening. The providing the access hole may be performed on a surface of the bone defined by the plate opening. 
     The plate may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement the surface contour. The placing the plate may include seating a plate bottom surface complementarily on surface contour. 
     The jig may define a recess. The placing the plate may include placing the plate in the recess. 
     The placing the plate may include placing a first edge of the plate adjacent to a longitudinally extending leg of the jig. The placing the plate may include placing a second edge of the plate adjacent to a transverse leg of the jig. 
     The placing the plate may include placing a portion of a bottom surface of the plate in physical contact with a portion of a top surface of the jig. The placing the plate may include placing a top surface of the plate in physical contact with a portion of a bottom surface of the jig. 
     The method may include coupling the plate to the jig. 
     The method may include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the jig. The method may include driving a fixation element through a positioning hole defined by the jig. 
     The method may include identifying a location on the bone for preparation of an access hole. The location on the bone may be defined by the plate opening. The method may include advancing a fixation element through the location and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The identifying may include coupling a targeting apparatus to the target wire. The identifying may also include guiding a pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto the bone surface defined by the plate opening. 
     The identifying may include selecting a location on the bone adjacent a demarcation point included on the plate and defined by the plate opening. The identifying may also include advancing a fixation element through the selected location toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The method may include providing an access hole. The method may include providing a cavity in the bone interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The providing the cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation device to cut material in the bone interior. 
     The method may include inserting an implant into the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include removing the plate from the bone surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate and the implant to the bone. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into a tail of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into the bone interior. 
     The method may include attaching a washer to one or more of the screws before using the screw for anchoring. 
     The jig may be a first jig. The method may include removably coupling a second jig to the plate. The second jig may include a guide extending away from the bone surface and extending away from the plate opening. 
     The method may include removably coupling the second jig to the first jig. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the guide. The providing the access hole may include drilling an access hole through the bone surface. 
     The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the guide and the access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may include inserting an implant through the guide and the access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing may include inserting an insert into the guide. The providing may include inserting a drill through the insert. The providing may include drilling an access hole through the bone surface. A central axis of the insert may not be parallel to a central axis of the guide. A central axis of the insert may be parallel to a central axis of the guide. 
     The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the insert and the access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may include inserting an implant through the insert and the access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include decoupling the second jig from the plate. The method may include removing the second jig from the plate. The method may include anchoring the plate and the implant to the bone. 
     The method may include removing the plate from the bone surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. 
     The jig may be a first jig. The method may include placing a second jig in direct contact with the bone surface. A portion of the second jig may abut the first jig. The second jig may include a guide extending away from the bone surface. The method may include removably coupling the second jig to the first jig. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing may include inserting a drill through the guide and into the bone interior. 
     The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the guide and access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include expanding and rotating the cavity preparation device in the bone interior to create a cavity. The method may include inserting an implant through the guide and the access hole. The method may include positioning the implant in the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include inserting an insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole may include drilling an access hole through the bone surface. A central axis of the insert may not be parallel to a central axis of the guide. A central axis of the insert may be parallel to a central axis of the guide. 
     The method may include selecting an access angle for drilling into the bone. The access angle may be different from an access angle defined by the guide. The access angle defined by the guide may be a central axis of the guide. The method may include inserting an insert into the guide. A central axis of the insert may define the selected angle. 
     The method may include decoupling the second jig from the first jig. The method may include removing the second jig from the bone surface. The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. 
     The method may include placing the plate on the bone surface, a tail of the implant being positioned in a plate opening. After placing the plate on the bone surface, the method may include anchoring the plate and the implant to the bone. 
     The method may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The plate may include a threaded hole. The method may include screwing a first bushing into the threaded hole. The first bushing may extend away from the bone surface. The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing may include inserting a drill through the first bushing. The method may include implanting an implant through the first bushing into the bone interior. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant to form a mesh cage. The method may include decoupling an implant shaft from an implant tail. The method may include unscrewing the first bushing from the threaded hole. The method may include screwing a second bushing into the threaded hole. Screwing the second bushing into the threaded hole may advance the second bushing into the bone interior. Screwing the second bushing into the threaded hole may coaxially mount the second bushing onto the tail of the implant. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include methods for bone fracture repair. The methods may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more steps from any other method disclosed herein. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the access hole. The method may include implanting the implant in the bone interior. The method may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The placing may include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the plate. The method may include decoupling the implant shaft from the implant tail. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. The anchoring may include driving a fixation element through the plate and an implant head. The anchoring may include driving a fixation element through the plate and an implant tail. The anchoring may include driving a fixation element through the plate and the bone surface. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant in the bone interior to form a mesh cage. 
     The plate may be a first plate. The method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to the tail of the implant until a second plate abuts the bone surface and abuts a recess defined by the first plate. The tube may extend away from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant and is positioned in the bone interior. The method may include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     The anchoring may include placing a second plate in a recess defined by the first plate. The placing the second plate may include engaging the tail of the implant with the second plate. The method may include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include methods for bone fracture repair. The methods may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The method may include inserting an implant through the access hole. The method may include implanting the implant in the bone interior. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the bone interior to form a mesh cage. The method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until the plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the plate. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant and is positioned in the bone interior. 
     The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more steps from any other method disclosed herein. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The plate may include a threaded hole. The method may include screwing a first bushing into the threaded hole. The first bushing may extend away from the bone surface. The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface. The providing may include inserting a drill through the first bushing. 
     The method may include inserting an implant through the first bushing. The method may include implanting the implant in the bone interior. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant to form a mesh cage. The method may include decoupling an implant shaft from a tail of the implant. 
     The method may include unscrewing the first bushing from the threaded hole. The method may include screwing a second bushing into the threaded hole. Screwing the second bushing into the threaded hole may advance the second bushing into the bone interior. Screwing the second bushing into the threaded hole may coaxially mount the second bushing onto the tail of the implant. 
     The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more steps from any other method disclosed herein. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include placing the plate in direct contact with the bone surface. The plate may include a plate opening. 
     The method may include providing an access hole on the bone surface through the plate opening. The method may include inserting an implant through the access hole and into the bone interior through the plate opening. The implant may be an expandable mesh cage. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the interior to form a mesh cage. 
     The bone may be a proximal humerus bone. The method may include making a deltopectoral incision in soft tissue covering the bone. The method may include making a deltoid split incision in soft tissue covering the bone. 
     The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include a surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the bone surface between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. A bottom surface of the plate may complement the surface contour. The placing the plate may include seating the bottom surface of the plate complementarily on the surface contour. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the surface contour may include a greater tuberosity. The surface contour may include an intertubercular groove. The surface contour may include a deltoid insertion. The placing the plate may include aligning a first portion of the bottom surface of the plate with the greater tuberosity. The placing the plate may include aligning a second portion of the bottom surface of the plate with the intertubercular groove. The placing the plate may include aligning a third portion of the bottom surface of the plate with the deltoid insertion. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the plate may include palpitating a location of a lateral condyle. The placing the plate may include determining a position on the bone surface along a longitudinal axis of the humerus bone. The position may be a predetermined distance from the lateral condyle. The placing the plate may include aligning a member of the plate with the position. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the plate may include radiographically aligning a member of the plate with a surgical neck at a base of a head of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The method may include releasably anchoring the plate to the bone. 
     The method may include driving a fixation element through a hole defined by the plate and into the bone interior. 
     The hole may be one of a plurality of holes. The method may include providing a plurality of fixation elements. The method may include guiding each of the fixation elements through one of the plurality of holes and into the bone interior. 
     The hole may be a first hole. The fixation element may be a first fixation element. The method may include providing a second fixation element. The method may include guiding the first fixation element through the first hole and into the bone interior. The method may include guiding the second fixation element through a second hole and into the bone interior. The first hole may be spaced apart from the second hole. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the bone interior along convergent paths. The guiding may include guiding the first fixation element and the second fixation element into the bone interior along divergent paths. 
     The expanded implant may occupy an area in the bone interior. The guiding the fixation elements may provide clearance for the area. The expanded implant may occupy a region that is not intersected by the fixation elements. 
     In the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the method may include driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the plate and toward a center of an interior of a head of the proximal humerus bone. The method may include positioning a tip of the target wire in the center of the interior of the head. The method may include driving a target wire through a positioning hole defined by the plate and tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity. 
     In the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the placing the plate may include positioning a targeting defined by the plate to point in a direction that intersects with a center region on a head of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The method may include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the plate. 
     The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through a location on the bone surface defined by the plate opening and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include selecting a location on the bone adjacent a demarcation point included on the plate. The location on the bone may be defined by the plate opening. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the selected location toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include selecting a demarcation point included on the plate from a plurality of demarcation points. Each demarcation point may correspond to an implant of a corresponding length. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through a location on the bone adjacent the selected demarcation point and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. The location on the bone may be defined by the plate opening. The implant may have a length equal to a length of an implant corresponding to the selected demarcation point. 
     The providing the access hole may include coupling a targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto a location the bone surface. The location on the bone surface may be defined by the plate opening. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the location and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include coupling a targeting apparatus to the target wire. The providing the access hole may include guiding a pointer included in the targeting apparatus onto a location on the bone surface. The location on the bone surface may be defined by the plate opening. The providing the access hole may include identifying an angle relative to the bone surface at which the pointer abuts the bone surface and extends away from the bone surface. The providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the location, at the identified angle, and toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The providing the access hole may include removing a fixation element extending through the bone surface, wherein a tip of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element and advancing the drill towards the tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through an opening on the bone surface initiated by the fixation element and advancing the drill towards the target site. 
     The providing the access hole may include inserting a cannulated drill over a fixation element, wherein a tip of the fixation element is positioned adjacent a tip of the target wire. The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and towards an end of the fixation element positioned adjacent the target site. The providing the access hole may include advancing the drill along the fixation element and towards the target site. 
     The method may include providing a cavity in the bone interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The implant may be inserted through the access hole and into the cavity. 
     The providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The providing the cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation device to cut material in the bone interior. 
     The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity. 
     The method may include decoupling a first handle from an implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant within the cavity. The rotating may be driven by rotation of the second handle. 
     The method may include removing the plate from the surface of the bone. After removing the plate from the surface of the bone, the method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone and the implant. 
     The anchoring may include coupling an anchoring jig onto a shaft of the implant. The anchoring may include guiding a screw through the plate, through the bone surface and into a tail of the implant. 
     The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into a tail of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the plate and into the bone interior. 
     The anchoring may include providing a plurality of screws. The anchoring may include driving each of the plurality of screws through a threaded hole defined by the plate. Each of the screws may engage a head of the implant. 
     The anchoring jig may be a first anchoring jig. The anchoring may include decoupling the first anchoring jig from the shaft. The anchoring may include coupling a second anchoring jig onto the shaft. The anchoring may include guiding a plurality of fixation elements through a space defined by the second anchoring jig and into a head of the implant. The method may include driving cannulated screws over the fixation elements and into the head of the implant. The method may include decoupling the shaft from the tail of the implant. 
     The method may include sliding a washer onto a head of one of the cannulated screws. The method may include bending an eyelit of the washer to conform with the surface contour of the bone. The method may include suturing soft tissue to the eyelit of the washer. 
     When the plate is a first plate, the method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until a second plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a tail of the implant and positioned in the bone interior. The method may include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     When the plate is a first plate, the method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until a second plate abuts a recess defined by the second plate. The tube may extend away from the second plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the second plate. When the second plate abuts the recess surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on a tail of the implant. When the second plate abuts the recess surface, the second plate may be positioned in the bone interior. The method may also include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     When the plate is a first plate, the method may include positioning a second plate in a recess defined by the first plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the second plate. The method may include anchoring the second plate to the first plate. 
     The method may include placing a jig on the plate. The placing the jig may include positioning a portion of a bottom surface of the jig on a top surface of the plate. 
     The method may include coupling the jig to the plate. 
     The method may include driving a target wire through a targeting hole defined by the jig.  
     The method may include driving a fixation element through a positioning hole defined by the jig. 
     The method may include providing a plurality of fixation elements. The method may include driving each of the plurality of fixation elements through a hole defined by the jig. 
     The method may include providing a bushing. The method may include coupling the bushing to a threaded screw hole defined by the jig. The method may include advancing a screw through the bushing and into an implant head. 
     The method may include removing jig from the plate prior to closing an incision. 
     The jig may be a first jig. The method may include placing a second jig on the plate. The second jig may include a guide. The guide may extend away from the plate opening. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the guide. The inserting the implant through the access hole may include the implant through the guide. The method may include removing the first jig and the second jig from the plate prior to closing the incision. 
     The method may include removably coupling a jig to the plate. The jig may include a guide extending away from the bone surface and extending away from the plate opening. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the guide. The inserting the implant through the access hole may include inserting the implant through the guide. The method may include removing the jig from the plate prior to closing the incision. The method may include removing the jig from the plate prior to anchoring the plate to the bone. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through a hole defined by the jig, through a hole defined by the plate, and into the implant. 
     The providing the access hole may include inserting an insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole may include drilling the access hole through the bone surface. A central axis of the insert may not be parallel to a central axis of the guide. A central axis of the insert may be parallel to a central axis of the guide. 
     The providing the access hole may include inserting an insert into the guide. The providing the access hole may include inserting a drill through the insert. The providing the access hole may include drilling the access hole through the bone surface. Inserting the insert into the guide may dispose a central axis of the insert parallel to a central axis of the guide. Inserting the insert into the guide may dispose a central axis of the insert oblique to a central axis of the guide. 
     The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the guide and the access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may include inserting an implant through the guide and into the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the insert and the access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may include inserting an implant through the insert and the access hole into the cavity. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity to form a mesh cage. 
     The method may include driving a fixation element through a hole defined by the jig and into the bone interior. The hole may be one of a plurality of holes. The method may include providing a plurality of fixation elements. The method may include guiding each of the fixation elements through one of the plurality of holes defined by the jig and into the bone interior. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone interior. The guiding the fixation elements may provide clearance for the volume. The expanded implant may occupy a region that is not intersected by the fixation elements. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the method may include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the jig and toward a center of an interior of a head of the proximal humerus bone. The method may include positioning a tip of the target wire in the center of the interior of the head. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the method may include driving a target wire through a positioning hole defined by the jig and tangent to a top of a greater tuberosity. 
     When the bone is proximal humerus bone, the placing the plate may include positioning a target hole defined by the plate to define a direction that intersects with a center region on a head of the proximal humerus bone. 
     The method may include driving a target wire through a target hole defined by the jig. 
     The plate may include a guide. Providing the access hole may include advancing a fixation element through the guide toward a space in the bone that was penetrated by a tip of the target wire. 
     The method may include providing a cavity in the bone interior. The cavity may extend away from the access hole. The implant may be inserted through the guide, through the access hole and into the cavity. The providing the cavity may include advancing a cannulated drill over the fixation element, through the guide and to the target site. The providing the cavity may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The providing the cavity may include expanding the cavity preparation device. The providing the cavity may include rotating the cavity preparation device to cut material in the bone interior. 
     The method may include inserting an implant through guide and through the access hole. The method may include advancing an end of the implant to the target site. The method may include radially expanding the implant in the cavity. 
     The method may include decoupling a first handle from an implant shaft. The method may include coupling a second handle to the implant shaft. The method may include rotating the implant within the cavity. The rotation may be driven by rotation of the second handle. 
     The method may include removing the plate and the jig from the surface of the bone. The method may include anchoring the implant to the bone after removing the plate and the jig from the surface of the bone. 
     The method may include coupling a nested bushing to a threaded screw hole defined by jig. The method may include driving a fixation element through a first hole defined by the nested bushing. The method may include removing a first portion of the nested bushing. The method may include driving a cannulated drill over the fixation element and through a second hole defined by the nested bushing. The method may include removing the cannulated drill and a second portion of the nested bushing. The method may include driving a cannulated screw over the fixation element and through a third hole defined by the nested bushing. The method may include advancing the screw into the bone interior and into a head of the implant such that the screw anchors the implant to the plate and a head of the screw is engaged with the plate. 
     The anchoring may include driving a screw through the jig and plate into a head of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the jig and plate and into a tail of the implant. The anchoring may include driving a screw through the jig and plate and into the bone interior. 
     The anchoring may include providing a plurality of screws. The anchoring may include driving each of the plurality of screws through a threaded hole defined by the jig. Each of the screws may engage the plate and a head of the implant. 
     The method may include sliding a washer onto a head of one of the cannulated screws. The method may include bending an eyelit of the washer to conform with the surface contour of the bone. The method may include suturing soft tissue to the eyelit of the washer. 
     The method may include decoupling an implant shaft from an implant tail. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. 
     The method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior may include making an incision in soft tissue covering the bone surface. The method may include placing a jig in direct contact with the bone surface. A bottom surface of the jig may complement the surface contour. 
     The jig may include a jig opening. The jig may include a guide extending away from the jig opening. The method may include driving a fixation element through a hole defined by the jig and into the bone interior. The method may include preparing an access hole on the surface. An access position for preparing the access hole may be defined by the jig opening. 
     The method may include inserting an implant through the guide, through the access hole and into the bone interior. The method may include radially expanding the implant to form a mesh cage. The method may include removing the jig from the bone surface prior to closing the incision. The method may include closing the incision. 
     The placing the jig may include aligning the bottom surface of the jig with the surface contour. The placing the jig may include complementarily seating the bottom surface of the jig with the surface contour. 
     The method may include inserting a drill through the guide to provide the access hole. The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through the access hole. The method may include preparing a cavity in the bone interior. The method may include inserting the implant through the access hole and into the cavity. 
     After removing the jig, the method may include anchoring the implant to the bone. The anchoring may include driving screws through the jig and into the implant. The driving the screws may not anchor the jig to the bone. 
     After removing the jig from the bone, the method may include placing the plate onto the bone surface. The placing the plate may include positioning the plate so that a shaft of the implant extends through an opening defined by the plate. The placing the plate may include positioning the plate so that an opening defines by the plate abuts a tail of the implant. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. The method may include decoupling the shaft from the implant prior to closing the incision. 
     After removing the jig from the bone, the method may include sliding a tube over a shaft attached to a tail of the implant until the plate abuts the bone surface. The tube may extend away from the plate at an oblique angle relative to a bottom surface of the plate. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be coaxially mounted on the tail of the implant. When the plate abuts the bone surface, the tube may be positioned in the bone interior. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the implant. After anchoring the plate to the implant, the method may include decoupling the shaft from the tail. 
     A method for identifying an access position on a bone is provided. The access position may identify a location on an outer surface of the bone for drilling a hole in the bone. The hole may be utilized for delivery of an implant into an implantation region inside the bone. The method may include positioning a tip of a fixation element inside the bone. The fixation element may be a target wire. The method may include sliding a base member over a length of the fixation element that is operatively external to the bone. 
     The method may include positioning a curved member that is slidably affixed to the base member. The positioning may include positioning the curved member such that an end of the curved member rests on an outside surface of the bone, thereby identifying the access position. 
     The fixation element may be inserted into the bone at an angle to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be between 30 degrees and 150 degrees. 
     The method may include sliding the curved member within a sleeve of the base member such that the end of the curved member moves along a circumference of a circle centered about the tip of the fixation element. The method may include sliding the curved member such that the end of the curved member sweeps out an arc of the circumference in a direction that is substantially proximal to distal with respect to a longitudinal axis of the bone. 
     When the bone is a humerus, the method may include positioning the tip of the fixation element inside a head of the humerus. When the bone is a humerus, the method may include inserting the fixation element into a head of the humerus in a direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial. When the bone is a humerus, the method may include comprising inserting the tip of the fixation element at a proximal end of a greater tuberosity of the humerus. 
     When the bone is a humerus, the method may include inserting the tip of the fixation element into a head of the humerus in a direction that, with respect to the bone, is lateral to medial. When the bone is a humerus, the may include inserting the tip of a fixation element into a head of the humerus in a direction that, with respect to the bone, is anterior to posterior. 
     A method for securing an implant positioned inside a bone is provided. The method may include driving a fixation element from outside the bone into the bone and into an implant positioned inside the bone. The method may include sliding a washer onto the fixation element. The washer may include a central aperture and an offset aperture. 
     The method may include sliding a cannulated bone anchor onto the fixation element. The method may include driving the cannulated anchor along the fixation element through the central aperture, into the bone and into the implant. 
     The method may include suturing a muscle, a ligament and/or a tendon to the washer. The method may include suturing a muscle, a ligament and/or a tendon by passing, threading or weaving the suture through one or more offset apertures of the washer. 
     The method may include bending the offset aperture of the washer. After bending the offset aperture, the method may include suturing a muscle, a ligament and/or a tendon to the washer. After bending the offset aperture, the method may include passing, threading or weaving the suture through one or more offset aperture of the washer. 
     The washer may include a plurality of offset apertures. The method may include passing, threading or weaving a surgical suture through the plurality of apertures. The method may include tying a suture to the washer. The washer may include an arcuate shaped member that defines an arc of an outer perimeter of the offset aperture. The method may include tying a surgical suture at a position on the arcuate shaped member. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. The method may include one or more steps from any other method disclosed herein. 
     The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering the bone surface. The method may include sliding an implant delivery base through the incision. 
     The method may include seating a bottom surface of the implant delivery base complementarily against a surface contour. The bottom surface of the implant delivery base may complement the surface contour. The bone may define a longitudinal axis and include the surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the bone surface between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     After placing the implant delivery base on the bone surface, the method may include seating a reduction device on skin located around the incision. The seating may include sliding the reduction device along a post supported by the implant delivery base. The method may include driving a fixation element through the reduction device and into the bone. The reduction device may be used to attain reduction of the bone. The reduction device may be used to maintain reduction of the bone. 
     The method may include implanting an implant through a channel defined by the implant delivery base and into an interior of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone interior. The driving the fixation element through the reduction device may not transect the volume. The driving the fixation element through the reduction device may provide clearance for the expanded implant. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus, the incision may be made at a deltoid insertion on a lateral aspect of the humerus. 
     The method may include driving a first fixation element through a first hole defined by the implant delivery base and into a first fragment of the bone. The method may include driving a second fixation element through a second hole defined by the implant delivery base and into a second fragment of the bone. The first fixation element and the second fixation element may not transect the volume. 
     The method may include driving a plurality of fixation elements through holes defined by the reduction device. Driving the plurality of fixation elements may provide clearance for the expanded implant in the bone interior. 
     The placing may include placing the bottom surface on the bone surface at predetermined distance from an anatomical feature defined by the bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus bone, the anatomical feature may include an articular surface of a greater tuberosity. 
     The method may include identifying a target site within the bone interior. Identifying the target site may include inserting a bushing into the channel. Identifying the target site may include driving a fixation element through the bushing and into the bone interior. Identifying the target site may include verifying that a tip of the fixation element is positioned at the target site. 
     The method may include removing the implant delivery base from the bone surface prior to closing the incision. 
     The methods, which may involve the apparatus shown and described herein, may include a method for treating a bone having a bone surface and a bone interior. 
     The method may include making an incision in soft tissue covering the bone surface. The method may include sliding the plate coupled to an implant delivery base through the incision. The method may include seating a bottom surface of the plate complementarily against a surface contour. The bottom surface of the plate may complement the surface contour. The bone may define a longitudinal axis. The bone may include the surface contour. The surface contour may extend along the bone surface between two or more points at different elevations from the longitudinal axis. 
     After placing the plate on the bone surface, the method may include seating a reduction device on skin located around the incision. The seating may include sliding the reduction device along a post supported by the implant delivery base. The method may include driving a fixation element through the reduction device and into the bone. The method may include driving a fixation element through the reduction device and into the bone. 
     The method may include implanting an implant through a channel defined by the implant delivery base and into an interior of the bone. The method may include expanding the implant to form a mesh cage. The expanded implant may occupy a volume in the bone interior. The fixation element may not transect the volume. Driving the fixation element may provide clearance for the expanded implant in the bone interior. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus, the incision may be made at a deltoid insertion on a lateral aspect of the humerus. 
     The method may include driving a first fixation element through a first hole defined by the implant delivery base and into a first fragment of the bone. The method may include driving a second fixation element through a second hole defined by the implant delivery base and into a second fragment of the bone. The first fixation element and the second fixation element may not transect the volume. 
     The method may include driving a plurality of fixation elements through holes defined by the reduction device. Driving the plurality of fixation elements may provide clearance for the expanded implant in the bone interior. 
     The placing may include placing the bottom surface on the bone surface at predetermined distance from an anatomical feature defined by the bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus, the anatomical feature may include an articular surface of a greater tuberosity. 
     The method may include identifying a target site. The identifying may include inserting a bushing into the channel. The identifying may include driving a fixation element through the bushing and into the bone interior. The identifying may include verifying that a tip of the fixation element is positioned in a predetermined location within the bone interior. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The anchoring may include inserting a bushing into a screw hole defined by the reduction device. The anchoring may include advancing a screw through the bushing and into a hole defined by the plate. 
     The method may include anchoring the plate to the bone. The anchoring may include inserting a first bushing into a reduction device screw hole. The anchoring may include advancing a fixation element through the first bushing and into the plate screw hole. The anchoring may include replacing the first bushing with a second bushing. The anchoring may include advancing a cannulated screw along the fixation element and into the plate screw hole. 
     The method may include decoupling the implant delivery base from the plate prior to closing the incision. 
     The apparatus may include, and the methods may involve, apparatus for directing a fixation element into a bone. The apparatus may include a first bushing. The apparatus may include a second bushing. The second bushing may be configured to nest within the first bushing. The apparatus may include a third bushing. The third bushing may be configured to nest within the second busing. 
     The first bushing may include a cannulated longitudinal segment. The cannulated longitudinal segment may be externally threaded. 
     The second bushing may include a first cannulated longitudinal segment. The first cannulated longitudinal segment may have a first external diameter. The second bushing may include a second cannulated longitudinal segment. The second cannulated longitudinal segment may have a second external diameter. The second diameter may be greater than the first diameter. 
     The first cannulated longitudinal segment of the second bushing may be configured to fit within a cannulated longitudinal segment of the first bushing. 
     The second bushing may include a key. The key may be positioned between the first and second longitudinal segments of the second bushing. The first bushing may include a key seat. The key seat may be configured to receive the key when, in operation, the first cannulated segment of the second bushing is nested within the longitudinal segment of the first bushing. 
     In operation, when the key is seated in the key seat, the second bushing may be rotational fixed, about its longitudinal axis, with respect to the first bushing. The key may be hexagonally shaped. The key may have any suitable geometric shape. The keyseat may have a geometric shape that corresponds to the geometric shape of the key. 
     The second bushing may include a third cannulated longitudinal segment. The third cannulated segment may have a third external diameter. The third external diameter may be greater than the first or second external diameters. 
     The second bushing may include a longitudinal segment. The longitudinal segment of the second bushing may include a pair of kerfs. In operation, when a fixation element is inserted into the second bushing, the pair of kerfs may allow the longitudinal segment of the second bushing to expand about a central longitudinal axis of the second bushing. Pressure applied by the longitudinal segment may provide a friction fit that holds the fixation element in a position along the longitudinal axis of the second bushing. 
     The first bushing may be cannulated. The first bushing may have a first internal diameter. The second bushing may be cannulated. The second bushing may have a second internal diameter. The third bushing may be cannulated. The third bushing may have a third internal diameter. The first internal diameter may be greater than the second internal diameter. The second internal diameter may be greater than the third internal diameter. 
     The first bushing may be configured to receive a fixation element. The fixation element may be threaded. The fixation element maybe cannulated. For example, the fixation element may be a cannulated screw. The internal diameter of the first bush may be large enough to receive the cannulated screw. The internal diameter of the first bushing may be sized to direct a screw along a longitudinal axis defined by the first bushing. 
     The first bushing may include an externally threaded longitudinal segment. The externally threaded longitudinal segment of the first bushing may be configured to engage an internally threaded screw hole defined by the plate. The plate may be any suitable plate described herein. An external diameter of the first bushing may be sized such that the externally threaded segment of the first bushing may engage a screw hole defined by plates described herein. 
     The second bushing may be configured to receive a surgical drill. For example, the internal diameter of the second bushing may be large enough to receive an 8-millimeter drill. The internal diameter of the second bushing may be sized to direct a tool along a longitudinal axis defined by the second bushing. An external diameter of the second bushing may be sized such that the second bushing may be nested within the first bushing. 
     The third bushing may be configured to receive a fixation element. For example, an internal diameter of the third bushing may be sized to receive an unthreaded K-wire. The internal diameter of the third bushing may be sized to direct the fixation element along a longitudinal axis defined by the third bushing. 
     The third bushing may include a first longitudinal segment. The third bushing may include a second longitudinal segment. The third bushing may include a based longitudinal segment. A pair of kerfs may divide a length of the base longitudinal segment into the first longitudinal segment and the second longitudinal segment. The pair of kerfs may allow the first and second longitudinal segments to expand about a central longitudinal axis of the third bushing. The central longitudinal axis may be defined by the base longitudinal segment. 
     The first longitudinal segment may include a first semi-circular cross section. The second longitudinal segment may include a second semi-circular cross section. 
     The first longitudinal segment may define a first longitudinal axis. The second longitudinal segment may define a second longitudinal axis. In a first state, the first longitudinal axis may form a first angle with the central longitudinal axis. In the first state, the second longitudinal axis may form a second angle with the central longitudinal axis. The second angle may be equal or substantially equal to the first angle. 
     In a second state, the first longitudinal axis may form a third angle with the central longitudinal axis. In the second state, the second longitudinal axis may form a fourth angle with the central longitudinal axis. The fourth angle may be equal or substantially equal to the third angle. The third angle may be greater than the first angle. The fourth angle may be greater than the second angle. 
     The first state may correspond to state, when in operation, the third bushing is not nested within the second bushing. The second state corresponds to when the third bushing is nested within the second bushing. When the third bushing is not nested within the second bushing, the first and second longitudinal segments may be spaced from the central longitudinal axis by a greater distance than when the third bushing is nested within the second bushing. When the third bushing is nested within the second bushing, the internal diameter of the second bushing may compress the first and second longitudinal segments of the third bushing about a central longitudinal axis of the third bushing. 
     The first state may correspond to when, in operation, the third bushing is nested within the second bushing. The second state may correspond to when, in operation, the third bushing is nested within the second bushing and the first and second longitudinal segments are further compressed about the central longitudinal axis of the third bushing. For example, when the third bushing is nested within the second bushing the first and second longitudinal segments of the third bushing may apply outward pressure to the second bushing. The outward pressure may provide a friction fit that maintains the third bushing within the second bushing. Compressing the first and second longitudinal segments may reduce the pressure applied to the second bushing and allow the third bushing to be more easily removed from the second bushing. 
     Methods for directing a tool from an outside of a bone into the bone are provided. The tool may include a screw, K-wire, drill or any other suitable tool. Methods may include positioning a bushing with respect to the bone. The bushing may be positioned by threadedly engaging the bushing with the plate. The plate may be affixed to the bone. 
     Methods may include driving a first tool through the bushing into the bone. The bushing may direct the first tool into the bone along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. The first tool may be a K-wire. Methods may include separating a first component from the bushing. The first component may be separable from the bushing without removing the first tool from the bone. 
     Methods may include driving a second tool though the bushing into the bone. The bushing may direct the second tool into the bone along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. Driving the second tool through the bushing may expand a diameter of the second component. 
     Methods may include driving the second tool over the first tool. The second tool may include a drill. The second tool may be a cannulated drill. The cannulated drill may fit over the first tool. Methods may include separating a second component from the bushing. The second component may be separable from the bushing without removing the first tool from the bone. 
     Methods may include driving a third tool through the bushing into the bone. The bushing may direct the third tool into the bone along a longitudinal axis defined by the bushing. Methods may include driving the third tool over the first tool. The third tool may include a screw. The screw may be a cannulated screw. The cannulated screw may be driven through the bushing and over the first tool. Methods may include separating a third component of the bushing from the plate affixed to the bone. 
     Methods may include applying pressure to the first component before separating the first component from the bushing. The pressure may compress first and second longitudinal segments of the first component about a central longitudinal axis of the bushing. The pressure may decrease a diameter of the first component. 
     An exemplary method may include applying the jig to a surface of the bone. The jig may be applied while maintaining provisional reduction of the bone. The provisional reduction of the bone may be maintained manually. The provisional reduction may be maintained with fixation elements. A fixation element may pass through a positioning hole of the jig. The fixation element passing through the positioning hole may be used to align the jig with an anatomical landmark of the bone. 
     When the bone is a proximal humerus, a fixation element passing through the positioning hole may be used to position the jig with a top of a greater tuberosity. A fixation element may be used to position an anterior jig leg over a bicipital groove. The jig may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member extending away from the transverse member. Positioning the jig relative to the top of the greater tuberosity and/or the bicipital groove may position a center of the jig frame on the bone just lateral to an insertion of the pectoralis major tendon. 
     The method may include driving fixation elements through fixation element holes defined by the jig and into the humeral head. The method may include driving one or more temporary screws through screw holes defined by the jig and into the humeral head. A temporary screw may be non-locking. A temporary screw may have a length longer than a screw. A temporary screw may have a length longer than a locking screw. A temporary screw may be used to capture a bone fragment. A temporary screw may be used to apply a force to the captured bone fragment. A temporary screw may be used to stabilize a bone or a bone fragment. A temporary screw may be removed from the bone surface and replaced with a screw. A temporary screw may be replaced with a locking screw. 
     Proper alignment of the humeral head to the humeral shaft may be confirmed by a practitioner using fluoroscopy or any other suitable method. Fixation elements may be placed through the jig and into a humeral shaft. When proper alignment is confirmed, any fixation element external to the jig may be removed to avoid interfering with the preparation of bone interior for of the implant. A target wire may be inserted through the jig. A tip of the target wire may be advanced 3-5 mm from the articular surface of the humeral head. When proper placement of the tip of the target wire is confirmed, preparation of an access hole may commence. 
     EXAMPLE PROCEDURE 
     Set up operating room. Provide radiolucent fracture table or other suitable C-arm/table combination such that anterior/posterior (“AP”) and lateral images may be obtained without unnecessary patient movement or provisional fixation disruption. C-arm may be left in place during surgery. C-arm may be rotated to obtain AP and lateral images. 
     This example, which may include one or more of activities I-VII below, or one or more of their listed subactivies, or one or more activities that are not listed, may employ apparatus and methods shown in one or more of  FIGS. 4-84 and 96-108 . This example is described using the jig. This example may be used with the plate or a plate and jig combination described herein.
     I. FRACTURE REDUCTION AND PROVISIONAL STABILIZATION
       Apply jig while maintaining provisional reduction manually or with temporary reduction wires.   Use 0.062 in. K-wire to align jig with top of greater tuberosity. Position anterior edge of jig adjacent to biceps tendon groove such that the center of the jig aligns slightly lateral to the pectoralis major insertion.   Direct the 0.062″ K-wire toward the center, in lateral view, of the humeral head.   Insert K-wires or temporary screws through jig into humeral head.   Radiographically confirm proper alignment of humeral head to humeral shaft.   Drill with 3 mm non-cannulated drill and place screw through distal hole in plate or insert K-wires through jig into humeral shaft.   Remove any K-wires that may be external to jig that may interfere with site preparation and implant delivery.   
       II. PROVIDE ACCESS
       Place a bushing sized to receive a drill and a bushing sized to receive a K-wire into a guide included in the jig, the K-wire bushing being nested inside the drill bushing (see, for example,  FIG. 65 ).   Drive 2.0 or 2.5 mm K-wire through the wire guide bushing into humeral head.   Radiographically confirm that tip of K-wire is located centrally within the humeral head (target site) in AP and lateral views.   Remove wire guide bushing.   Place 8.0 mm cannulated drill through drill guide bushing and advance drill slowly with spindle rotating at high speed to reach target location.   
       III. SITE PREPARATION
       Insert the fully collapsed cavity preparation device into the drill guide bushing and advance the instrument to the target location.   Radiographically confirm site preparation instrument position.   Rotate the entire site preparation instrument three times.   Slightly expand the site preparation instrument cutting flutes by rotating the site preparation instrument expansion knob clockwise 1/4 turn (one click).   Rotate the entire site preparation instrument three more times.   Repeat: Expand flutes by one click and rotate the entire site preparation instrument three times until tactile or audible feedback is received and/or until radiography indicates that the cutting flutes are nearing the cortical wall. The site preparation instrument does not need to be fully expanded; the implant is effective in a wide range of diameters.   Collapse the site preparation instrument by rotating the expansion dial counter-clockwise until it stops.   Remove site preparation instrument from the access site.   K-wires that interfere with the instrument may be removed.   
       IV. CAGE IMPLANT DELIVERY, ROTATION, AND LOCKING
       Advance implant through drill guide bushing and up to target location. Deploy implant head by rotating delivery device knob clockwise.   Attach implant rotation instrument to implant shaft.   Manually rotate cage multiple times to properly seat cage.   Confirm that release lever of implant rotation instrument is aligned with center of jig.   Radiographically confirm expansion of cage.   Tighten cage-locking screw to lock cage in expanded state.   
       V DISTAL TARGETING/IMPLANT FIXATION
       Attach distal targeting apparatus to implant shaft.   Confirm that cage-locking screw is fully advanced prior to drilling.   Drill bicortically using 3.0 mm non-cannulated drill   Measure length for screw using graduations on drill.   Insert 3.5 mm cannulated screw.   
       VI. HUMERAL HEAD SCREWS
       Thread a drill guide bushing sized to receive a drill into a screw hole defined by the jig, the drill guide bushing including a K-wire bushing nested within an inner lumen of the drill guide bushing.   Place 0.062″ K-wire through the K-wire bushing.   Remove K-wire bushing.   Measure length for screw using depth gauge.   Drill near cortex with 2.9. mm cannulated drill.   Remove drill guide bushing.   Place 3.5 mm cannulated screw.   
       VII. PROXIMAL TARGETING/FRAGMENT FIXATION
       Attach apparatus for directing fixation elements to implant shaft.   Insert 0.62″ K-wires for through the apparatus for guiding cannulated screws into the implant head.   Measure for screw length using depth gauge.   Drill using 2.9 mm cannulated drill over K-wire.   Insert 3.5 mm cannulated screws over the K-wires and through the cage to secure fragments. (Stacked suture washers may be used with any fragment screw for buttress of poor quality bone or attachment of suture. Two or more washers may be stacked.) Two bicortical screws across the fracture line may enhance biomechanical integrity. One suture per eyelet may be provided.   Remove cage delivery tube utilizing 5/32″ hex driver.   
       VIII. DISTAL SCREWS AND CLOSURE
       Drill, measure, and insert one or more distal 3.5 mm screws.   Remove K-wires.   Repair cuff attaching suture to suture washers and/or suture attachment points on optional plate.   Close incisions.   Perform post-operative protocols for surgical treatment of proximal humerus fractures.   
       

     The steps of illustrative methods may be performed in an order other than the order shown and/or described herein. Some embodiments may omit steps shown and/or described in connection with the illustrative methods. Some embodiments may include steps that are neither shown nor described in connection with the illustrative methods. Illustrative method steps may be combined. For example, one illustrative method may include steps shown in connection with another illustrative method. 
     Some embodiments may omit features shown and/or described in connection with the illustrative apparatus. Some embodiments may include features that are neither shown nor described in connection with the illustrative apparatus. Features of illustrative apparatus may be combined. For example, one illustrative embodiment may include features shown in connection with another illustrative embodiment. 
     Embodiments may involve some or all of the features of the illustrative apparatus and/or some or all of the steps of the illustrative methods. 
     The illustrative apparatus and therapeutic scenarios will now be described now with reference to the accompanying drawings in the Figures, which form a part hereof. It is to be understood that other embodiments may be utilized and that structural, functional and procedural modifications may be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the present disclosure. 
     For the sake of clarity, figures may illustrate therapeutic treatment of bones without showing fracture lines. 
       FIGS. 1 and 2  illustrate steps that may be performed by using apparatus shown and described herein. 
       FIG. 1  shows an illustrative procedure for inserting an implant in a bone such as bone B. The illustrative procedure shown in  FIG. 1  is shown using a jig and K-wires. The illustrative procedure may be used with any jig, plate, or jig and plate combination disclosed herein. 
     The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the steps shown in  FIG. 1 . 
     At steps  100  and  101 , a fracture may be reduced and stabilized by complementarily seating a jig on an anatomical landmark of bone B. The seating registers the jig holes to define K-wire trajectories that lead into bone B, but away from a volume in the interior of B that will be prepared for and occupied by the implant. The seating registers a target hole defined by the jig to the target site. A target hole may be registered to a target site when the target hole points in a direction that transects the target site. The seating places a large jig opening in position for reception of the implant. The K-wires position the various bone fragments (not shown) for later anchoring to the implant. 
     At step  102 , an implant location may be targeted. A hinged positioning device is registered, at the proximal end of the jig, to the target site. A distal limb of the positioning device points to a location for drilling of an access hole. A K-wire is inserted toward the target site. 
     At step  103 , an access site of the implant may be confirmed using a template (not shown). 
     At step  104 , a cannulated drill is inserted over the K-wire to access medullary space. 
     At step  105 , a cavity for receiving the implant may be prepared using a cavity preparation device. 
     At step  106 , the implant may be deployed in the cavity. 
     At step  107 , the implant may be seated in the cavity by rotating the implant. A handle may be attached to an implant shaft to effect the rotation. The implant may be locked in the expanded state. 
     At step  108 , apparatus for directing an anchor is attached to the implant shaft. This registers anchor direction features to the tail of the implant, in which there is disposed an anchor receiving feature. 
     At step  109 , the anchor direction apparatus is replaced by a guide for directing K-wires. The guide has a channel that parallels the center line of the implant so that K-wires may be driven toward the center of the implant at different angles relative to the shaft. 
     At step  110  the implant may be secured to the bone and/or fractured bone segments using one or more screws, plates and/or washers. 
       FIG. 2  shows an illustrative procedure for inserting an implant in bone B. The illustrative procedure shown in  FIG. 2  is shown using a plate removably coupled to a jig. The jig may be positioned on a top face of the plate. The illustrative procedure may be used with any jig, plate, or jig and plate combination disclosed herein. 
     The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the steps shown in  FIG. 2 . 
     At step  200 , the fracture may be reduced and stabilized by complementarily seating a jig and a plate on an anatomical landmark of a bone such as bone B. The seating registers the jig holes to define K-wire trajectories that lead into bone B, but away from a volume in the interior of B that will be prepared for and occupied by the implant. The K-wires are shown is a skewed orientation to help fasten the jig to the bone. The seating registers a target hole defined by the jig to the target site. The seating places a large jig or plate opening in position for reception of the implant. The K-wires position the various bone fragments (not shown) for later anchoring to the implant. 
     At step  200 A, the view has been rotated to show a side view of the plate under the jig and a slanted guide, registered to the target site, that will receive instrumentation and the implant. 
     At step  201 , an implant location may be targeted. Bushings down-size the guide to fit a K-wire, which is inserted toward the target site. An access angle for implanting the implant into the interior may be confirmed using a template (not shown). Confirming the access angle may include inserting a bushing into a guide defined by the jig and advancing a K-wire through the guide and into an interior of the bone. If the access angle is undesirable, the K-wires may be removed and the guide and plate may be repositioned on the bone. If the access angle is undesirable, the bushing may be removed and replaced with an angled bushing. The angled bushing may have an oblique bore that modifies the access angle, relative to the guide central axis. 
     At step  202 , a drill is inserted to access medullary space. The drill may be inserted over the K-wire. Appropriate bushing may be provided for the drill. 
     At step  203 , a cavity for receiving the implant may be prepared using a cavity preparation device. 
     At step  204 , the implant may be deployed in the cavity. 
     At step  205 , the implant may be seated in the cavity by rotating the implant. A handle may be attached to an implant shaft to effect the rotation. The implant may be locked in the expanded state. 
     At step  206 , apparatus for directing an anchor is attached to the implant shaft. This registers anchor direction features to the tail of the implant, in which there is disposed an anchor receiving feature. 
     At step  207 A, K-wires may be driven through the implant head using the guide for directing K-wires. Anchors may be driven through the plate and the implant head. 
     At step  207 B the implant may be secured to the bone and/or fractured bone segments using one or more screws, plates and/or washers. 
     At steps  208 ,  208 A and  208 B the implant may be secured to the bone. The implant may be secured to the bone by driving cannulated screws over the fixation elements positioned in step  207  and step  207 A. Step  208  may also include securing the implant to the bone and/or fractured bone segments using one or more screws, plates and/or washers. The implant may be secured to the bone by driving a screw through the bone and into the implant, driving a screw through the plate and into the implant and bone and/or driving a screw through the plate and into the bone. 
       FIG. 2A  shows bone B from in lateral projection. In  FIG. 2A , bone B is a humerus. A proximal portion of the humerus is illustrated in  FIG. 2A . For the purposes of the application, “proximal” may refer to a location closer to a patient&#39;s core, and “distal” may refer to a location further away from the patient&#39;s core. A proximal portion of the humerus may be referred to herein as the proximal humerus. 
     The proximal humerus may include greater tuberosity  209 , lesser tuberosity  203 , surgical neck  207 , head of humerus  205  and deltoid tuberosity  201 . B L  is a longitudinal axis defined by the proximal humerus. 
       FIG. 2B  shows a view of the proximal humerus that is different from the view illustrated in  FIG. 2A . 
       FIG. 2C  shows conceptually device D complementarily seated against contour C of an anatomical feature or landmark on bone B. Contour C may have a height z that varies in one or both of directions x and y. Device D has bottom surface S that complements contour C. The complementary seating dictates the placement of device D. 
     Gaps G may intervene between bottom surface S and contour C. S may be complementarily seated against C based on discrete points of contact P. The discrete points of contact may be spaced apart from each other. 
     Bottom surface S may be coincident with contour C. When bottom surface S is coincident with contour C, no gaps may intervene between bottom surface S and contour C. 
       FIG. 3  shows illustrative anatomy in connection with which the apparatus and methods may be used.  FIG. 3  shows illustrative skeleton S. Skeleton S may include illustrative bones Si in which apparatus and methods in accordance with the principles of the invention may be used. 
     The apparatus and methods may be used in connection with “hollow” bones. The hollow bones may include cortical tissue. The hollow bones may include cancellous tissue. Cortical tissue may be referred to as “tissue.” Cancellous tissue may be referred to as “tissue.” Other matter in the interior of a bone may be considered “tissue.” The bone may be considered “tissue.” 
     The apparatus and methods may be used to create a space inside a bone. The bone may be any bone Si included in Table 5 below. The space may be a cavity. The tissue may be inside the bone. The space may be created by breaking up the tissue. The space may be created by removing the tissue from the bone. The space may be created as part of a therapeutic procedure. The apparatus and methods may displace tissue by imparting mechanical energy to the tissue, for example, through one or more of expanding motion, rotational motion, axial motion, compressive motion, cutting motion, and any other suitable motions. 
     The apparatus and methods may be used to deploy an implant in the space created inside the bone. The apparatus and methods may be used to anchor the implant to the bone. The implant may be any implant disclosed herein. The implant may be used together with any plate disclosed herein. The apparatus and methods disclosed herein may be used in any bone in the body. 
     Illustrative bones Si in which apparatus and methods in accordance with the principles of the invention may be used are included in Table  5  below. Table 5 may include a partial list of bones Si. 
     
       
         
           
               
             
               
                 TABLE 5 
               
             
            
               
                   
               
               
                 Bones S i . 
               
            
           
           
               
               
               
            
               
                   
                   
                 Reference 
               
               
                   
                 Bone 
                 numeral in FIG. 3 
               
               
                   
                   
               
               
                   
                 Distal Radius 
                 S 0   
               
               
                   
                 Humerus 
                 S 1   
               
               
                   
                 Proximal Radius and Ulna (Elbow) 
                 S 2   
               
               
                   
                 Metacarpals 
                 S 3   
               
               
                   
                 Clavicle 
                 S 4   
               
               
                   
                 Ribs 
                 S 5   
               
               
                   
                 Vertebrae 
                 S 6   
               
               
                   
                 Ulna 
                 S 7   
               
               
                   
                 Hip 
                 S 8   
               
               
                   
                 Femur 
                 S 9   
               
               
                   
                 Tibia 
                 S 10   
               
               
                   
                 Fibula 
                 S 11   
               
               
                   
                 Metatarsals 
                 S 12   
               
               
                   
                   
               
            
           
         
       
     
     Apparatus and methods described above may be utilized in any bone Si included in Table 5 above, or any other bone in the human body. 
     Apparatus and methods illustrated in the figures are shown in reference to a bone ‘B’. The apparatus and methods described in respect to bone ‘B’ may be utilized in any bone Si included in Table  5  above, or any other bone in the human body. 
       FIG. 4  shows illustrative jig  400 . Illustrative jig  400  may include transverse member  408 , first longitudinal member  401  and second longitudinal member  403 . Transverse member  408 , first longitudinal member  401  and second longitudinal member  403  may together define opening  421 . A plate may be positioned in opening  421 . 
     Jig  400  may include indicators  419  and indicators  417 . Indicators  417  may register to a first location on the bone surface for initiating a first access hole. Indicators  419  may register to a second location on the bone surface for initiating a second access hole. 
     Jig  400  may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface of jig  400  is seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole  409  may point in a direction. The direction may point to a target site. A target site may be a location in the bone interior where a physician may desire to position an end of an implant. The end of the implant may be an end of an implant head distal the physician when the implant is implanted in the bone. 
     Jig  400  may include positioning hole  407 . When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, positioning hole may point in a direction tangent to a greater tuberosity. 
     Jig  400  may include a first bottom surface. The first bottom surface may extend along at least a portion of a bottom face of longitudinal member  401  and along at least a portion of a bottom face of transverse member  408 . The first bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a first bone, for example a left humerus or a right humerus. Jig  400  may also include a second bottom surface. The second bottom surface may extend along at least a portion of a bottom face of longitudinal member  403  and along at least a portion of a bottom face of transverse member  408 . The second bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a second bone, for example a right humerus or a left humerus. 
     Jig  400  may include plurality of holes  413 . When the bottom surface of the jig is seated complementarily against the surface contour, each of the plurality of holes may point into an interior of the bone. Each of the plurality of holes may not point not into a volume occupied by an implant in the interior. The volume may be a volume occupied by the implant when the implant is positioned at the target site in the interior and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The volume may be referred to alternately herein as an implantation region. 
     Jig  400  may include suture holes  422 . Jig  400  may include cleats  415 . Cleats  415  may be used to anchor suture lines to jig  400 . A physician may pass a suture through one or more suture holes  422  and then wrap the suture line around cleat  415 . 
     Jig  400  may include bushings (not shown). The bushings may be screwed or placed onto holes defined by the jig. Each of the bushings may be used to guide a fixation element through the jig and into an interior of a bone. 
       FIG. 5  shows illustrative jig  500 . Illustrative jig  500  may include first transverse member  507 , second transverse member  505 , first longitudinal member  501  and second longitudinal member  503 . First transverse member  507 , second transverse member  505 , first longitudinal member  501  and second longitudinal member  503  may define hole  509 . Hole  509  may be used to access a plate positioned under jig  500 . Hole  509  may provide clearance for driving a screw into a bone B. 
     Second transverse member  505 , first longitudinal member  501  and second longitudinal member  503  may surround area  502 . A plate may be positioned in area  502 . 
     Second transverse member  505  may provide jig  500  with additional rigidity in comparison with jig  400 . Second transverse member may provide extra support along a bone when jig  500  is positioned on the bone. 
     Jig  500  may include indicators  517 , indicators  519  and indicators  521 . Jig  500  may include positioning hole  513 . Jig  500  may include target hole  515 . Jig  500  may include a plurality of holes  511 . In  FIG. 500 , bushings  511  are shown to be screwed into some of the holes  511 . Bushings  511  may assist a physician in guiding a fixation element through jig  500  and into a bone interior. Jig  500  may include suture holes  523 . 
     Jig  500  may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone. 
       FIG. 6  shows illustrative jig  600 . Illustrative jig  600  may include first transverse member  617 , second transverse member  615 , first longitudinal member  611  and second longitudinal member  613 . First transverse member  617 , second transverse member  615 , first longitudinal member  611  and second longitudinal member  613  may together define opening  601 . An access hole may be prepared at a portion of the bone defined by opening  601 . 
     Jig  600  may include target hole  605  and positioning hole  607 . Jig  600  may include a plurality of holes  603 . 
     Jig  600  may include a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone. 
       FIG. 7  shows illustrative jig  600  positioned on bone B. Bone B may be a humerus bone. Jig  600  may be positioned on a lateral aspect of the proximal humerus bone. Bone B may be a fractured bone having bone fragment  707  and bone fragment  709 . Jig  600  may be positioned over the facture line defined by bone fragment  707  and bone fragment  709 . 
     The bottom surface of jig  600  may be seated complementarily against a surface contour defined by B. When the bottom surface of jig  600  is seated complementarily against the surface contour, head  703  of jig  600  may be positioned flush with a top of a greater tuberosity on bone B. 
     Fixation elements  703  may be driven through the plurality of holes defined by jig  600  and into an interior of bone B.  FIG. 7  illustrates exemplary trajectories of fixation elements  703 . The exemplary trajectories may facilitate the reduction of the broken bone segments. The exemplary trajectories may secure broken bone B. At least one fixation element is shown driven through the fracture, assisting in securing together both parts of bone B. 
     The exemplary trajectories may preserve an open or unobstructed region in the interior of bone B in which the implant can be inserted into the bone. Fixation elements  703  may penetrate the interior of bone B without penetrating volume  705 . Volume  705  may be a volume occupied in the interior of the bone by an implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. Volume  705  may be referred to alternately as an implantation region. 
       FIG. 8  shows illustrative jig  800  positioned on bone B. In  FIG. 8 , bone B may be a proximal humerus. Bone B may have a fractured proximal humeral head. Bone B may include bone segment  805  and bone segment  807 . 
     Jig  800  may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In  FIG. 8 , the bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. 
     Jig  800  may include target hole  813 . Target wire  809  may be driven through target hole  813  and into bone B. Tip  811  of target wire  809  may be positioned at a target site. The target site may be a location in bone B for implanting an implant. 
     Jig  800  may include indicator  803  and indicator  805 . 
     Jig  800  may define a plurality of holes. In  FIG. 8 , fixation elements  807  are shown passing through the plurality of holes and into an interior of bone B. The plurality of holes may position fixation elements  807  in the interior but not in volume  801 . Volume  801  may be a volume occupied in the interior of the bone by an implant when the implant is positioned at the target site and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
       FIG. 9  shows illustrative jig  900  positioned on bone B. In  FIG. 9 , bone B may be a proximal humerus. Bone B may have a fractured proximal humeral head. 
     Jig  900  may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In  FIG. 9 , the bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. 
     A shape of jig  900  may provide a large supportive surface area on bone B while providing bone visibility during a surgical procedure. Driving fixation elements  901  through jig  900  on each side of the fracture may assist in securing the fracture during the surgical procedure. 
     Jig  900  may include distal leg member  911  and distal leg member  913 . Distal leg member  911  and distal leg member  913  may be positioned on either side of the proximal humeral shaft to allow for access to bone B through an access hole without obstructing the access hole. Indicators  905  may indicate an area on bone B for initiating a first access hole. Indicators  905  may indicate a second area on bone B for initiating a second access hole. A practitioner may initiate an access hole between indicators  903 . A practitioner may initiate an access hole between indicators  905 . 
     Jig  900  may define a plurality of holes. Jig  900  may define positioning hole  909  and target hole  907 . 
     In  FIG. 9 , fixation elements  901  are shown passing through the plurality of holes and into the interior of bone B. The plurality of holes may position fixation elements  901  in the interior but not in volume  901 . Volume  901  may be a volume occupied in the interior of the bone by an implant when the implant is positioned at a target site in the interior and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. The target site may be defined by a target wire passing through target hole  907  and into bone B. 
       FIG. 10  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  1000 . Scenario  1000  shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone  1025 . Bone  1025  may include one or more features of bone B or any suitable bone shown in  FIG. 3 . Therapeutic scenario  1000  may include positioning the implant inside bone  1025 . Bone  1025  defines longitudinal axis L B . Bone  1025  may be a humerus or any other suitable bone shown in  FIG. 3 . Apparatus  1000  may be used to identify an access position for inserting the implant into an implantation region of bone  1025 . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1000  shows elongated base member  1001 . Therapeutic scenario  1000  shows elongated targeting member  1003 . Therapeutic scenario  1000  shows first swing arm  1005 . First swing arm  1005  is pivotally affixed to base member  1001 . First swing arm  1005  is pivotally affixed to base member  1001 . First swing arm  1005  may be pivotally affixed to base member  1001  at any suitable position along a longitudinal axis of base member  1001 . 
     First swing arm  1005  may include elongated body  1013 . First swing arm  1005  may include clevis  1015 . First swing arm  1005  may be pivotally affixed to base member  1001  by a pin (not shown) that passes through clevis  1015  and base member  1001 . 
     Targeting member  1003  may include one or more channels (not shown). Each channel may have a longitudinal axis. First swing arm  1005  may be pivotally affixed to targeting member  1003  by a pin that passes through targeting member  1003 , trough elongated portion  1013  of first swing arm  1005  and passes perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the channel. 
     First swing arm  1005  is pivotally affixed to the targeting member  1003 . First swing arm  1005  may be positioned at any suitable position along a longitudinal axis of targeting member  1003 . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1000  shows second swing arm  1007 . Second swing arm  1007  may be pivotally affixed to base member  1001 . For example, second swing arm  1007  may be pivotally affixed to base member  1001  by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture  1017  in base member  1001 . Aperture  1017  may be positioned at any suitable position along a longitudinal axis of base member  1001 . 
     Second swing arm  1007  may be pivotally affixed to targeting member  1003 . For example, second swing arm  1007  may be pivotally affixed to targeting arm  1003  by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture  1019  in targeting arm  1003 . Aperture  1019  may be a positioned at any suitable position along a longitudinal axis of targeting arm  1003 . 
     Pivotal connections to base member  1001  and targeting member  1003  may position first swing arm  1005  parallel to second swing arm  1007 . Pivotal connection to first swing arm  1005  and second swing arm  1007  may position base member  1001  parallel to targeting member  1003 . 
     Base member  1001  may define a receptacle (shown in notch, but not numbered) that is configured to receive fixation element  1023 . The receptacle may extend along a longitudinal axis of base member  1001 . 
     A tip of fixation element  1023  may be positioned inside bone  1025 . The tip of fixation element  1023  when positioned inside bone  1025  may define a proximal end of the implantation region. The tip of fixation element  1023  may be positioned within bone  1025  using fluoroscopy or other suitable imaging techniques. 
     The receptacle defined by base member  1001  may be configured to receive fixation element  1023  at a position on fixation element  1023  that is operatively external to bone  1025 . Fixation element  1023  may include a K-wire. For example, fixation element  1023  may be a 0.62″ K-wire. 
     When fixation element  1023  is positioned on proximal end of bone  1025  and fixation element  1023  is positioned inside the receptacle of base member  1001 , first swing arm  1005  and second swing arm  1007  are configured to allow gravity to pull targeting member  1003  in a distal direction along axis L B . 
     Base member  1001  may include set screw  1011 . Set screw  1011  may be configured to lock base member  1001  to fixation element  1023 . Base member  1001  may be locked to fixation element  1023  after fixation element  1023  is inserted into bone  1025 . Fixation element  1023  may be inserted into bone  1025  at a position relative to an anatomical landmark of bone  1025 . For example, when bone  1025  is a humerus, fixation member  1023  may be positioned relative to a greater tuberosity of the humerus. Fixation member  1023  may be positioned relative to a head of the humerus. 
     Base member  1001  may be locked to fixation element  1023  after a suitable position of the tip of fixation element  1023  has been verified using a suitable imaging technique. A suitable position of the tip may be inside a head of a humerus. A suitable position of the tip may include a center of the humeral head in a lateral view. 
     When fixation element  1023  is positioned within the receptacle, targeting member  1003 , in operation, moves along a circumference C TS  of a circle centered at the tip of fixation element  1023 . When base member  1001  is positioned on fixation member  1023 , swing arms  1005  and  1007  allow targeting member  1003  to move along circumference C TS . 
     When targeting member  1003  moves along circumference C TS , targeting member  1003  identifies access position  1027  at an intersection of circumference C TS  and an outer surface bone  1025 . Access position  1027  may correspond to a position, on an outside surface of bone  1025 , for drilling an access hole into bone  1025 . The access hole may provide access to an interior of bone  1025 . The access hole may provide access to the implantation region. 
     The tip of fixation element  1023  and access position  1027  define longitudinal axis L TS  of the implantation region inside bone  1025 . 
     Longitudinal axis L TS  defines angle γ, with respect to longitudinal axis L B  of bone  1025 . Angle γ corresponds to an angle at which the implant will be positioned, relative to axis L B  inside bone  1025 . 
     Targeting member  1003  may include indicator  1009 . Indicator  1009  may be positioned at a proximal end of targeting member  1003 . Indicator  1009  may be configured to indicate access position  1027  on bone  1025  at the intersection of the outer surface of bone  1025  circumference C TS . A length of the implant may correspond to a distance from a center of the circle to access position  1027 . 
     The receptacle defined by base member  1001  may be configured to position base member  1003  with respect to fixation element  1023  such that, in operation, indicator  1009  is positioned on circumference C TS . 
     Targeting member  1003  may include a first concave surface (not shown) that is configured to guide a drill into bone  1025  when the drill is oriented substantially perpendicular to axis L B . Targeting member  1003  may include a second concave surface (not shown) that is configured to guide a drill into bone  1025  at angle γ. Indicator  1009  may include the first and second concave surfaces. 
     Therapeutic scenario  1000  shows finger support  1021 . Pressure applied to finger support  1021  may hold indicator  1009  at access position  1027 . 
       FIG. 11  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  1100 . Scenario  1100  shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone  1125 . Bone  1125  may include one or more features of Bone B or any suitable bone shown in  FIG. 3 . Apparatus shown in therapeutic scenario  1100  may be used to identify access position  1113  on an outer surface of bone  1125 . Access position  1113  indicates a position on bone  1025  for inserting an implant into an implantation region inside bone  1125 . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1100  shows base member  1104 . Base member  1104  may include first sleeve  1105 . First sleeve  1105  may be configured to slide over a length of fixation element  1107  that protrudes from bone  1125 . 
     Base member  1104  may include second sleeve  1103 . Therapeutic scenario  1100  shows curved member  1101 . Curved member  1101  is slidably mounted in second sleeve  1103 . 
     Curved member  1101  may indicate access position  1113  when first sleeve  1105  is positioned over fixation element  1107 . 
     A tip of fixation element  11107  may be positioned inside bone  1125 . When first sleeve  1105  is positioned over fixation element  1107 , distal flute  1109  of curved member  1101  is positioned on circumference C TS  of a circle centered at the tip  1114  of fixation element  1107 . Distal flute  1109  is oriented to guide a drill bit perpendicularly into the bone to initiate a hole. The angle of the drill bit can then be backed off to establish a trajectory along L TS . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1100  shows that fixation element  1107  is inserted into bone  1125  in a direction that is lateral-to-medial. 
     A distal end of curved member  1101  may include guide  1110 . Guide  1110 , when positioned against an outer surface of bone  1125  at access position  1113 , indicates an angular direction, along axis L TS , for drilling and for inserting the implant into bone  1125 . 
     When fixation element  1107  is inserted into sleeve  1105 , curved member  1101  may be configured to identify access position  1113  independent of a distance, along longitudinal axis L B  of bone  1125 . 
     When fixation element  1107  is inserted into sleeve  1105 , curved member  1101  may be configured to identify access position  1113  independent of an angle between fixation element  1107  and longitudinal axis L TS  of the implantation region. 
     Fixation element  1107  may be positioned at any suitable angle to longitudinal axis L B . For example, a longitudinal axis of fixation element  1107  may be positioned substantially perpendicular to L B . A longitudinal axis of fixation element  1107  may be positioned at an oblique angle to L B . 
     In operation, guide  1110  may define a longitudinal axis L TS  of the implantation region based on a position of tip  1114  of fixation element  1107  inside the bone  1125 . 
     Bone  1125  may be a humerus. In operation, guide  1110  may define a longitudinal axis L TS  of the implantation region that passes through a head of the humerus. 
       FIG. 12  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  1200 . Scenario  1200  shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone  1202 . Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows apparatus that may have one or more features in common with apparatus shown in in  FIG. 10 . 
     Base member  1201  may include set screw  1233  for securing base member  1201  to fixation element  1231 . Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows clevis  1205  and clevis  1203  for pivotally affixing swing arms to base member  1201 . Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows targeting member  1211 . Targeting member  1211  may include indicator  1215 . 
     Indicator  1215  may include concave guide surface  1223 . In operation, when base member  1201  is positioned on fixation element  1231 , indicator  1215  may be positioned on an outer surface of bone  1202  and identify an access position (such as access position  1027  shown in  FIG. 10 ). 
     Surfaces  1223  and  1225  are the same or similar to surfaces present on indicator  1009 , and indicator  1009  may include such surfaces. Surface  1223 , as used in  FIG. 10 , can guide a drill that is aligned with member  1003  perpendicularly into the bone. After a starter hole is made, the drill bit can be backed off and angled along L TS . Surface  1225 , as used in  FIG. 10 , then guides the drill along L TS . 
     Indicator  1215  may include concave surface  1223 . When indicator  1215  is positioned at the access position, concave surface  1223  may be used to guide a surgical drill (not shown) into bone  1202 . The scenario may be a scenario in which member  1213  is not present and does not obstruct the drill. Concave surface  1223  may be configured to orient the surgical drill with respect to an outer surface of bone  1202  to reduce the likelihood that the surgical drill will slide off of bone  1202 . For example, concave surface  1223  may be configured to orient the surgical drill substantially perpendicular to L B . 
     Indicator  1215  may include concave surface  1225 . When indicator  1215  is positioned at an access position, concave surface  1225  is oriented to guide a surgical drill (not shown) into bone  1202  along axis L TS . Indicator  1215  may include a channel (not shown) that allows the surgical drill to be rotated, without removing the drill from bone  1202 , from being positioned in concave surface  1223  to being positioned in concave surface  1225 . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows gripper  1221 . Gripper  1221  is affixed to targeting member  1211 . Gripper  1221  may stabilize targeting member  1211  on an outside surface of bone  1202 . Gripper  1221  may stabilize targeting member  1211  on an outside surface of bone  1202 , when targeting member  1211  contacts the outside surface of bone  1202 . When bone  1202  is a humerus, gripper  1221  may be configured to stabilize targeting member  1211  on a humeral shaft of the humerus. 
     Gripper  1221  may include first projection  1219 . Gripper  1221  may include second projection  1220 . First projection  1219  is substantially parallel to second projection  1220 . First projection  1219  is spaced apart from second projection  1220 . First projection  1219  may be spaced apart from second projection  1220  by a distance. The distance may be greater than a width of targeting member  1211 . The distance may be less than or equal to a width of bone  1202 . 
     Gripper  1221  may be pivotally affixed to targeting member  1211 . 
     When targeting member  1211  contacts an outside surface of bone  1202 , first projection  1219  and second projection  1220  may be aligned with a longitudinal axis L TS  of the implantation region. 
     Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows guide channel  1217 . Guide channel  1217  may be pivotally affixed to indicator  1215 . Guide channel  1217  may be pivotally affixed to indicator  1215  by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture  1229 . 
     Guide channel  1217  may include an elongated concave surface. Guide channel  1217  may be configured such that, in operation, when targeting member  1211  contacts an outer surface of bone  1202 , guide channel  1217  defines longitudinal axis L TS . Axis L TS  may correspond to a longitudinal axis of the implantation region. 
     In operation, apparatus shown  FIG. 12  may define an access position (such as access position  1027  shown in  FIG. 10 ) on an outer surface of bone  1202 . At the access position, guide channel  1217  defines longitudinal axis L TS . Guide channel  1217  may define axis L TS  at any suitable angle β between L TS  and fixation element  1231 . Apparatus shown in  FIG. 12  may be configured to define any suitable axis L TS  that passes through a center of a circle centered on a proximal end of bone penetrating  1231  inserted into bone  1202 . Guide channel  1217  may guide a drill or other tool into bone  1202  along axis L TS . 
     Therapeutic scenario  1200  shows angular stopping member  1213 . Angular stopping member  1213  may be pivotally affixed to guide channel  1217 . Guide channel  1217  may be pivotally affixed to angular stopping member  1213  by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture  1227 . Angular stopping member  1213  is pivotally affixed to swing arm  1207 . Swing arm  1207  is pivotally affixed to targeting member  1211 . Swing arm  1207  may be pivotally affixed to targeting member  1211  by a pin (not shown) that passes through aperture  1207 . 
     Angular stopping member  1213  may be configured to support guide channel  1217 . For example, in operation, when base member  1201  is positioned on fixation element  1231 , targeting member  1213  may be configured to contact an outside surface of bone  1202 . In operation, angular stopping member  1213  may be configured to support guide channel  1217  at an angle between L B  and L TS . 
     Angular stopping member  1217  may include first slot  1208  and a second slot (not shown) opposing slot  1208 . Swing arm  1207  is pivotally affixed to angular stopping member  1213  by a pin (not shown) that passes through swing arm  1207  and rests in the first and second opposing slots. 
     In operation, when targeting member  1213  contacts the outer surface of bone  1202 , movement of the pin in the first and second opposing slots adjusts an angle of guide channel  1217  relative to L B . 
       FIG. 13  shows therapeutic scenario  1300 . Scenario  1300  shows a targeting apparatus positioned on bone  1323 . The targeting apparatus may be used to identify an access position on bone  1323 . A hole may be drilled at the access position. An implant may be deployed into an interior of bone  1323  through the hole drilled at the access position. 
     Target wire  1315  may be inserted into bone  1323 . A position to target wire  1315  inside bone  1323  may be verified using fluoroscopy or other imaging techniques. A proximal tip of target wire  1315  may correspond to a proximal end of an implantation region inside bone  1323 . 
     Jig  1321  may be placed on an outer surface of bone  1323 . Jig  1321  may be positioned on bone  1323  by inserting jig  1321  over a shaft of target wire  1315 . Target wire  1315  may be inserted into bone  1323  after jig  1321  is positioned on bone  1323 . 
     Fixation elements  1317  may pass through jig  1321 . Fixation elements  1317  may be inserted into one or more segments of bone  1323 . When bone  1323  is fractured, the segments may be defined by one or more fracture lines. 
     A targeting apparatus may be used to identify an access position on an outer surface of bone  1323 . The targeting apparatus may be configured to determine the access position based on a position of the proximal tip of target wire  1315 . The targeting apparatus may be configured to determine the access location independent of an orientation of a shaft of target wire  1315 . 
     Base member  1301  defines longitudinal axis L BM . The targeting apparatus may be configured to determine the access location independent of an angle between L BM  and L B . 
     A targeting apparatus may include base member  1301 . Base member  1301  may define a receptacle (not shown). Target wire  1315  may fit into the receptacle and allow base member  1310  to slide over a shaft of target wire  1315 . Base member  1301  may be pivotally affixed to targeting member  1306  by swing arm  1303  and swing arm  1307 . 
     Targeting member  1306  may include passageway  1309  for clearance of swing arm  1303 . Targeting member  1306  may include passageway  1311  for clearance of swing arm  1307 . 
     Swing arms  1303  and  1307  include a plurality of holes. The holes may be used to pivotally affix swing arm  1303  or  1307  to targeting member  1306  at locations along axes LSA 1  and/or LSA 2 . The plurality of holes may allow adjustment of spacing between base member  1301  and targeting member  1306 . Spacing between base member  1301  and targeting member  1306  may be adjusted to account for differences in patient anatomy. 
     Swing arm  1303  may define axis L SA1 . Swing arm  1307  may define axis L SA2 . Swing arms  1303  and  1307  may be affixed to base member  1301  and to targeting member  1306  such that L SA1  is substantially parallel to L SA2 . Positioning LSA 1  parallel to LSA 2  may allow indicator  1319  at a proximal end of targeting member  1306  to move along a circumference of a circle centered at the proximal tip of target wire  1315 . 
     Indicator  1319  may identify the access location when indicator  1319  contacts an outer surface of bone  1323 . Indicator  1319  may fit into a groove of jig  1321 . At the access position, indictor  1319  may direct drill  1313  into bone  1323 . Indicator  1313  may direct drill  1313  into bone  1323  at an angle with L B . The angle may direct drill  1313  toward the proximal end of target wire  1315 . 
       FIG. 14  shows illustrative jig  1400  positioned on bone B. Jig  1400  may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In  FIG. 14 , the bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, portion  1415  of jig  1400  may be positioned on top of a greater tuberosity. 
     Jig  1400  may include indicator  1401  and indicator  1403 . Indicator  1401  may indicate a position on bone B for initiating a first access hole. Indicator  14013  may indicate a position on bone B for initiating a second access hole. A distance between the first access hole and a target site may correspond to a first implant length. A distance between the second access hole and the target site may correspond to a second implant length. A practitioner may determine an implant length suitable for implanting in bone B. A practitioner may then determine which set of indicators corresponds to the selected implant length. The practitioner may then initiate an access hole between the selected set of indicators. 
     Fixation elements  1413  may be driven through jig  1400  and into bone B. Each of fixation elements  1413  may be driven through one of a plurality of holes defined by jig  1400 . 
     Jig  1400  may include a target hole. Target wire  1409  may be driven through the target hole. Tip  1411  of target wire  1409  may be located at the target site in bone B. 
       FIG. 14  also shows illustrative access drill  1313 . Access drill  1313  may include distal protrusion  1405 . In  FIG. 14 , access drill  1313  is shown passing through the first access hole and into an interior of bone B. A practitioner may identify the first access hole using indicator  1401  on the reduction jig, using an access locating jig, using direct visualization or using x-ray fluoroscopy imaging. 
     Access drill  1313  may be used to start preparation of the first access hole. Tip  1407  of access drill  1313  is shown to be advanced up to the location of tip  1411  of target wire  1409 . Advancing access drill  1313  to the target site may create an initial path through the bone. This initial path may be used as a guide channel for subsequent surgical procedures disclosed herein. 
     Access drill  1313  may include indicators  1417 . 
     A guide and/or a tissue protector (not shown) may be used in conjunction with the procedure illustrated in  FIG. 14 . 
       FIG. 15  shows illustrative jig  1500  positioned on bone B. Jig  1500  may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In  FIG. 15 , the bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. 
     Fixation elements  1509  may be driven through holes included in a plurality of holes defined by jig  1500 . Target wire  1507  may be driven through a target hole defined by jig  1500  and into an interior of bone B. 
       FIG. 15  shows illustrative drill  1501 . Drill  1501  may be a drill larger than access drill  1313 . Drill  1501  may be used to remove cortical bone tissue in an interior of bone B. Drill  1501  may be used to remove cortical bone along the initial path defined by access drill  1313 . Drill  1501  may be used to enlarge the initial path. 
     Drill  1501  may be advanced along the initial path created by access drill  1313  by drilling over pin  1511  placed in the initial path. Drill  1501  may be advanced along the initial path created by access drill  1313  by over drilling over a drill similar to drill  1313  but without distal protrusion  1405 . Drill  1501  may be used to enlarge the initial path and create a path large enough for deployment of an implant in an unexpanded state. 
     Using drills with different widths may reduce the stress applied to cortical bone in bone B when creating the path. Additionally, using access drill  1313  prior to drill  1501  may enable a physician to change a trajectory of an initial path without compromising the cortical bone. 
     A guide and/or a tissue protector (not shown) may be used in conjunction with the procedure illustrated in  FIG. 15 . 
       FIG. 16  shows illustrative jig  1600  positioned on bone B. Jig  1600  may include a bottom surface (not shown) complementing a surface contour defined by bone B. In  FIG. 16 , the bottom surface may be seated complementarily against the surface contour. 
     Fixation elements  1605  may be driven through holes included in a plurality of holes defined by jig  1600 . Fixation elements  1605  may pass through bushings  1617  coupled to the plurality of holes. 
     Target wire  1609  may be driven through a target hole defined by jig  1600  and into an interior of bone B. Tip  1607  of target wire  1609  may be positioned at a target site. 
     Jig  1600  may include a positioning hole. Fixation element  1613  may be driven through the positioning hole. Tip  1615  of fixation element  1613  may pass over a top of a greater tuberosity. Tip  1615  may be inserted so as to not violate a portion of the greater tuberosity and/or an articular surface of bone B. 
       FIG. 16  shows illustrative cavity preparation device  1601 . Cavity preparation device  1601  may include broaching member  1603 . In  FIG. 16 , broaching member is illustrated in a collapsed state. 
     Cavity preparation device  1601  may have a diameter. The diameter of cavity preparation device  1601 , when preparation device  1601  is unexpanded, may be equal to, lesser than, or slightly greater than, a diameter of drill  1501 . Cavity preparation device  1601  may be inserted through an access hole prepared on the surface of the bone by access drill  1313  and drill  1501 . Cavity preparation device  1601  may be advanced along the enlarged initial path created by drill  1501 . 
     Cavity preparation device  1601  may include one or more demarcations along a length of the device. Each demarcation may indicate a length. The length may be a distance between the demarcation and a tip of the cavity preparation device. Each demarcation may indicate a size and/or length of an implant. As the cavity preparation device is being inserted through the access hole, the demarcation visible next to the location at the surface of the access site hole on the bone may correlate to a size and/or length of an implant. 
       FIG. 17  shows illustrative cavity preparation device  1601  positioned in bone B. In  FIG. 17 , broaching member  1603  has been expanded using a handle (not shown) coupled to an end of cavity preparation device  1601 . 
     Broaching member  1603  may be expanded in bone B. Broaching member  1603  may rotated in bone B. Broaching member  1603  may be simultaneously expanded and rotated in bone B. Movement of broaching member  1603  in bone B may form a cavity in bone B. Movement of broaching member  1603  in bone B may prepare a site in the interior of bone B for implantation of an implant. 
     Broaching member  1603  may create the cavity by displacing cancellous bone in bone B. Broaching member  1603  may create the cavity by cutting cancellous bone in the interior of bone B. 
     The cavity formed by broaching member may have a volume. The volume may be substantially equal to a volume of an implant head when the implant head is expanded to form a mesh cage. A physician may first select a size of an implant for implanting at the target site. The physician may then expand the broaching member to create a cavity having a size substantially equivalent to a size of the selected implant, when the selected implant is expanded. 
     Exemplary methods for preparing a cavity in the interior of bone B for implantation of an implant may include inserting a fully collapsed cavity preparation device through an access hole. The cavity preparation device may be cavity preparation device  1601 , a site preparation instrument, an expandable hand reamer or any other suitable cavity preparation device. The cavity preparation device may be manual or automated. 
     The cavity preparation device may be advanced through the access hole and along a channel or path previously created by one or more wires or drills. If a deviation from the prepared channel or path is desired, the method may include altering the path of the cavity preparation instrument from the prepared path to facilitate preparation of the cavity in a different, desired location. 
     The method may include advancing the cavity preparation device to a tip of a target wire positioned in the bone interior. The method may include advancing the cavity preparation device along an access wire. The method may include confirming the position of the cavity preparation device in the bone interior. The position may be confirmed fluoroscopically. 
     The method may include rotating the cavity preparation device. The cavity preparation device may be rotated any suitable number of times, such as once, twice, three times, five times, or any suitable number of times. 
     The method may include expanding a broaching member included in the cavity preparation device. The broaching member may be expanded by rotating an expansion knob coupled to an end of the cavity preparation device. The expansion knob may be rotated clockwise. The expansion knob may be rotated counterclockwise. Rotating the expansion knob may expand the broaching member. Rotating the expansion knob may slightly expand the broaching member. Rotating the expansion knob a predetermined amount may result in an audible feedback. For example, rotating the expansion knob ¼ of a turn, ½ a turn, or a full turn, may give off a clicking sound. 
     The method may include determining a size and/or location of the radial expansion of the broaching member using x-ray fluoroscopy imaging. 
     The method may include completing preparation of the cavity. A physician may complete the cavity preparation by turning the expansion knob a predetermined number of times and rotating the cavity preparation device a certain number of turns per each expansion knob click. A physician may use one or more of tactile feedback, audible feedback and/or fluoroscopy to determine if the cavity is the proper size. A physician may use one or more of tactile feedback, audible feedback and/or fluoroscopy to determine if the broaching member is nearing a cortical wall of the bone. 
     The cavity may be prepared when a volume of the cavity has a diameter that will facilitate the expansion of the implant into the interior of the bone. 
     A broaching member may need to be fully expanded to complete preparation of a cavity. 
     A broaching member may not need to be fully expanded to complete preparation of a cavity. This may be at least because a plurality of implants, each implant having a different diameter when expanded, may be implanted in the bone. Therefore, cavities of various sizes may be prepared, each cavity being suitable for implanting an implant having a different expanded diameter. 
     A tip of a target wire may remain at a target site during preparation of the cavity. 
     The method may include at least partially retracting the target wire during cavity preparation. The target wire may be retracted to enable a physician to fully expand the cavity preparation device. 
     After the cavity has been prepared, the method may include collapsing the broaching member. The broaching member may be completely collapsed. The broaching member may be collapsed by rotating the expansion knob counter-clockwise. The expansion knob may be rotated fully until it stops. 
     The method may include determining the size and location of the prepared cavity using x-ray fluoroscopy imaging. 
     After collapsing the broaching member, the method may include removing the cavity preparation device from the access site. The method may include removing any wires that interfere with the cavity preparation device. 
     Some, all or none of the bone cut or morselized by the broaching member may be removed from cavity. 
     The method may include removing cut bone or morselized bone may from the cavity. The method may also include adding material into the cavity. Exemplary material that may be added to the cavity may include bone graft or biological agents to facilitate healing. This material may be removed from, or added to, the cavity through a cannula in the cavity preparation device. 
       FIG. 18  shows illustrative cavity preparation device  1601  positioned in bone B with broaching member  1603  in an expanded state. In  FIG. 18 , cavity preparation device  1601  is positioned in bone B without a jig fixed to a surface of bone B. 
     In some of these embodiments, provisional reduction of bone B may be performed by the physician without using a jig. In some of these embodiments, a physician may select a location on the bone surface for preparing an access hole and/or select an angle for drilling through the access hole without the assistance of one or more jigs. 
       FIG. 18  shows illustrative handle  1801  coupled to broaching member  1601 . Handle  1801 , when rotated in a first direction, may expanded broaching member  1603 . Handle  1801 , when rotated in a second direction opposite the first direction, may collapse broaching member  1603 . 
     Handle  1801  may have a hard stop. The hard stop may prevent a physician from expanding the broaching member more than a predetermined amount. 
       FIG. 19  shows illustrative cavity preparation device  1601  positioned in bone B with broaching member  1603  in an expanded state. 
       FIG. 20  shows illustrative apparatus for delivering an implant in bone B. Delivering an implant may be referred to alternately herein as deploying an implant. 
       FIG. 20  shows illustrative delivery device  2001 . Illustrative delivery device  2001  may include handle  2003 , pin  2007 , indentation  2005  and sheath  2009 . Implant  2011  may be positioned in sheath  2009 . Rotation of handle  2003  may retract sheath  2009  into delivery device  2001 . Retraction of shaft  2009  may expose implant  2011 . In  FIG. 20 , sheath  2009  is shown partially retracted. A portion of a head of implant  2011  has been exposed. The head of implant  2011  is illustrated in a partially expanded state. 
     A method for delivering an implant may include advancing a delivery device through an access hole and up to a tip of a target wire or a target site. When the delivery device is advanced, implant  2011  may be positioned in sheath  2009 . The method may include deploying the implant. The deploying may include rotating a knob of the delivery device. Rotation of the knob may retract sheath  2009 . Retraction of sheath  2009  may expose implant  2011 . A head of the implant, when exposed, may self-expand. When the implant is sufficiently exposed, delivery device  2001  may be removed from implant  2011 . Handle  2003  may include a piston for retracting sheath  2009 . 
     Implant  2201  may be deployed in bone B as follows. Implant  2201  may be positioned in a shaft of the delivery device. Implant  2201  may be positioned in the shaft of the delivery device with head  2211  in an unexpanded state. Implant  2201  may not be rigidly coupled to the delivery device. 
       FIG. 21  shows illustrative apparatus for delivering an implant in bone B. The illustrative apparatus may include delivery device  2001  and illustrative reduction jig  2100 . In  FIG. 21 , illustrative reduction jig  2011  is fixed to bone B by fixation elements  2103 . Portion of a head of implant  2011  has been exposed by delivery device  2001 . The head of implant  2011  is illustrated in a partially expanded state. Jig  2011  may support to bone B during the deployment of implant  2011 . 
       FIG. 22  shows illustrative implant  2201  implanted in bone B. Illustrative implant  2201  may include implant head  2211 , implant tail  2207 , and implant shaft  2203 . Implant shaft  2203  may include keyseat  2205 . Keyseat  2205  may be a laser-cut feature at an end of implant shaft  2203 . 
       FIG. 22  shows illustrative implant  2201  with implant head  2211  fully expanded. In  FIG. 22 , a delivery device such as delivery device  2001  may be used to deploy implant  2201  in bone B. 
     Implant tail  2207  may include implant base  2209 . Implant tail  2207  may be coupled to implant base  2209  by a snap fit. The snap fit may provide rotational and axial locking. In other embodiments, implant tail  2207  may be welded to implant base  2209 , be of unitary construction with implant base  2209 , be of monolithic construction with implant base  2209 , or coupled to implant base  2209  in any other suitable fashion. Implant tail  2207  may include beveled end  2215 . Beveled end  2215  may conform to a surface contour of a bone when shaft  2203  is removed from implant tail  2207 . 
     Implant head  2211  may include proximal end  2213 . Proximal end  2213  may be positioned at the target site during deployment of implant  2201 . Proximal end  2213  may be positioned adjacent a tip of a target wire during deployment of implant  2201 . 
       FIG. 23  shows illustrative implant  2201  implanted in bone B.  FIG. 23  also shows illustrative jig  2301  fixed to bone B by fixation elements  2303 . 
       FIG. 23  shows how fixation elements  2303  driven through jig  2301  and into bone B provide clearance for implant  2211 . 
       FIG. 24  shows illustrative implant  2201  deployed in bone B.  FIG. 24  also shows illustrative jig  2401  fixed to bone B by fixation elements  2403 . 
       FIG. 24  shows how fixation elements  2403  driven through jig  2401  and into bone B provide clearance for implant  2211 . 
       FIG. 25  shows illustrative rotation handle  2500 . Rotation handle  2500  may be configured to be releasably coupled to an end of an implant shaft. Rotation handle  2500  may removably couple to one or more laser cut features located at an end of the implant shaft. Rotation handle  2500  may include a mechanism for removably coupling to keyseat  2205 . 
     Rotation handle  2500  may include an internal spring mechanism. The internal spring mechanism may include a lever. The lever may pop into a window to facilitate coupling and decoupling rotation handle  2500  with an implant shaft. 
     When rotation handle  2500  is coupled to an implant shaft, rotation handle  2500  may allow for axial control of the implant. When rotation handle  2500  is coupled to an implant shaft, rotation handle  2500  may allow for rotational control of the implant. 
     Rotation handle  2500  may include opening  2511 . Opening  2511  may be shaped to receive an end of an implant shaft. Rotation handle  2500  may include lever  2509 . Lever  2509 , when lifted, may decouple an implant shaft from rotation handle  2500 . 
     A method for rotating an implant in a cavity may include attaching a rotation handle to a shaft of the implant. The method may include rotating the implant multiple times. Rotating the implant may assist in seating the implant in the cavity. Rotating the implant may further expand the head of the implant. Rotating the implant may further engage the head of the implant with surrounding tissue or bone. Rotating the implant may move cut up cancellous bone into the head of the implant. Rotating the implant may seat the tail of the implant inside the bone. 
     The method may also include ensuring that a release lever of the rotation handle is aligned with a center of a jig when rotation is complete. The method may also include confirming expansion of the implant head fluoroscopically. The method may also include tightening an implant locking screw to lock the cage in the expanded state. 
     Rotation handle  2500  may be used to move the head of the implant further into an interior the bone. Rotation handle  2500  may be used to further advance the head of the implant into the bone. The head of the implant may be further advanced into the bone to position the tail fully within a bone, or to ensure that the tail does not extend away from an outer surface of the bone. Rotation handle  2500  may be used to move the head of the implant away from an interior of the bone. 
       FIG. 26  shows illustrative jig  2600  fixed to bone B by fixation elements  2605 .  FIG. 25  shows illustrative rotation handle  2500  coupled to implant shaft  2601 . 
       FIG. 27  shows illustrative rotation handle  2500  coupled to shaft  2701  of an implant. 
       FIG. 28  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  2800 . Scenario  2800  shows apparatus for securing tail  2813  of implant  2815  to bone  2827 . Scenario  2800  shows a targeting apparatus that may be used for drilling to anchor receiving features of tail  2813 . The targeting apparatus may also be used to direct anchors through bone  2827  and through the anchor receiving features of tail  2813 . 
     The targeting apparatus may include bracket  2801 . Bracket  2801  may include end  2805  and end  2803 . 
     End  2805  may include collar  2807 . Collar  2807  receives an end of implant shaft  2811 . An end of implant shaft  2811  is affixed to tail  2813 . Implant shaft  2811  may be inserted concentrically into collar  2807 . Implant shaft  2811  may be tubular. Implant shaft  2811  may be locked to collar  2807 . Implant shaft  2811  may be locked to collar  2807  axially along axis L TS . Implant shaft  2811  may be locked to collar  2807  rotationally about axis L TS . 
     End  2803  may include guide tube  2817  and guide tube  2823 . Guide tubes  2817  and  2823  may define longitudinal axes for positioning surgical tools relative to implant  2815 . Guide tubes  2817  and  2823  may be moveable with respect to bracket  2801 . 
     Guide tubes may include one or more flanges to prevent guide tubes from separating from bracket  2801 . For example, guide tube  2817  may include flanges  2821  and  2819  that may prevent guide tube  2817  from separating from bracket  2801 . 
     When implant shaft  2811  is engaged with collar  2807 , guide tube  2817  directs drill  2825  through bone  2827  and through a clearance hole (not shown) in tail  2813 . Guide tubes  2817  may direct an anchor through bone  2817  and through the clearance hole in tail  2813 . 
     When an end of implant shaft  2811  is engaged with tail  2813 , and an end of implant shaft  2811  is engaged with collar  2807 , guide tube  2817  may be aligned with a first clearance hole defined by tail  2813 . When an end of implant shaft  2811  is engaged with tail  2813 , and an end of implant shaft  2811  is engaged with collar  2807 , guide tube  2823  may be aligned with a second clearance hole defined by tail  2813 . 
     Collar  2807  may include a key (not shown) and implant shaft  2811  may include a keyseat (not shown). The key may be configured to be releasably seated in the keyseat when the implant shaft  2811  is inserted into collar  2807 . When the key is seated in the keyseat, implant shaft  2811  may be locked axially along L TS . When the key is seated in the keyseat, implant shaft  2811  may be locked rotationally about L TS . 
     Collar  2807  may include a keyseat and implant shaft  2811  may include a key. 
     Collar  2807  may include release  2809 . Release  2809  may release the key from the keyseat. Releasing the key from the keyseat may allow implant shaft  2811  to be disengaged from collar  2807 . 
     Collar  2807  may include a releasable key and a static key. For example, collar  2807  may include static key  2829 . Static key  2829  may protrude into a cannula defined by collar  2807 . Static key  2829  may not be visible on an exterior of collar  2807 . Implant shaft  2811  may include a slot (not shown) that may be configured to receive static key  2829 . Engagement of static key and the slot may be configured to align a releasable key with the keyseat. 
     Seating the key of collar  2807  in the keyseat of implant shaft  2811  may align one or more of guide tubes  2817  and  2823  with one or more clearance holes defined by tail  2813 . 
     Implant shaft  2811  may be configured for use with implants of different lengths. Implant shaft  2811  may include a first keyseat and a second keyseat (not shown). Seating the key of collar  2807  in the first keyseat may space collar  2807  a first distance apart from the proximal end of implant shaft  2811 . The first distance may align guide tube  2817  with a clearance hole defined by a tail affixed to an implant having a first length. 
     Engagement of the second keyseat in implant shaft  2811  with the key of collar  2807  may space collar  2807  a second distance from the proximal end of implant shaft  2811 . The second distance may align guide tube  2823  with a clearance hole defined by a tail affixed to an implant having a second length. 
       FIG. 29  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  2900 . Scenario  2900  shows jig  2907  positioned on bone  2827 . Jig  2907  positioned on bone  2827  based on positioning jig  2907  relative to one or more anatomical landmarks on bone  2827 . Jig  2907  is secured to bone  2827  by one or more fixation elements. 
     Scenario  2900  shows that bracket  2801  may include passageway  2903 . Passageway  2903  holds guide tube  2817 . Guide tube  2817  may be slidable in passageway  2903 . Passageway  2903  orients guide tube  2817  relative to bracket  2801 . For example, passageway  2903  may orient guide tube  2817  along a longitudinal axis defined by passageway  2903 . 
     Bracket  2801  may include passageway  2901 . Passageway  2901  may hold a guide tube, such as guide tube  2823  (shown in  FIG. 28 ). Guide tube  2823  may be slidable in passageway  2901 . Passageway  2903  may be a first passageway and passageway  2901  may be a second passageway for holding a second guide tube (not shown). Passageways  2901  and  2903  may orient guide tubes relative to collar  2807 . Passageways  2901  and  2903  may orient guide tubes relative to clearance holes in an implant tail. 
     When collar  2807  is engaged with implant shaft  2811 , guide tube  2817  may be slidable in the passageway  2903  between bracket  2801  and bone  2827 . 
       FIG. 30  shows illustrative apparatus  3000 . Apparatus  3000  may have or more features in common with apparatus shown in scenario  2800  (shown in  FIG. 28 ) and/or scenario  2900  (shown in  FIG. 29 ). Apparatus  3000  may include bracket  3001 . Bracket  3001  may include end  3005  and end  3007 . 
     End  3005  may include guide tube  3003 . Guide tube  3003  may be slidable with respect to bracket  3001 . Guide tube  3003  may be slidable along axis L GT . Gasket  3009  may provide a friction fit around guide tube  3003 . Gasket  3009  may hold a position of guide tube  3003  relative to bracket  3001 . Gasket  3009  may hold a position of guide tube  3003  along axis L GT . 
     Guide tube  3003  may include flange  3011 . Flange  3011  is positioned at a first end of guide tube  3003 . Guide tube  3003  may include flange  3013 . Flange  3013  is positioned at a second end of guide tube  3003 . Flanges  3011  and  3013  may prevent guide tube  3003  from sliding out of bracket  3001 . 
     Apparatus  3003  may include collar  2807 . Collar  2807  defines longitudinal axis L C . Bracket  3001  positions axis L C  relative to axis L GT . For example, bracket  3001  may position axis L C  perpendicular to axis L GT . When a tubular shaft such as implant shaft  2811  (shown in  FIG. 28 ) is engaged with collar  2807 , axis L GT  may be substantially perpendicular to a longitudinal axis L TS  (shown in  FIG. 28 ) defined by implant shaft  2811 . 
       FIG. 31  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  3100 . Scenario  3100  shows plate  3103  positioned on bone  2827 . Scenario  3100  shows jig  2907  complementarily seated on bone  2827 . Jig  2907  is secured to bone  2827  by one or more fixation elements  3105 . Fixation elements  3105  may secure plate  3013  between jig  2907  and bone  2827 . 
     Scenario  3100  shows jig  2907  and plate  3103  being used in concert. Plate  3103  may include opening  3102 . Implant shaft  2811  passes through opening  3102 . Plate  3103  may include hole  3104 . Guide tube  2817  passes through hole  3104 . Drill  2825  may pass through guide tube  2817  and thereby be positioned relative to implant  2815 . 
     Scenario  3100  shows implant shaft  2811  engaged with collar  2807 . An end of implant shaft  2811  is shown protruding from collar  2811 . In scenario  3100 , a slot  3107  is visible at the protruding end of implant shaft  2811 . 
       FIG. 32  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  3200 . Scenario  3200  shows apparatus for targeting anchors or screws that engage implant  3219 . The apparatus may be used to direct one or more of fixation elements, such as fixation elements  3213 ) into bone  3202  and into implant  3219 . 
     The apparatus may direct an elongated fixation element from outside bone  3202  into bone  3202  and into a volume defined by a head of implant  3219  positioned inside bone  3202 . 
     Scenario  3200  shows implant shaft  3209 . Implant shaft  3209  may include one or more features of implant shaft  2811  shown in  FIG. 28 . Implant shaft  3215  may include keyseat  3215 . Keyseat  3215  may be configured to receive a key of collar  2807  (shown in  FIG. 28 ). 
     Implant shaft  3209  defines longitudinal axis L TS . An end of implant shaft  3209  may be configured to engage a tail of implant  3219 . In operation, as shown in scenario  3200 , an end of implant shaft  3209  may be configured to extend outside of bone  3202 . Collar  3207  may be configured to slidably engage an end of implant shaft  3209  that extends outside of bone  3202 . Collar  3207  may slide along axis L TS . Collar  3207  may rotate about axis L TS . 
     Collar  3207  may be rigidly affixed to neck  3205 . Boom  3201  may be rotatably affixed to neck  3205 . Boom  3201  may be configured to rotate about axis L PB . Boom  3201  may include elongated passageway  3203 . When collar  3207  is slidably engaged with implant shaft  3209 , elongated passageway  3203  is positioned to direct fixation element  3211  from outside bone  3202 , into bone  3202  and into a volume defined by a head of implant  3219 . The volume defined by the head of implant  3219  may correspond to a volume of an expandable web of an implant. 
     When collar  3207  is slidably engaged with implant shaft  3209 , elongated passageway  3203  may be aligned along L TS . When elongated passageway  3203  is aligned with axis L TS , elongated passageway  203  may direct fixation member  3211  into the volume defined by the head of implant  3219 . When elongated passageway  3203  is aligned along L TS , elongated passageway  3203  may be configured to direct fixation member  3211  into the volume defined by the head of implant  3219  at or near a center longitudinal axis of implant  3219 . 
     The center longitudinal axis of implant  3219  may correspond to L TS . When elongated passageway  3203  is aligned along L TS , elongated passageway  3203  may direct fixation element  3211  into the volume defined by the head of implant  319  such that fixation element  3211  is deflected by center axis member  3204  of implant  3219 . 
     Rotating collar  3207  about axis L TS  may position elongated passageway  3203  about a perimeter of the head of implant  3219 . Pivoting boom  3201  about axis L PB  may allow boom  3201  to slide over an end of fixation element  3211  that is operationally external to bone  3202 . 
     After boom  3201  is removed from fixation element  3211 , boom  3201  may be repositioned about axis L TS . After boom  3201  is removed from fixation element  3211 , cannulated screws may be drilled over fixation element  3211 . Screws drilled over fixation element  3211  may secure bone  3202  to implant  3219 . 
     Pivoting boom  3201  about axis L PB  may also allow boom  3201  to be repositioned without being obstructed by the ends of fixation elements  3213  that are operatively external to bone  3202 . Boom  3201  may be repositioned by rotating collar  3207  about axis L TS . 
       FIG. 33  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  3300 . Apparatus shown in scenario  3300  may have one or more features of apparatus shown in scenario  3200 . 
     Scenario  3300  shows jig  3311  complementarily seated on bone  3302 . Jig  3311  may be secured to bone  3302  by one or more of fixation elements  3313 . 
     Scenario  3300  shows collar  3306 . Collar  3306  may slidably engage implant shaft  3323 . Implant shaft  3323  may engage tail  3321 . 
     Collar  3306  may include trough  3301 . Collar  3306  may include trough  3305 . Kerf  3303  extends between trough  3301  and trough  3305 . Collar  3306  may include a pair of opposing kerfs. Collar  3306  may include an internal diameter that is less than an outer diameter of implant shaft  3323 . When collar  3306  slidably engages implant shaft  3323 , the opposing pair of kerfs may allow implant shaft  3323  to space trough  3301  apart from trough  3305 . 
     Spacing trough  3301  apart from trough  3305  may apply pressure to an outer surface of implant shaft  3323 . The pressure applied by troughs  3301  and  3305  may provide a friction fit that holds collar  3306  in a position about longitudinal axis L TS . 
     Scenario  3300  also shows boom  3201 . Boom  3201  is pivotable about pin  3307 . Scenario  3300  shows that passageway  3203  of boom  3201  may direct fixation element  3317  into head  3309  of an implant. Scenario  330  shows that passageway  3203  may receive, and thereby direct, fixation element  3317  at angle θ. Angle θ corresponds to an angle between length L P  of passageway  3203  and fixation element  3317 . Length LP may allow a fixation element to be directed into head  3309  at a range of angles. An illustrative range may be 5°-175°. At any angle θ, passageway  3203  may direct a fixation element into head  3309  at or near axis L TS . 
     Scenario  3300  shows anchor  3315 . Anchor  3315  may be cannulated. Anchor  3315  may slide over fixation element  3317 . Fixation element  3317  may guide anchor  3315  into bone  3302  and into head  3309  at angle θ. Surgical washer  3314  may provide a surface area that is wider than a surface area of a head of anchor  3315 . The wider surface area of surgical washer  3314  may spread pressure applied to bone  3302  when buttressing anchor  3315  against an outer surface of bone  3302 . Surgical washer  3314  may also provide apertures for attachment of sutures. 
       FIG. 34  shows illustrative surgical washer  3400 . Surgical washer  3400  may include central aperture  3401 . Central aperture may be defined by circumference  3407 . Surgical washer  3400  may include offset aperture  3403 . Offset aperture  3403  may be a first offset aperture. Surgical washer  3400  may include second offset aperture  3405 . Offset aperture  3403  may be a second offset aperture. 
     Offset aperture  3403  is spaced apart from central aperture  3401  at a position with respect to circumference  3407 . Offset aperture  3405  is spaced apart from central aperture  3401  at a position with respect to circumference  3407 . 
     Surgical washer  3400  may include solid material  3402  that joins offset apertures  3405  and  3403  to each other and to central aperture  3401 .  FIG. 34  shows that an offset aperture (e.g. offset aperture  3403 ) and central aperture  3401  may form a “Figure eight” shape. 
     Offset apertures  3405  may provide eyelets for suturing tissue. For example, an anchor may be driven through central aperture  3401 . The anchor may secure surgical washer to a bone. Tissue such as tendon, ligaments and/or muscle in the vicinity of the bone may be sutured to one or more of offset apertures  3405  and  3403 . Sutures may be tied to an arcuate shaped member (e.g. solid material between inner circumference  3406  and arc  3417 ) that defines, at least in part, an outer perimeter of offset aperture  3405 . 
     Surgical washer  3400  may include outer perimeter  3413 . Outer perimeter  3413  encloses apertures  3401 ,  3403  and  3405 . Outer perimeter  3413  may define one or more of apertures  3401 ,  3403  and  3405 . Surgical washer  3400  may include solid material  3402  between arc  3419  of inner offset circumference  3420  (defined by chord  3421 ) and a length of outer perimeter  3413  enclosing arc  3419 . 
     Solid material  3419  may vary in thickness between an arc and a length of outer perimeter  3413 . For example, surgical washer  3400  may include a first thickness of solid material  3402  between arc  3419  and a first length of outer perimeter  3413 . Surgical washer  3400  may include a variable thickness of solid material  3402  between arc  3409  (defined by chord  3411 ) and outer perimeter  3413 . 
     Outer perimeter  3413  defines height h g  between offset apertures  3403  and  3405 . Surgical washer  3400 . A value of height h g  may determine a movability of length  3417  of outer perimeter  2413  with respect to inner circumference of  3407  of central aperture  3401 . Movability may allow an offset aperture to be bent about axis L W . For a given value of height h g , values higher than the given value may result in less movability than values lower than the given value. 
     Movability of a surgical washer may also be determined based on a shape of space  3423  between offset aperture  3403  and offset aperture  3405 . For example, if solid material reduces space  3423 , offset aperture may be less moveable. 
     Bending an offset aperture about axis L W  may allow a physician to position an offset aperture with respect to tissue. Bending an offset aperture about axis L W  may allow a physician to position an offset aperture with respect to tissue for threading a suture through an offset aperture. Axis L W  may be tangential to inner circumference  3420  and tangential to inner circumference  3407 . 
       FIG. 3400  shows that within space  3423 , a first length of outer perimeter  3417  around offset aperture  3405  may be positioned convexly opposing a second length  3415  of outer perimeter  3413 .  FIG. 34  also shows that arc  3409  may be positioned convexly opposing a length of inner circumference  3406  surrounding offset aperture  3405 . Surgical washer  3400  may include solid material  3402  between convexly opposing arcs. 
       FIG. 35  shows illustrative surgical washer  3500 . Surgical washer  3500  may include central aperture  3501 . Central aperture  3501  may receive an anchor that presses surgical washer  3500  between a head of the anchor and an outside surface of the bone. Surgical washer  3500  may spread pressure applied by a head of the anchor over a surface area of surgical washer  3500 . 
     An inner circumference  3515  of central aperture  3501  may define a first plane. An outer perimeter of surgical washer  3500  may define a second plane. The first plane may be spaced apart from the second plane. 
     Surgical washer  3500  may include offset apertures  3503 ,  3505 ,  3507 ,  3509 ,  3511 , and  3513 . Outer perimeter  3502  may define height h g  of washer  3500 . Movability of an offset aperture relative to the central aperture may be determined based on height h g . A value of height h g  relative to outer perimeter  3502  may define a space between two offset apertures. For example, outer perimeter  3502  may define space  3519  between offset apertures  3505  and  3503 . 
     An offset aperture may be defined by an inner perimeter of the offset aperture. An inner perimeter may be circular, oblong, hexagonal or any other suitable shape. For example, offset aperture  3511  is defined by inner perimeter  3517 . 
       FIG. 36  shows illustrative surgical washer  3600 . Surgical washer  3600  may include central aperture  3601 . Surgical washer may include offset apertures  3603 ,  3605 ,  3607 ,  3609  and  3611  positioned around central aperture  3601 . 
       FIG. 36  shows that two adjacent offset apertures may be spaced apart by groove  3613 . Groove  3613  may have height h g . Groove  3613  may have width w g . Movability of an offset aperture may be determined based on h g  and w g . For example, if solid material reduces h g  and/or w g  and offset aperture may be less moveable. 
       FIG. 37  shows illustrative apparatus  3700 . Apparatus  3700  may include an illustrative surgical washer positioned on an anchor. The anchor may include threaded shaft  3701 . The anchor may include head  3705 . The anchor may include cannula  3707 . Cannula  3707  may allow the anchor to slide over a fixation element. Threaded shaft  3701  passes through a central aperture of the surgical washer. The surgical washer also may include offset aperture  3703 . Sutures may be threaded through offset aperture  3703 . 
       FIG. 38  shows illustrative apparatus  3800 . Apparatus  3800  may include surgical washer  3802  abutting head  3815  of anchor  3807 . Surgical washer  3802  may include offset apertures such as offset aperture  3813 . Adjacent offset apertures may be spaced apart from each other by groove  3801 . Groove  3801  is shallower than groove  3613  (shown in  FIG. 36 ). Thus, offset apertures in surgical washer  3600  may be more deformable than offset apertures of surgical washer  3802 . Offset apertures of surgical washer  3802  may not be bendable. 
     Groove  3801  may be defined based on any suitable feature of surgical washer  3802 . For example, groove  3801  may be defined by one or more arcs. For example, groove  3801  may be defined based on arc  3809 . Arc  3809  may in turn be defined by chord  3811 . 
     Groove  3801  may be defined based on empty space between two adjacent and opposing arcs. For example, groove  3801  may be defined based on empty space between arc  3805  and opposing arc  3804  of an adjacent offset aperture. 
     Surgical washer  3802  may include a mid-section that extends between a circumference of a central aperture and an outer perimeter of the washer. The mid-section may be curved. For example, apparatus  3800  shows a surgical washer that is convex when positioned abutting head  3815  and viewed from head  3815  looking down a threaded shaft of anchor  3807 . Thus, when washer  3802  is buttressed (in the orientation shown in  FIG. 38 ) against a bone by anchor  3807 , the curved mid-section spaces head  3815  apart from an outer surface of the bone. When washer  3802  is buttressed (in the orientation shown in  FIG. 38 ) against a bone by anchor  3807 , the curved mid-section spaces a rim (not shown) around central aperture of washer  3802  apart from an outer surface of the bone. 
     A curved mid-section may flatten out before the outer perimeter of the washer. A curved mid-section may flatten out before the circumference of the central aperture. A flattened-out region of a mid-section may form a flange for dispersing pressure applied to a head of an anchor. A flattened-out region of a mid-section may form a flanged outer skirt that encircles a surgical washer. 
       FIG. 39  shows illustrative apparatus  3900 . Apparatus  3900  may include surgical washer  3902  and anchor  3905 . Surgical washer  3902  may include a curved mid-section.  FIG. 39  shows washer  3902  positioned such that when surgical washer  3902  abuts head  3903  of anchor  3905  the curved mid-section is concave, when viewed from a head  3903  looking down a threaded shaft of anchor  3905 . 
     Surgical washer  3902  may be oriented on anchor  3905  as surgical washer  3802  is oriented on anchor  3807  (shown in  FIG. 38 ). Surgical washer  3802  may be oriented on anchor  3807  (shown in  FIG. 38 ) as surgical washer  3902  is oriented on anchor  3905 . 
     When washer  3902  is buttressed (in the orientation shown in  FIG. 39 ) against a bone by anchor  3905 , the curved mid-section spaces offset aperture  3901  (and outer perimeter of washer  3902 ) apart from an outer surface of the bone. Spacing offset aperture apart from the outer surface of the bone may allow sutures to be more easily threaded through the offset aperture than if the mid-section was planar. 
     When washer  3902  is buttressed (in the orientation shown in  FIG. 39 ) against a bone by anchor  3905 , a rim of a central aperture of washer  3902  may be pressed against an outer surface of the bone. 
       FIG. 40  shows illustrative view  4000  of apparatus  3800  (shown in  FIG. 38 ).  FIG. 40  shows that a central aperture of washer  3802  may define first plane  4005 . An outer perimeter of washer  3802  may define second plane  4007 . A flanged or flattened out region of a mid-section of washer  3802  may define second plane  4007 . 
     View  4000  shows that first plane  4005  is spaced apart from second plane  4007  by distance  4011 . In operation, when anchor  3807  buttresses washer  3802  against an outer surface of a bone, distance  4011  may space head  3815  apart from the outer surface of the bone. First plane  4005  may be substantially parallel to second plane  4007 . 
       FIG. 41  shows illustrative view  4100  of apparatus  3900  (shown in  FIG. 39 ).  FIG. 41  shows that a central aperture of washer  3902  may define first plane  4107 . An outer perimeter of washer  3902  may define second plane  4103 . A flanged or flattened out region of a mid-section of washer  3902  may define second plane  4013 . 
     View  4100  shows that first plane  4107  is spaced apart from second plane  4103  by distance  4105 . In operation, when anchor  3905  buttresses washer  3902  against an outer surface of a bone, distance  4105  may space head  3903  apart from the outer surface of the bone. First plane  4107  may be substantially parallel to second plane  4103 . 
       FIG. 42  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  4200 .  FIG. 42  shows implant  4207  being rotated around implant shaft axis L TS . Implant shaft axis L TS  may be an implant central axis. Implant  4207  may be rotated to seat implant  4207  within bone  4201 . Implant  4207  may be rotated to incorporate bone matter into implant head of implant  4207 . Implant  4207  may be rotated by handle  2400 . Handle  2400  may be coupled to an end of implant shaft  4203 . 
     Scenario  4200  shows jig  4211  positioned on bone  4201 . Scenario  4200  shows fixation elements  4213  that releasably couple jig  4211  to bone  4210 . When bone  4201  is fractured, one or more of fixation elements  4213  may be inserted into segments of bone  4201 . Fixation elements  4213  may be used to position the segments and provisionally reduce the fracture. Scenario  4200  shows targeting wire  4215 . Jig  4211  may be positioned on bone  4201  based on an anatomical landmark on bone  4201 . Proper positioning of target wire  4215  in bone  4201  may be verified by fluoroscopy or other imaging techniques. 
     Target wire  4215  may be positioned such that a tip of target wire  4215  positioned in bone  4210  is positioned at a target site. Target wire  4215  may be positioned such that a tip of target wire  4215  positioned in bone  4210  defines end  4217  of an implantation region for implant  4207 . Implant  4207  may include tail  4205 . Tail  4205  may be affixed to implant shaft  4203 . Implant shaft  4203  may be used to manipulate implant  4207  after implant  4207  is deployed inside bone  4201 . 
     Implant shaft  4203  may define a longitudinal axis L TS . End  4217  of the implantation region may be at intersection of the proximal end of targeting wire  4215  and longitudinal axis L TS . 
       FIG. 43  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  4300 . Scenario  4300  shows implant  4311  deployed in an implantation region of bone  4313 . Implant  4311  may include tail  4315 . Tail  4315  may include opposing clearance holes (not shown) for receiving anchor  4309 . Anchor  4309  may be positioned in clearance holes by apparatus  3000  (shown in  FIG. 30 ). 
     Tail  4315  may be affixed to implant shaft  4307 . A beveled end  4308  of implant shaft  4307  may fit onto or mate with the beveled end of tail  4315 . Beveled end  4308  may include one or more fingers  4317 . A finger such as  4317  may fit onto an indentation in an outer surface of tail  4315 . 
     Tail  4315  may include an internally threaded segment (threads not shown). Implant shaft  4307  may include flange  4319 . Flange  4319  is positioned inside the hollow implant shaft. Flange  4319  may be positioned at a proximal end of a non-beveled segment of implant shaft  4307 . 
     Scenario  4300  shows locking screw  4305  inside implant shaft  4307 . Locking screw  4305  may include a threaded segment (not shown) that slides past flange  4319  when locking screw  4305  is inserted into implant shaft  4307 . Locking screw may include a shoulder (not shown) that abuts flange  4319  when locking screw  4305  is inserted into implant shaft  4307  and threadedly engages the internally threaded segment of tail  4315 . 
     When locking screw  4305  threadedly engages the internally threaded segment of tail  4315 , locking screw  4305  axially locks implant shaft  4307  to tail  4315 . Implant shaft  4307  may include one or more fingers  4317  protruding from beveled end  4307 . Tail  4315  may include one or more indentations that are configured to mate with one or more fingers  4317 . When locking screw  4305  threadedly engages tail  4315 , one or more of fingers  4317  mate with the one or more indentations of tail  4315 . When the one or more fingers  4317  mate with the indentations, implant shaft  4307  may be rotational fixed with respect to tail  4317 . 
     Locking screw  4305  may be cannulated. A cannulated locking screw may allow a driver to be inserted through implant shaft  4307 , through locking screw  4305 , through tail  4315  and engage a locking mechanism of implant  4311 . The locking mechanism of implant  4311  may include a screw that locks a shape of implant  4311 . Rotating the locking mechanism inside implant  4311  may collapse implant  4311 . Collapsing implant  4311  may allow implant  4311  to be removed from bone  4313 . 
     When inserted into implant shaft  4307 , head  4303  of driver  4301  may be used to turn locking screw  4305 . Driver  4301  may be used to disengage locking screw from tail  4315 . Disengaging locking screw  4305  from tail  4315  may allow implant shaft  4307  to be removed from tail  4315 . Flange  4319  may prevent locking screw  4305  from falling out of implant shaft  4307  when implant shaft  4307  is removed from tail  4315 . 
       FIG. 44  shows illustrative driver  4400 . Driver  4400  may be used to rotate locking screw  4305  when locking screw  4305  is inside implant shaft  4307 . Driver  4400  may include shaft  4301 . Driver  4400  may include head  4303 . Head may have a hexagonal shape or any other suitable shape for rotating locking screw  4305  (shown in  FIG. 43 ). 
       FIG. 45  shows illustrative implant  4500  implanted in bone B. In  FIG. 45 , screws  4509  are shown anchoring implant head  4507  to bone B. Some of screws  4509  may have washers  4513  coupled to heads of screws  4509 . In  FIG. 45 , screw  4515  is shown passing through a first hole in implant tail  4503 . Distal screw  4517  is shown passing through a second hole in implant tail  4503 . 
       FIG. 45  illustrates possible trajectories of screws and washers passing through implant  4500 . The trajectories may be used to address fracture patterns. The trajectories may be used to provide fixation and stability to bone B for facilitating bone healing. 
       FIG. 45  shows illustrative indentation  4502 . Indentation  4502  may be configured to mate with a finger  4317  on beveled end  4307  of implant shaft  4307 . 
       FIG. 46  shows illustrative implant  4600  implanted in bone B. In  FIG. 46 , screws  4611  are shown anchoring implant head  4615  to bone B. Screws  4603  are shown anchoring implant tail  4613  to plate  4601  and to bone B. Screw  4605  is shown anchoring plate  4601  to bone B. Plate  4601  may provide buttress support to bone B. 
       FIG. 47  shows illustrative implant  4700  implanted in bone B.  FIG. 47  shows a plurality of screws anchoring implant head  4721  to bone B, anchoring both plate  4701  and implant head  4721  to bone B, anchoring implant tail and plate  4701  to bone B, and anchoring plate  4701  to bone B. One or more of the screws may include a washer  4725 . 
       FIG. 48  shows illustrative plate  4800 . Plate  4800  may define target hole  4811 . Plate  4800  may define suture holes  4801 . Plate  4800  may define screw holes  4813  and screw holes  4809 . Plate  4800  may define slot  4815  and slot  4825 . Slot  4815  and slot  4825  may be sized to engage a head of a screw. A screw advanced through one of slot  4815  and slot  4825  may be advanced through the plate at a range of angles relative to a plate longitudinal axis. Slot  4815  and slot  4825  may both be circumscribed by plate  4800 . Plate  4800  may define a plurality of holes  4817  sized for receiving fixation elements. 
     Plate  4800  may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not shown). 
     Plate  4800  may define opening  4827 . Opening  4827  may define indicators  4823  and indicators  4821 . 
     Plate  4800  may have a bottom surface. The bottom surface may complement a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  4827  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole  4811  may point to the target site. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, indicators  4823  may register to a first access position on the bone for accessing the target site. The first access position may be an access position for an implant having a first length. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, indicators  4821  may register to a second access position on the bone for accessing the target site. The second access position may be an access position for an implant having a second length. The first length may be different from the second length. 
     When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, screw holes  4813  and screw holes  4809  may point to an implant head. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a screw advanced slot  4825  may engage an implant tail. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a screw advanced through slot  4815  may engage an implant tail. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour and an implant is expanded at the target site, a screw advanced through slot  4815  may engage an implant head. 
     Slots  4815  and  4825  may be used for guiding a screw through plate  4800  and into an implant. Slots  4815  and  4825  may provide a physician with a range of access angles for driving the screw through slots  4815  and  4825  and into an implant. One or both of slots  4815  and  4825  may include one or more ridges. Each ridge may extend around the slot. One or more ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. 
       FIG. 49  shows illustrative plate  4900 . Plate  4900  may define suture holes  4901 . Plate  4900  may define screw holes  4909 , screw hole  4917  and screw hole  4919 . Plate  4900  may define opening  4915 . Plate  4900  may define a plurality of holes  4911  for receiving fixation elements. Plate  4900  may define target hole  4907 . Plate  4900  may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not shown). 
     Plate  4900  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  4915  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. When the bone surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole  4907  may point to the target site. 
     Plate  4900  may define slot  4913 . Slot  4913  may extend away from opening  4915 . Slot  4913  may be partially circumscribed by plate  4900 . Slot  4913  may include one or more ridges. Each ridge defined by slot  4813  may extend around slot  4913 . The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. 
     Slot  4913  may be used for guiding a screw through plate  4900  and into an implant. Slot  4913  may provide a physician with a range of access angles for driving the screw through slot  4913  and into an implant. 
       FIG. 50  shows illustrative plate  5000 . Plate  5000  may define target hole  5003 . Plate  5000  may define screw hole  5001 , screw hole  5005 , screw hole  5009  and screw hole  5011 . Plate  5000  may define a plurality of holes  5007  for receiving fixation elements. Plate  5000  may define suture holes  5017 . Plate  5000  may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not shown). 
     Plate  5000  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  5013  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, target hole  5003  may point to the target site. 
     Plate  5000  may define slot  5015  extending away from opening  5013 . Slot  5015  may be used for guiding a screw through plate  5000  and into an implant. Slot  5015  may provide a physician with a range of access angles for driving the screw through opening  5015  and into an implant. Slot  5015  may include one or more ridges. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. 
     The bottom surface of plate  5000  may conform to a surface contour of a left humerus. A proximal end of the plate (including screw holes  5005 ) may be shaped to cover a greater area of a greater tuberosity of the left humerus compared to plate  4800 . 
       FIG. 51  shows illustrative apparatus  5100 . Illustrative apparatus  5100  may include first plate  5101  and second plate  5103 . 
     First plate  5101  may define suture holes  5113 . First plate  5101  may include one or more slots for receiving sutures (not shown). First plate  5101  may define target hole  5117 . First plate  5101  may define screw holes  5118  and screw hole  5121 . First plate  5101  may define a plurality of holes  5119  for receiving fixation elements. 
     First plate  5101  may define opening  5109 . Second plate  5103  may be positioned in opening  5109 . Second plate  5103  may be releasably coupled to first plate  5101  by screw  5105 . Second plate  5103  may define opening  5107 . 
     First plate  5101  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  5109  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. When an implant is implanted through the access hole and into the bone, a tail of the implant may be positioned in opening  5109 . When the implant is implanted into the bone, a tail of the implant may also be positioned in opening  5107 . Plate  5103  may be positioned in opening  5109  after the implant is implanted into the bone. The positioning may include positioning an implant shaft in opening  5107  and sliding plate  5103  along the implant shaft and onto plate  5101 . 
     Each of plates  4800 ,  4900 , and  5100  may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface of each of the plates may conform to a surface contour of a right bone and a left bone. The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a right proximal humerus and a left proximal humerus. Each of plates  4800 ,  4900 , and  5100  may define a first bottom surface and a second bottom surface. The first bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a right proximal humerus. The second bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a left proximal humerus. The first bottom surface and the second bottom surface may define the same bottom surface. The first bottom surface may be different from the second bottom surface. A physician may use plate  4800 , plate  4900 , or plate  5100  for providing therapy to either a right humerus or a left humerus. 
     One or more of the screw holes defined by each of plates  4800 ,  4900 ,  5000  and  5100  may be threaded. Threaded screw holes may be shaped to receive screws having threaded heads. Threaded screw holes may provide a locking construct between the plates and the screws. 
       FIG. 52  shows illustrative plate  5200 . Plate  5200  may define screw hole  5217 , slot  5215  and screw hole  5213 . Plate  5200  may include top face  5201 . Plate  5200  may include bottom face  5203 . Plate  5200  may define opening  5205 . Tube  5209  may extend away from opening  5205 . Tube  5209  may extend away from opening  5205  at an angle oblique to a longitudinal axis of plate  5200 . Tube  5209  may include groove  5211 . 
     Tube  5209  may have an inner diameter. Tube  5209  may have an inner diameter slightly larger than a diameter of an implant tail. 
     After an implant has been implanted in a bone, bottom face  5203  of plate  5200  may be placed on a surface of bone. Placement of bottom surface  5203  of plate  5200  on a bone may include coaxially mounting tube  5209  onto an implant tail of the implant. Placement of plate  5200  on a bone may include sliding plate  5200  along the implant tail until bottom face  5203  of plate  5200  is seated on a surface of the bone. Slot  5215  and groove  5211  may facilitate the coupling of the implant tail to plate  5200  by defining an opening through which a screw may pass through slot  5215  and groove  5211  and into a bore defined by the implant tail. 
       FIG. 53  shows illustrative plate  5300 . Plate  5300  may define screw hole  5315  and screw hole  5313 . Plate  5300  may include a top face  5301 . Plate  5300  may include bottom face  5305 . Plate  5300  may define opening  5307 . Tube  5309  may extend away from opening  5307 . Tube  5309  may extend away from opening  5307  at an angle oblique to a longitudinal axis of plate  5300 . Tube  5309  may include groove  5311 . Groove  5311  may facilitate the coupling of an implant tail to plate  5300  by providing an opening through which a screw may pass into a bore defined by an implant tail. A screw passed through groove  5311  and into an implant tail may couple tube  5309  and plate  5300  to the implant tail. 
       FIG. 54  shows illustrative plate  5400 . Plate  5400  may define screw hole  5407  and slot  5405 . Plate  5400  may include protrusion  5401 . Protrusion  5401  may be internally threaded with threads  5403 . 
       FIG. 55  shows illustrative apparatus  5500 . Illustrative apparatus  5500  may include plate  5400  and bushing  5501 . Bushing  5501  may be externally threaded with threads  5505 . Bushing  5501  may define opening  5503 . 
     In  FIG. 55 , bushing  5501  is screwed onto a portion of threads  5403 . Bushing  5501  may be referred to herein as a first externally threaded tube. 
       FIG. 56  shows illustrative apparatus  5600 . Illustrative apparatus  5600  may include plate  5400  and bushing  5601 . Bushing  5605  may be referred to herein as a second externally threaded tube. 
     Bushing  5601  may be externally threaded with threads  5603 . Bushing  5601  may define opening  5605 . 
     A method for preparing a bone for implantation of an implant may include placing plate  5400  on a surface of the bone. The method may include anchoring plate  5400  to the bone by driving a screw through screw hole  5407  and/or slot  5405 . The method may include screwing bushing  5501  into threads  5403 . The method may include inserting a drill through opening  5503  to create an access hole. The method may include inserting a cavity preparation device through opening  5503  to prepare a cavity in the bone. The method may include passing an implant in an unexpanded form through opening  5503  and into the cavity. The method may include unscrewing bushing  5501  from plate  5400  after the implant is implanted in the cavity. The method may include supporting the implant after implantation. The method may include screwing bushing  5601  into threads  5403 . Screwing bushing  5401  into the inner threaded portion of plate  5400  may coaxially mount opening  5605  around a tail of the implant. Bushing  5601  may be placed on an implant shaft of the implant and slid along the implant shaft towards the bone surface. The implant shaft may be removed from an implant tail after bushing  5601  is coupled to plate  5400 . 
       FIG. 57  shows illustrative plate  5700 . Plate  5700  may define screw holes  5709 , slot  5707 , slot  5703  and slot  5701 . Plate  5700  may define opening  5705 . When plate  5700  is placed on a bone, an access hole may be prepared in an area on the bone defined by opening  5705 . 
     One of more of slot  5707 , slot  5703  and slot  5701  may include one or more ridges. The ridges may engage a head of a screw. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. 
     Plate  5700  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  5705  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. 
       FIG. 58  shows illustrative plate  5800 . Plate  5800  may define suturing holes  5815 . Plate  5800  may define target hole  5811 . Plate  5800  may define screw hole  5809 , slot  5807  and slot  5801 . One or both of slot  5807  and slot  5801  may include one or more ridges. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. Plate  5811  may define holes  5813 . Holes  5813  may be internally threaded. Holes  5813  may be internally threaded for receiving a bushing. The bushing may be sized for receiving a fixation element. Holes  5813  may be sized to receive a fixation element. 
     Plate  5800  may define opening  5803 . When plate  5800  is placed on a bone B, an access hole may be prepared in an area of the bone defined by opening  5803 . 
     Plate  5800  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  5803  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. 
       FIG. 59  shows illustrative plate  5900 . Plate  5900  may define suture holes  5913 . Plate  5900  may include one or more slots for receiving sutures. Plate  5900  may define screw hole  5911 , slot  5907  and slot  5901 . One or both of slot  5907  and slot  5901  may include one or more ridges. The ridges may act as a locking feature for a screw. Plate  5900  may define opening  5903 . 
     Screw hole  5911  may be tapered. Slot  5907  may be tapered. Slot  5901  may be tapered. 
     Plate  5900  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  5903  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, an access hole may be prepared in an area of the bone defined by opening  5903 . The access hole may be used to access a target site in the interior of the bone. 
       FIG. 60  shows a bottom view of illustrative jig  6000 . Jig  6000  may define slot  6003  sized for receiving a screw. Jig  6000  may define opening  6001  for accessing a surface of a bone through the jig. Opening  6001  may be sized to provide clearance for an implant. Jig may define screw holes  6007 . Screw holes  6007  may be used by a practitioner to guide screws into a head of an expanded implant. Jig  6000  may define target hole  6015 . Jig  6000  may define positioning hole  6013 . Jig  6000  may include slot  6005  sized for receiving a screw. 
     Jig  6000  may include recess  6009 . Recess  6009  may be sized to receive a plate. A plate may be positioned in recess  6009 . 
     Jig  6000  may have a bottom surface complementing a surface contour of a bone. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily against the surface contour, opening  6001  may define an area on the bone for preparing an access hole for accessing a target site in the bone. 
       FIG. 61  shows a side view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 60 .  FIG. 61  shows guide  6101  included in jig  6000 . Guide  6101  may extend away from opening  6001 . Guide  6101  may receive one or more bushings. Exemplary bushings that may be received by guide  6101  include bushings  7015 ,  7017 ,  7019  or  7021  (shown in  FIG. 70 ). One or more devices may be inserted through guide  6101 , through opening  6111  and into a bone. 
     Guide  6101  may receive a fixation element. Guide  6101  may receive a drill. Guide  6101  may receive a cavity preparation device. Guide  6101  may receive an implant. Guide  6101  may receive a bushing sized to receive a fixation element. Guide  6101  may receive a bushing sized to receive a drill. Guide  6101  may receive a bushing sized to receive a cavity preparation device. Guide  6101  may receive a bushing sized to receive an implant. 
     Guide  6101  may define central axis G c . When the bottom surface is jig  6000  is seated complementarily against the surface contour, central axis G c  may point towards a target site. When the bottom surface is jig  6000  is seated complementarily against the surface contour, central axis G c  may point in a direction that does not transect the target site. 
     Guide  6101  may define guide opening  6103 . 
       FIG. 62  shows a top view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 60 . 
       FIG. 63  shows illustrative jig  6309 . Jig  6309  may be releasably coupled to bone B by distal screw  6313 . Distal screw  6313  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507  (illustrated in  FIG. 65 ). Fixation elements  6315  may pass through jig  6309  and into an interior of bone B. Fixation element  6317  may pass through positioning hole  6319  defined by jig  6309 . 
     Jig  6309  may define slot  6302 . In operation, slot  6302  may be used by a practitioner to pass a screw into a tail of an expanded implant (not shown). Each of bushing  6321  and bushing  6322  may be releasably coupled to a screw hole defined by jig  6309 . Each of bushings  6321  may be used to guide a screw through jig  6309  and into an interior of bone B. When a screw is positioned in bone B, a bushing used to drive the screw into bone B may be removed. 
     Jig  6309  may include guide  6311 . Illustrative drill  6301  may be inserted through guide  6311 . Drill  6301  may include demarcations  6307 . Tip  6323  of drill  6301  may be advanced to a target site in bone B. Drill  6301  may be used to prepare an access hole in bone B. 
       FIG. 64  shows a different view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 63 . In  FIG. 64 , illustrative plate  6401  is positioned in a recess defined by jig  6309 . 
       FIG. 65  shows illustrative jig  6501  seated on bone B. Fixation elements  6509  pass through holes defined by jig  6501  and into bone B. Fixation element  6511  passes through a positioning hole located on jig  6501 . A distal end of jig  6501  is releasably coupled to bone B by distal screw  6507 . 
     Distal screw  6507  may be a removable screw. Distal screw  6507  may be a non-locking screw. Distal screw  6507  may be inserted through plate  6502  coupled to a bottom of jig  6501  and into bone B. Distal screw  6507  may be inserted through plate  6502  and into bone B during preliminary reduction of bone B. Distal screw  6507  may be used to stabilize bone B. Distal screw  6507  may be used to position plate  6502  onto bone B. Distal screw  6507  may be removed from bone B after reduction is obtained. Distal screw  6507  may be replaced with a screw such a locking screw after an implant is implanted in bone B. Distal screw  6507  may have a length longer than a length of the screw. 
     Jig  6501  includes guide  6503 . Insert  6515  is shown inserted into guide  6503 . Insert  6517  is nested within a lumen defined by insert  6515 . Insert  6515  may be sized to receive a drill, cavity preparation device and an implant. Insert  6515  may define a first insert central axis. The insert central axis may point towards a target site. Insert  6517  may be sized to receive a fixation element. Fixation element  6519  is shown passing through insert  6517  and into bone B. Tip  6521  of fixation element  6519  is positioned at a target site in bone B. Insert  6517  may define a second insert central axis. The second insert central axis may be coaxial with the first insert central axis. The second insert central axis may point to the target site. Insert  6517  may guide a target wire to the target site. Insert  6515  may guide one or more of a drill, cavity preparation device and an implant to the target site. 
     Screws  6505  are shown passing through jig  6501 . Screws  6505  may releasably couple jig  6501  with a plate positioned under jig  6501  (not shown). 
       FIG. 66  shows a perspective view of apparatus illustrated in  FIGS. 63 and 64 . Distal screw  6313  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . 
       FIG. 67  shows an outline of illustrative implants  6703 ,  6705  and  6707  positioned in a central location in an interior of bone B. Bone B may be a humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define central axis B c . 
     In  FIG. 67 , a proximal end of each of implants  6703 ,  6705  and  6707  is positioned at target site  6701 . Each of implants  6703 ,  6705  and  6707  has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants  6703 ,  6705  and  6707  defines a unique central axis. Implant  6707  defines central axis  6709 . Implant  6705  defines central axis  6711 . Implant  6703  defines central axis  6713 . As shown in  FIG. 67 , a tail of each of implants  6703 ,  6705  and  6707  extends through a surface of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B for deployment at target site  6701 . 
     When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for implanting at target site  6701  in bone B, each sized implant may require preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B. 
       FIG. 68  shows an outline of illustrative implants  6803 ,  6805  and  6807  positioned in an interior of bone B. Bone B may be a humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define a central axis B c . 
     In  FIG. 68 , a proximal end of each of implants  6803 ,  6805  and  6807  is positioned at target site  6801 . Each of implants  6803 ,  6805  and  6807  has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants  6803 ,  6805  and  6807  defines a unique central axis. Implant  6807  defines central axis  6809 . Implant  6805  defines central axis  6811 . Implant  6803  defines central axis  6813 . As shown in  FIG. 68 , a tail of each of implants  6803 ,  6805  and  6807  extends through a surface of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B for deployment at target site  6801 . 
     When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for implanting at target site  6801  in bone B, each sized implant may require preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B. 
       FIG. 69  shows an outline of illustrative implants  6903 ,  6905  and  6907  positioned in an interior of bone B. Bone B may be a humerus bone. A humeral head of bone B may define a central axis B c . 
     In  FIG. 69 , a proximal end of each of implants  6903 ,  6905  and  6907  is positioned at target site  6901 . Each of implants  6903 ,  6905  and  6907  has a unique length. Additionally, each of implants  6903 ,  6905  and  6907  defines a unique central axis. Implant  6907  defines central axis  6909 . Implant  6905  defines central axis  6911 . Implant  6903  defines central axis  6913 . As shown in  FIG. 69 , a tail of each of implants  6903 ,  6905  and  6907  extends through a surface of bone B at a unique location. Thus, each implant would necessitate preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B for deployment at target site  6901 . 
     When a practitioner is selecting a size of an implant for implanting at target site  6901  in bone B, each sized implant may require preparation of an access hole at a different location on bone B. 
       FIG. 70  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  7001  and jig  7003 . Plate  7001  may be releasably coupled to a bone (not shown) by distal screws  7005 . Distal screws  7005  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . Screw  7023  may releasably couple jig  7003  to plate  7001 . 
     Jig  7003  may define screw hole  7011 . Bushing  7009  may be screwed onto a screw hole defined by jig  7003 . Each of fixation element  7009  and fixation element  7007  may pass through a first hole defined by jig  7003 , through a second hole defined by plate  7001 , and into an interior of a bone (not shown). 
       FIG. 70  shows illustrative insert  7015 , illustrative insert  7017 , illustrative insert  7019  and illustrative insert  7021 . An end of each of the inserts sized to be received by guide  7013  may define an outer shape. The outer shape may be sized to fit into an inner surface of guide  7013 . 
       FIG. 71  shows a cross sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 70 . 
     Insert  7015  may include outer shape  7103  and inner lumen  7101 . Insert  7017  may include outer shape  7107  and inner lumen  7105 . Insert  7019  may include outer shape  7111  and inner lumen  7109 . Insert  7021  may include outer shape  7115  and inner lumen  7113 . The inner lumen may have a cylindrical shape. 
     Each of the outer shapes may be sized to fit into an inner surface of guide  7013 . A portion of the outer shapes may define a central axis. The central axis of the outer shapes may be parallel to a central axis of guide  7013 . 
     Each lumen may define a lumen central axis. A lumen central axis defined by each of guides  7015 ,  7017  and  7021  may not be parallel to the central axis of guide  7013 . A lumen central axis defined by guide  7019  may be parallel to the central axis of guide  7013 . 
     When insert  7019  is inserted into guide  7013 , insert  7019  may guide a device along a central axis defined by guide  7013  and into a bone B. When one of inserts  7015 ,  7017  or  7021  are inserted into guide  7013 , apparatus advanced through the inserts may be advanced along an access angle different from the central axis of guide  7013 . The access angle may be the angle defined by the lumen of the insert. A physician may use inserts  7015 ,  7017 ,  7019  and  7021  as apparatus for selecting or modifying an access angle for accessing a bone through an opening defined by plate  7001 . 
     In embodiments where the inner lumen has a cylindrical shape, the inner lumen may be referred to alternatively as an inner cylindrical surface. An inner lumen axis may be referred to alternatively as an insert inner central axis. 
       FIG. 72  shows illustrative apparatus including jig  7201 , plate  7203  and implant  7200 . Plate  7203  may be releasably coupled to a bottom of jig  7201 . 
     In  FIG. 72 , fixation element  7205 , fixation element  72011  and fixation element  7215  may pass through jig  7201  and into an interior of bone B. A hole defined by jig  7201  to receive fixation element  7211  may define a first direction. A hole defined by jig  7201  to receive fixation element  7215  may define a second direction. The second direction may be divergent from the first direction. 
     Fixation element  7207  may pass through a positioning hole defined by jig  7201 . Fixation element  7207  may be seated on a top of a greater tuberosity of bone B. Jig  7201  may include guide  7213 . Shaft  7209  of implant  7200  may extend through guide  7213 . 
       FIG. 73  shows a side view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 72 . 
       FIG. 74  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  7401  and implant  7409 . In  FIG. 74 , implant has been deployed in bone B so that implant tail  7411  is positioned in opening  7403  defined by plate  7401 . 
     Plate  7401  may include screw hole  7405 . Driving a screw through distal screw hole  7405  may releasably couple an end of plate  7401  to bone B. Plate  7401  may define screw holes  7413 . Passing a screw through one of screw holes  7413  may guide the screw through the plate, through a surface of bone B and into an implant head of implant  7409 . In  FIG. 74 , fixation elements  7407  are shown passing through plate  7401  and into an interior of bone B. 
       FIG. 75  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  7501 , drill  7517  and drill guide  7509 . 
     Fixation elements  7503  may pass through plate  7501  and into an interior of bone B. Distal screws  7507  may releasably couple a portion of plate  7501  to bone B. Distal screws  7507  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . Drill  7517  may pass through opening  7505  of plate  7501  and drill into bone B. In  FIG. 75 , tip  7519  of drill  7517  is shown advancing along trajectory  7521  in an interior of bone B. 
     Member  7509  may nest into plate  7501 . Opening  7403  of plate  7501  may aide in guiding and stabilizing drill  7517  during penetration of the cortical wall. A skive angle on tube member  7509  may also help facilitate drilling in a desired direction. 
       FIG. 76  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  7601  anchored to implant  7600  and to bone B. 
     Screws  7615  may anchor plate  7601  to head  7617  of implant  7600 . Screws  7615  may pass through screw holes defined by plate  7601  and into head  7617 . Screw  7621  may anchor an end of plate  7601  to bone B. Screws  7613  and  7611  may anchor implant tail  7619  to bone B. Implant  7600  may be deployed in bone B so that implant tail  7619  is positioned in opening  7603  defined by plate  7601 . 
     Plate  7601  may define suturing holes  7609  for suturing tissue to plate  7601 . 
       FIG. 77  shows illustrative apparatus including first plate  7705 , second plate  7707  and implant  7700 . 
     In  FIG. 77 , screws  7711  may anchor implant head  7701  to first plate  7705 . Second plate  7707  may be anchored to both first plate  7705  and implant tail  7721  by screw  7715 . Screw  7715  is illustrated as passing through slot  7717  defined by second plate  7707 . Second plate is anchored to first plate  7705  and bone B by screw  7719 . 
     Second plate  7707  may define opening  7709 . Tube  7703  may extend away from opening  7709 . Tube  7703  may be coaxially mounted on tail  7721 . Placing second plate  7707  on first plate  7705  may coaxially mount tube  7703  onto tail  7721 . 
       FIG. 78  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  7811 , first jig  7815  and second jig  7809 . Plate  7811  may be releasably coupled to bone B by distal screw  7805 . Distal screw  7805  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . Fixation elements  7807  may pass through first jig  7815  and into bone B. Fixation elements  7817  may pass through second jig  7809  and into bone B. 
     In  FIG. 78 , illustrative drill  7801  is shown advanced through guide  7803  included in second jig  7809  and into bone B. Tip  7813  of drill  7801  is shown positioned at a target site for implanting an implant in bone B. 
       FIG. 79  shows a side view of a portion of the apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 78   
       FIG. 80  shows a top view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 78 . In  FIG. 80 , fixation element  8001  is shown passing through a positioning hole defined by first jig  7815 . Fixation element  8001  passes over, and is seated on, a top of a greater tuberosity defined by bone B. In  FIG. 80 , plate  7811  and first jig  7815  are shown positioned on a lateral surface adjacent the bicipital groove. 
       FIG. 81  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  8101  and jig  8103 . Plate may be releasably coupled to bone B by distal screw  8107 . Distal screw  8107  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . Jig  8103  and plate  8101  may be secured to bone B by fixation elements  8105  passing through jig  8103  and into bone B. 
       FIG. 82  shows illustrative apparatus including plate  8201  and jig  8215 . Screw  8217  may releasably couple jig  8215  to plate  8201 . Fixation elements  8219  may releasably couple jig  8215  to bone B. Jig  8215  may include positioning hole  8221 . Jig  8215  may include target wire  8219  passing through a target hole defined by jig  8215 . 
     Plate  8201  may be anchored to bone B by screw  8209 . Distal crew  8209  may be seated in slot  8207 . Distal screw  8209  may have one or more features in common with distal screw  6507 . Plate  8201  may define slot  8213 . A screw may be inserted through hole  8213  after an implant is implanted in bone B. Plate  8201  may define opening  8203 . Opening  8203  may be used for one or more of preparation of an access hole, cavity preparation and implant deployment. 
       FIG. 83  shows illustrative apparatus including illustrative first jig  8305  and illustrative second jig  8322 . Coupling mechanism  8313  may releasably couple second jig  8322  to first jig  8305 . 
     Second jig  8322  may include insert  8319 . Insert  8319  may be inserted into guide  8301 . First bushing  8321  may be placed in insert  8319 . Path  8311  may illustrate an angle and a diameter defined by an inner surface of insert  8319  extending along an inner surface of bone B. Second bushing  8315  may be screwed into a screw hole defined by second jig  8322  (not shown). 
       FIG. 84  shows illustrative apparatus including illustrative plate  8401 , illustrative jig  8403  and illustrative implant  8413 . Implant  8413  may be positioned such that implant tail  8411  is positioned in opening  8405  defined by plate  8401 . 
     Jig  8403  may include a transverse member and a longitudinal member. Plate  8401  may be positioned adjacent jig  8403 . Plate  8401  may be positioned adjacent  8403 . Plate  8401  may not physically contact jig  8403 . 
     Jig  8403  may define a plurality of holes sized receiving fixation elements. Jig  8403  may define a targeting hole and/or a positioning hole. Plate  8401  may define holes sized for receiving fixation elements. Plate  8401  may define holes for receiving screws. Plate  8401  may be placed on the bone after jig  8403  is used to gain access to an interior of the bone. Plate  8401  may be placed on the bone prior to accessing an interior of the bone. 
       FIG. 85  shows illustrative apparatus  8500 . Apparatus  8500  may be used for percutaneous delivery of an implant into bone  8515 . Percutaneous delivery of an implant may utilize a relatively small incision compared to typical surgical techniques for fracture repair. For example, percutaneous delivery may allow for an incision that is smaller in size and less traumatic than a deltopectoral incision or a deltoid split incision. 
     Percutaneous implant delivery using apparatus  8500  includes apparatus such as implant delivery base  8501  and plate  8509 . Implant delivery base  8501  and plate  8509  may be positioned underneath the skin (on the bone surface) during the implantation procedure. Percutaneous implant delivery may also utilize apparatus such as reduction device  8505 . Reduction device  8505  may be moved along post  8503 . Reduction device  8505  may be moved along post  8503  to be positioned on the skin during the implantation procedure. Reduction device  8515  may be releasably coupled to post  8503 . Reduction device  8515  may be secured to post  8503  after implant delivery base  8501  is positioned on bone  8515 . 
     Reduction device  8505  may direct one or more fixation elements  8510 , from a location above the skin, to a desired location in an interior of bone  8515 . Bone  8515  may be obscured by skin and soft tissue during the procedure. After placing implant delivery base  8501  on a bone, a practitioner may assess the placement. A practitioner may assess the placement by driving fixation elements  8510  into a bone and confirming the position of fixation elements  8510  in the interior. If fixation elements  8510  are placed in a desirable location, the practitioner may further reduce a bone fracture of bone  8515  and prepare to initiate an access hole in the bone through the channel. If fixation elements are not placed in a desirable location, the practitioner may remove fixation elements  8510  from the bone and reposition reduction device  8505  on the surface. When the bone is a proximal humerus, the desirable placement location in the bone may be a calcar region. 
     Reduction jig  8505  may define holes  8517 . The holes may be sized to receive fixation elements. The holes may point into the interior of bone  8515  but not into an implantation region of an implant. 
     Plate  8509  may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface may conform to a contour of bone  8515 . Implant delivery base  8501  may define a bottom surface. The bottom surface may conform to a contour of bone  8515 . 
     Implant delivery base  8501  may include top surface  8521 . Top surface  8521  may define two bores. Each bore may extend through an interior of implant delivery base  8501 . Fixation elements  8510  are shown extending through the bores. Fixation elements  8510  may releasably couple apparatus  8500  to bone  8515 . 
     Implant delivery base  8501  may define channel  8507 . Channel  8507  may extend through implant delivery base  8501  at an angle oblique to an implant delivery base bottom surface. Channel  8507  may be configured to receive bushing  8513 . 
     Implant delivery base  8501  may define a bottom surface (not shown). The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of bone  8515 . The bottom surface may conform to a portion of a top face of plate  8509 . Implant delivery base  8501  may be coupled to plate  8509  by any suitable coupling mechanism, such as a screw mechanism, a snap fit mechanism, or any other coupling mechanism known to those skilled in the art. 
     When apparatus  8500  is seated complementarily on the surface contour, a central axis defined by channel  8507  may point to a target site. When the bottom surface is seated complementarily on the surface contour, a central axis defined by bushing  8515  may point to a target site. Implant delivery base  8501  may conform to a portion of a top surface of plate  8509 . Implant delivery base  8501  may include a recess shaped to receive plate  8509 . 
     Post  8503  may be fixedly attached to implant delivery base  8501 . Post  8503  may be releasably coupled to implant delivery base  8501 . Post  8503  may be secured to implant delivery base  8501  after implant delivery base  8501  is positioned on bone  8515 . 
     Reduction jig  8505  may be slidably affixed to post  8503 . In operation, a physician may position reduction device  8505  on the surface of the skin above bone  8515  after apparatus  8500  is seated complementarily on a surface contour of bone  8515 . Reduction jig  8505  may be adjustable along post  8503 . Reduction jig  8505  may slidable to account for differences in anatomy of patients. For example, different patients may have different thicknesses of soft tissue between a surface of bone  8515  and the patient&#39;s skin. 
     One or more of fixation elements  8510  may be driven through holes  8517  in reduction device  8505  to hold segments of a fracture together. Holes in reduction device  8505  may be perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of bone  8515 . Holes that are perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of bone  8505  may allow reduction device  8505  to be moved along post  8503  in order to position reduction device  8505  on the skin of a patient. Holes in reduction device  8505  may transect reduction device  8505  at right angles. Holes that are transect reduction jig at right angles may allow reduction device  8505  to be moved along post  8503  in order to position reduction device  8505  on the skin of a patient. 
     Reduction jig  8505  may include groove  8520 . Groove  8520  may be sized to provide clearance for an anchoring guide to guide a screw into the bone or into a plate positioned on the bone. Groove  8520  may be sized to provide clearance for driving a target wire into bone  8515 . Groove  8520  may allow apparatus  8500  to be positioned relative to the target wire. Targeting apparatus (such as the targeting apparatus shown in  FIG. 12  or the targeting apparatus shown in  FIG. 11 ) may be used to position the target wire. 
     After making the incision, a physician may slip plate  8509  into the incision and position plate  8509  onto the surface of bone  8515 . Implant delivery base  8501  may be coupled to the plate prior to the plate being positioned on the bone. Implant delivery base  8501  may be coupled to the plate after the plate is positioned on the bone. Fixation elements  8510  may be driven through implant delivery base  8501  to secure it to bone  8515 . Fixation elements  8510  may be used to reduce a fracture of bone  8515  (not shown). Reduction device  8505  may be coupled to post  8505 . Reduction device may be seated on skin extending around the incision. Fixation elements  8510  may be driven through reduction device  8505  to reduce the fracture of bone  8515 . Fixation elements  8510  may target specific anatomical locations such as a calcar region of the humerus. One or more fixation elements may be driven through aperture  8519 . A threaded K-wire with a nut may be driven through aperture  8519  and used to provide compressional force to the bone. 
     After stabilizing the fracture, bushing  8513  may be inserted into channel  8507 . Any fixation elements positioned in aperture  8519  may be removed from the bone. Bushing  8513  may be fixedly attached to guide  8507 . Bushing  8513  may be inserted into guide  8507 . 
     A fixation element may be driven through a fixation element bushing (not shown) nested in bushing  8513 . The fixation element may be used to determine if an access angle defined by bushing  8513  is desirable. The fixation element may be used to determine a longitudinal axis of an implantation region where an implant will reside inside bone  8515 . The orientation of the fixation element and, specifically, the location of a tip of the fixation element in the interior of bone  8515  may be verified using fluoroscopy or other imaging techniques. 
     If the position of a tip of the fixation element inserted through guide  8513  is desirable, the fixation element bushing may be removed. The target wire may be replaced with a drill. The target wire may be over drilled with a cannulated drill. After drilling, a cavity inside bone  8509  may be prepared using a cavity preparation device. After preparing the cavity, an implant may be inserted through guide  8513  and advanced towards the target site. When the implant is positioned at the target site, an implant head of the implant may be expanded to form a mesh cage. 
       FIG. 86  shows illustrative apparatus  8600 . Apparatus  8600  may be used for percutaneous delivery of an implant into a bone such as bone  8515  (shown in  FIG. 85 ). Apparatus  8600  may include implant delivery base  8601 . A bottom surface of implant delivery base  8601  may conform to a surface contour of a bone. 
     Apparatus  8600  may include post  8609 . Post  8609  may extend away from top surface  8621  of implant delivery base  8601 . Post  8609  may be releasably coupled to implant delivery base  8601 . Post  8609  may be fixedly attached to implant delivery base  8601 . 
     Apparatus  8600  may include reduction device  8611 . Reduction device  8611  may be slidably coupled to post  8609 . Reduction device  8611  may be removably coupled to post  8609 . Reduction device  8611  may define a plurality of holes for driving fixation elements into a bone. Holes defined by reduction device  8611  may transect reduction device  8611  at a right angle. 
     Implant delivery base  8601  may include slot  8607 . Slot  8607  may facilitate the coupling or insertion of a screw through slot  8607  and into an implant tail after the implant is implanted in an interior of the bone. 
     Percutaneous implant delivery may not utilize a plate such as plate  8509 . After making the incision, a physician may slip implant delivery base  8601  into the incision and seat the bottom surface on the bone. Fixation elements may then be driven through bores  8603  and  8605  and into the bone, coupling implant delivery base  8601  to the bone. Fixation elements may be driven through reduction device  8611  and into the bone. 
     Bushing  8613  may be inserted into a channel defined by implant delivery base  8601 . Bushing  8613  may be fixedly attached to implant delivery base  8601 . When the bottom surface of the implant delivery base is seated complementarily on the surface contour, bushing  8613  may point towards a target site. 
     Reduction device  8611  may define aperture  8615 . Fixation elements may be driven through aperture  8615  and into a bone. Screws may be driven through aperture  8615  and into a bone. Aperture  8615  may allow apparatus  8600  to be positioned over anchors or fixation elements previously inserted into holes in a plate such as plate  8509 . 
       FIG. 87  shows illustrative apparatus  8700 . Apparatus  8700  may include implant delivery base  8701 . Implant delivery base  8701  may be used alone for percutaneous implant delivery. Implant delivery base  8701  may be used with plate  8725  for percutaneous delivery. 
     Implant delivery base  8701  may define channel  8705 . Bushing  8707  may be removably coupled to channel  8705 . Bushing  8707  may be fixedly coupled to channel  8705 . 
     Implant delivery base  8701  may define bores  8709  and  8711 . Bores  8709  and  8711  may extend through the implant delivery base at an angle oblique to a bottom surface of the implant delivery base. Bore  8709  may define a central axis. The central axis may pass through slot  8713  and into a bore defined by a bottom face of implant delivery base  8701 . Bore  8711  may define a central axis. The central axis may pass through a slot (not shown) and into a bore defined by a bottom face of implant delivery base  8701 . 
     Implant delivery base  8701  may include holes  8715 . Holes  8715  may be used to couple implant delivery base  8701  to plate  8725 . Driving a screw or fixation element through holes  8715  and into holes defined by plate  8725  and positioned under holes  8715  may releasably couple implant delivery base  8701  with plate  8725 . 
     Apparatus  8700  may include post  8717  extending away from implant delivery base  8701 . Post  8717  may extend away from top surface  8703  of implant delivery base  8701 . Apparatus  8700  may include reduction device  8719 . Reduction device  8719  may be slidably coupled to post  8717 . Reduction device  8719  may define holes  8723 . Holes  8723  may be sized for receiving fixation elements. Reduction device  8719  may define aperture  8721 . Aperture  8721  may be sized for receiving fixation elements. Aperture  8721  may be sized for receiving screws. Reduction device  8719  may include groove  8720 . 
     Groove  8720  may be sized to provide clearance for an anchoring guide to guide a screw into the bone or into a plate positioned on the bone. Groove  8720  may be sized to provide clearance for driving a target wire into a bone. Groove  8720  may allow apparatus to be positioned relative to the target wire. A targeting apparatus (such as the apparatus shown in  FIG. 12  or the apparatus shown in  FIG. 11 ) may be used to position the target wire. 
       FIG. 88  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  8800 . Apparatus shown in therapeutic scenario  8800  may be used for percutaneous delivery of an implant (not shown) into bone  8515 . Implant delivery base  8819  may be slipped onto a surface of bone  8815  through a relatively small incision. Reduction device  8825  may be slidably engaged with post  8835 . 
     Reduction device may define screw holes  8823 . Screw holes  8823  may correspond to screw holes  8837  defined by implant delivery base  8819 . A central axis one of screw holes  8823  may be coaxial with a central axis of a screw hole defined by implant delivery base  8819 . One or more of screw holes  8823  may be threaded. One or more of screw holes  8823  may not be threaded. Screw holes  8823  may be positioned above screw holes defined by a plate coupled to a bottom surface of implant delivery base  8819  (not shown). 
     Screw holes  8823  may receive a fixation element. Screw holes  8823  may receive a screw. Screw holes  8823  may be receive a bushing sized for receive a fixation element. Screw holes  8823  may receive a bushing sized for receiving a screw. In  FIG. 88 , bushing  8827  and bushing  8831  are positioned in two of screw holes  8823 . 
     In  FIG. 88 , fixation element  8802  is advanced through bushing  8827  and into the interior of bone  8815 . Fixation element  8802  may be a threaded K-wire. Fixation element  8802  may include threaded portion  8806  and threaded tip  8811 . Nut  8801  is positioned on fixation element  8802 . Nut  8801  may be internally threaded. A practitioner may screw nut  8801  onto threaded portion  8802  of fixation element  8802 . Nut  8801 , when screwed onto fixation element  8802 , may provide compressional force to bone  8815 . Nut  8801  may be used to draw a fragment of bone  8815  towards implant delivery base  8819 . 
     Fixation element  8804  may be a threaded K-wire. Fixation element  8804  may include threaded portion  8807  and threaded tip  8808 . A nut screwed onto fixation element  8804  may provide compressional force to bone  8815 . 
     Post  8835  may be cannulated. A fixation element such as fixation element  8806  may be driven through post  8835  and into bone  8815  to obtain provisional reduction of a fracture of a bone. Fixation element  8806  may include threaded portion  8805  and threaded tip  8813 . Fixation element  8806  may remain in post  8835  until the bone is stabilized. Fixation element  8806  may be removed from post  8835  before a bushing is inserted through a channel defined by implant delivery base  8819 . Shoulder  8809  may define an outer surface of the channel. 
     In operation, a practitioner may use one, two, three or more fixation elements such as fixation element  8802 , fixation element  8804  and fixation element  8806  to reduce a fractured bone. Fixation elements received by screw holes  8806  may remain in a bone while a bone fracture of bone  8815  (now shown) is being reduced. Once reduction is obtained, additional fixation elements such as fixation elements  8823  may be driven through holes  8833  defined by reduction device and into bone  8815 . When the bone is stabilized, fixation elements disposed through screw holes  8806  may be removed from the bone. 
     Implant delivery base  8819  may include a channel extending through an interior of implant delivery base  8819 . The channel may support a bushing (not shown). 
     Implant delivery base  8819  may include first bore  8841 . First bore  8841  may be positioned on shoulder  8809 . First bore  8841  may extend through the implant delivery base at an angle oblique to an implant delivery base longitudinal axis. First bore  8841  may form a notch on shoulder  8809 . Implant delivery base  8819  may include a second bore having the same geometrical properties as the first  8841  bore disposed on an opposite side of shoulder  8809 . When fixation elements are advanced through both first bore  8841  and the second bore, and into the bone, implant delivery base  8819  may be releasably coupled to bone  8815 . A practitioner may confirm the placement of the fixation elements. Proper placement of the fixation elements within a bone may indicate proper placement of implant delivery base  8819  on the bone. When the bone is a proximal humerus, proper placement may be a location in a calcar region of the bone. 
     Implant delivery base  8819  may define third bore  8843 . Third bore may be disposed on shoulder  8809 . Third bore  8843  may extend through the implant delivery base at an angle perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of implant delivery base  8819 . The implant delivery base may define a fourth bore having the same geometrical properties as third bore  8843  and disposed on an opposite side of shoulder  8809 . Advancing fixation elements through both third bore  8843  and the fourth bore and into the bone may enhance the coupling of implant delivery base  8819  to bone  8815 . 
     Implant delivery base  8819  may include longitudinal member  8840 . Longitudinal member  8840  may not include shoulder  8809 . Longitudinal member  8840  may define screw holes  8837 . Screw holes  8837  may be positioned above screw holes defined by a plate coupled to a bottom of implant delivery base  8819  (not shown). When implant delivery base  8819  is positioned on a bone, screw holes  8837  may point to an implantation region occupied by an implant (not shown). 
     Reduction device  8825  may be positioned at any suitable position along post  8835 . Reduction device  8825  may be slidably coupled to post  8835 . For example, in operation, reduction device  8825  may be positioned abutting the skin of a patient. Positioning (and re-positioning) reduction device  8835  may enable a physician to achieve a satisfactory reduction of a fracture. 
     Reduction device  8825  may include hole sets  8833 . Each of hole sets  8883  may correspond to a different size implant. Holes spaced a first distance away from a central axis of reduction device  8825  may form a first hole set. Holes spaced a second distance away from the central axis of reduction device  8825  may form a second hole set. The first hole set may correspond to a first implant defining a first volume, when expanded. The second hole set may correspond to a second implant defining a second volume, when expanded. Implant size may be determined based on a length of an implant. Implant size may be determined based on a volume of an implant, when expanded. Hole sets  8833  may be used to position fixation element  8821  such that fixation element  8821  provides clearance for an implant and does not engage the implant. 
     After positioning fixation elements through one or more of hole sets  8833  and after implantation of the implant in bone  8815 , a portion of reduction device  8825  may be removed. The portion of the reduction device that may be removed is shown in  FIG. 88A  at step  8814 B. Targeting apparatus (such as apparatus  3000 , shown in  FIG. 30 ) may then be positioned on an implant shaft of the implant. 
     A releasable key of the targeting apparatus may engage keyseat  8803 . A static key of the targeting apparatus may engage slot  8805 . When positioned on implant shaft  8801 , the targeting apparatus may be used to drive an anchor into clearance hole  8813  in tail  8811 . Cannulated anchors may be driven over fixation element  8821  and into a head of implant  8817 . 
       FIG. 88A  shows an illustrative method for inserting an implant in a bone using a percutaneous approach. The illustrative method may include one or more of the steps shown in  FIG. 88A . The steps shown in  FIG. 88A  may be performed in an order different from the order shown in  FIG. 88A . The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed in herein, such as apparatus and methods illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88 . 
     Step  8802  and step  8802 A may include reducing a bone. The reduction may include guiding a fixation element through the cannulated post and guiding a fixation element through a screw hole defined by the reduction device. The fixation elements may be guided into the bone using a bushing coupled to the cannulated post and through a bushing coupled to the reduction device. 
     The reduction may include driving a first fixation element through first bore  8841  and into the bone at an angle that is oblique to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The reduction may include driving a second fixation element through a second bore and into the bone at an angle that is oblique to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The second bore may be disposed on an opposite side of a shoulder relative to first bore  8841 . The shoulder may be defined by an outer surface of a channel. The channel may extend through an interior of the implant delivery base. 
     The reduction may include driving a third fixation element through third bore  8843  and into the bone at an angle that is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The reduction may include driving a fourth fixation element into a fourth bore and into the bone in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The fourth bore may be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder relative to third bore  8843   
     Step  8804  and step  8804 A may include stabilizing the bone. Stabilizing the bone may include driving fixation elements through bores defined by a top surface of the implant delivery base. Fixation elements driven through the bores may transect the bone at an angle oblique to a bone longitudinal axis. After the bone is stabilized, step  8804  may include removing the fixation element positioned in the cannulated post. 
     The stabilizing may include driving a first fixation element through first bore  8841  and into the bone in a direction oblique to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The stabilizing may include driving a second fixation element through a second bore and into the bone in direction oblique to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The second bore may be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder relative to first bore  8841 . 
     The stabilizing may include driving a third fixation element through third bore  8843  and into the bone in a direction perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the bone. The stabilizing may include driving a fourth fixation element into a fourth bore and into the bone in a direction perpendicular to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The fourth bore may be disposed on an opposite side of the shoulder relative to third bore  8843 . 
     Step  8806  may include driving a fixation element through a fixation element bushing nested inside a drill bushing. The fixation element bushing may be nested in a drill bushing. The fixation element bushing may be seated in a channel defined by the implant reduction base. A tip of the fixation element may be advanced through the fixation element bushing and towards a target site. Step  8806  may include removing the fixation element positioned in a screw hole defined by the reduction device. 
     Step  8808  may include removing the fixation element bushing from the drill bushing and advancing a drill through the drill bushing and into the bone interior. 
     Step  8810  may include preparing an interior of the bone for implantation of an implant. The preparing may include inserting a cavity preparing device through the drill bushing and into the bone interior. Step  8812  may include deploying an implant in the prepared cavity, rotating the implant in the prepared cavity and locking the implant head in the expanded shape. Step  8814  may include securing the implant to the bone. A device for driving screws into a tail of the implant may be coupled to an implant shaft. The device may be used to drive screws into an implant tail. Step  8816  and  8816 A may include fragment fixation. Fragment fixation may include fixing fragments of the bone to the implant head using screws. The screws may be cannulated. 
       FIG. 89  shows illustrative jig  8901 . Jig  8901  may include bushing  8903  for pin  8911 . Jig  8901  may include bushing  8905  for pin  8913 . Jig  8901  may include bushing  8907  for pin  8915 . Jig  8901  may include bushing  8909  for pin  8917 . 
       FIG. 90  shows an illustrative operational view of jig  8901  and implant  9000 . In  FIG. 990 , each of pins  8911 ,  8913 ,  8915  and  8917  are shown engaged with implant  9000 . Pins  8911  and  8913  are engaged with head  9001  of implant  9000 . Pin  8915  is engaged with hole  9035  in tail  9003  of implant  9000 . Pin  8917  is engaged with hole  9007  in tail  9003  of implant  9000 . 
       FIG. 91  shows an illustrative operational view of implant  9000 . In  FIG. 91 , pins  8917  and  8915  have been removed from tail  9003  of implant  9000 . Pins  8911  and  8913  are engaged with head  9001  of implant  9000 . In  FIG. 91 , implant  9000  is positioned in an inner cavity of bone B. 
       FIG. 92  shows an illustrative operational view of jig  8901  registered to implant  9000 . In  FIG. 92 , jig  8901  is registered to implant  9000  by engagement of pins  8911  and  8913  with jig  8901 . Engaging pins  8911  and  8913  with jig  8901  may align jig  8901  with implant  9000 . Aligning jig  8901  with implant  9000  may ensure that a member drilled through bushing  8907  or bushing  8909  passes into a hole defined by tail  9003  of implant  9000 . In  FIG. 92 , screw  9201  is shown anchoring implant  9000  to bone B. Drill  9203  is shown passing through bushing  8909  and through a hole defined by tail  9003  of implant  9000 . The hole defined by tail  9003  may be hole  9007  (shown above in  FIG. 90 ). 
       FIG. 92A  shows an illustrative antegrade procedure for implanting an implant in a bone. The bone may be proximal humerus bone or any suitable bone shown above in  FIG. 3 . An antegrade procedure may be a therapeutic procedure performed in a direction normal to a path of blood circulation. The illustrative procedure shown in  FIG. 92A  may be performed in any other suitable bone in the human body. 
     The illustrative procedure may include one of more of the steps shown in  FIG. 92A . The procedure may include step  9202  for accessing and preparing the bone for implantation of the implant. 
     The procedure may include step  9204  for deploying and locking the implant. Step  9204  may include deploying the implant outside of a bone in free space. Step  9204  may include locking the implant to a desired expansion diameter. Locking the implant may include constraining a diameter of a head of the implant to a desired diameter. Locking the implant may include constraining a head of the implant to a desired contour. Locking the implant may include engaging a locking screw with a locking mechanism of the implant to limit expansion/collapsing of the implant head. Step  9204  may include inserting pins into the implant. The pins may be inserted into the implant using a jig such as jig  8901 . 
     The procedure may include step  9206  which represents inserting the implant into a fractured bone. The implant may be inserted into the bone with or without a jig such as jig  8901 . In embodiments where the implant is inserted into a humerus with a fixation element, such as a pin, pre-positioned in the implant head, step  9206  may include positioning one or more of the pins to protrude from a fracture in the humerus between the greater and lesser tuberosity of the humerus. The procedure may include step  9208  which represents stabilizing the bone and reducing the fractured bone as appropriate. 
     The procedure may include step  9210  for securing the implant to the bone. Step  9210  may include driving one or more fixation elements through the bone and into the implant. The procedure may include step  9212  for securing the implant to the bone by driving one or more screws through the bone and into the implant head. Step  9212  may also include driving one or more screws through the bone and into the implant tail. The screws may be cannulated and may be driven into an implant component by driving the screw over a previously positioned fixation element. An implant component may include a head, tail, hub, base, locking mechanism or any other suitable implant component. 
     When the implant is positioned in the bone with one or more pins protruding from the implant, step  9210  may include reapplying the jig to the protruding pins. Embodiments may include removing the pins and driving fixation elements through the screw holes defined by the jig. Step  9212  may include driving cannulated screws over the fixation elements and into the implant. Driving screws through screw holes defined by the jig, may be used to anchor the implant to the bone. 
       FIG. 93  shows illustrative apparatus  9300 . Apparatus  9300  includes implant head  9301 . Implant base  9303  may couple head  9301  to tail  9305 . Tail  9305  may be snap-fit into Implant base  9303 . Locking screw  9321  may be used to lock expansion of head  9301 . Locking screw  9321  may lock an expansion of head  9301  by threadedly engaging one or more components (not shown) of an implant. 
     Tail  9305  includes internal threads  9308 . Locking screw  9309  may threadedly engage internal threads  9308 . Tail  9305  defines emplacement axis L E . Axis L E  may be defined by a pair of opposing clearance holes in tail  9305 . 
     A beveled end of tail  9305  may mate with a beveled end  9315  of implant shaft  9311 . Beveled end of tail  9305  may allow tail  9305  to be positioned at or below an outer surface of a bone when head  9301  is positioned inside the bone. Beveled end  9315  of implant shaft  9311  includes fingers  9317  and  9319 . Fingers  9317  and  9319  may fit into indentations (not shown) in tail  9305 . Fitting fingers  9317  and  9319  into the indentation in tail  9305  may rotational lock tail  9305  with respect to implant shaft  9311 . 
     Implant shaft  9311  may be axially locked with respect to tail  9305  by locking screw  9309 . Locking screw  9309  may be inserted into implant shaft  9311  until a head of locking screw  9309  abuts flange  9313 . Flange  9313  may reduce an inner diameter of implant shaft  9311 . A threaded segment of locking screw  9309  may be sized to pass through flange  9313 . For example, major diameter of locking screw  9309  may be less than the diameter of implant shaft  9311  reduced by flange  9313 . A threaded segment of locking screw  9309  may threadedly engage internal threads  9308  in tail  9305 . 
     When locking screw  9309  is positioned within implant shaft  9311 , threaded engagement locking screw  9309  and internal threads  9308  may position beveled end  9315  of implant shaft  9311  against a beveled end of tail  9305 . Threaded engagement of locking screw  9309  and internal threads  9308  may position fingers  9319  and  9317  in indentations on tail  9305 . 
     Tail  9305  includes clearance hole  9307 . After positioning head  9301  inside a bone, locking screw  9309  and implant shaft  9311  may be removed from tail  9305 . Removing locking screw  9309  and implant shaft  9311  from tail  9305  may expose clearance hole  9307 . An anchor may be driven through clearance hole  9307  and into the bone to stabilize a position of head  9301 . 
       FIG. 94  shows illustrative apparatus  9400 . Apparatus  9400  shows that a head of an implant (such as head  9301  shown in  FIG. 93 ) may include outer mesh  9401  and inner mesh  9403 . Outer mesh  9401  may be self-expanding. Inner mesh  9403  may be self-expanding. A head of an implant may include one, three or more mesh layers. Locking screw  9321  may be utilized to lock outer mesh  9401  and/or inner mesh  9403  in an expanded state. Inner mesh  9403  may be “free floating” and expand up to a maximum limit allowed by a diameter of outer mesh  9401 . In such embodiments, inner mesh  9403  may not be locked. When outer mesh  9401  and/or inner mesh  9403  are locked, locking screw  9321  may not obstruct emplacement axis L E . 
     Locking screw  9321  may threadedly engage threads  9417  in illustrative implant component  9416 . When outer mesh  9401  and/or inner mesh  9403  are locked by locking screw  9321 , head  9420  of locking screw  9321  may be seated in recess  9418  of implant component  9422 . Tail  9305  may include implant component  9422 . Tail  9305  may not include implant component  9422 . In such embodiments, implant component  9422  may be separable from tail  9305 . 
     Locking screw  9309  includes threaded end  9411 . Locking screw  9309  includes unthreaded end  9405 . Threaded end  9411  may have diameter that is less than a diameter of unthreaded end  9405 . Threaded end  9411  may slide past flange  9313  and engage internal threads  9308  of tail  9305 . 
     Unthreaded end  9405  may include a first segment having a first diameter. Unthreaded end  9405  may include a second segment having a second diameter. The first diameter may be less than the second diameter. For example, the first segment may slide past flange  9313 . The second segment may not slide past flange  9313 . 
     Apparatus  9400  shows tail  9305  locked to implant shaft  9311  by locking screw  9309 . When tail  9305  is locked to implant shaft  9311 , movement of implant shaft  9311  may adjust a position of implant head  9301  (shown in  FIG. 93 ) inside a bone. When tail  9305  is locked to implant shaft  9311 , implant shaft  9311  may be used as a point of reference for inserting fixation elements into an implant component such as implant head  9301  or tail  9305 . 
       FIG. 95  shows illustrative apparatus  9500 . Apparatus  9500  includes outer mesh  9503  and inner mesh  9501 .  FIG. 95  shows that outer and inner meshes may be constructed to provide different expansion shapes and therapeutic properties (compare to inner and outer meshes shown in  FIG. 94 ). 
     Apparatus  9500  shows locking screw  9321  engaged with internal threads  9417  in a locked configuration. When locking screw  9321  is in a locked configuration, clearance hole  9505  is not obstructed by locking screw  9321 . Clearance hole  9505  may be one of a pair of clearance holes that define an emplacement axis (such as axis L E  shown in  FIG. 93 ). Clearance hole  9505  and an associated emplacement axis may be positioned such that they are not obstructed even when locking screw  9321  is in an unlocked position (e.g., not threadedly engaged with threads  9417 ). 
     Implant component  9504  (which may be an extension of tail  9305 ) may fit into implant base  9303 . Implant component  9504  may be snap-fit into implant base  9303 . For example, detent  9519  of implant base  9303  may be biased to engage an indentation, such as indentation  9521  in implant component  9504 . Tail  9305  also includes indentations  9513  and  9511 . Indentations  9513  and  9511  may mate with a finger protruding from an implant shaft. For example, indentation  9317  may mate with finger  9317  (shown in  FIG. 93 ). 
       FIG. 96  shows illustrative implant  9600  inside bone  9601 . Bone  9601  may be a tibia. Bone  9601  may include medial condyle  9619  and lateral condyle  9617 . 
     Implant  9600  may be implanted in an interior of a proximal portion of the tibia (“proximal tibia”). In  FIG. 96 , screw  9615 , screw  9613  and screw  9611  are shown anchoring implant head  9603  to bone  9601 . Screw  9615 , screw  9613  and screw  9611  pass through head  9603  of implant  9600  cage and extend underneath medial condyle  9619  of bone  9601 . 
     Screw  9607  and screw  9609  are shown anchoring implant tail  9605  to bone  9601  in a diaphyseal region of bone  9601 . Screws  9607  and  9609  are shown passing through a metaphasis region of bone  9601 . 
     Implant  9600  may be advanced into bone  9601  through an access hole prepared at an access site. The access site may be an access site prepared at an anterior side of bone  9601 . In other embodiments, an implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from a medial side of the proximal tibia. An implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from either a medial side of the proximal tibia or the lateral side of the proximal tibia. 
       FIG. 96  shows implant  9600  positioned centrally within an interior of bone  9601 . However, in other embodiments, an implant may be positioned laterally or medially within an interior of a bone. For example, an implant may be positioned laterally within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured lateral condyle. An implant may be positioned medially within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured medial condyle. 
       FIG. 97  shows illustrative implant  9700  positioned inside bone  9701 . Bone  9701  may be a tibia. Bone  9701  may include medial condyle  9702  and lateral condyle  9704 . 
     Implant  9700  may be implanted in an interior of a proximal portion of the tibia (“proximal tibia”). Implant  9700  may be anchored to bone  9701  and plate  9707 . 
     In  FIG. 97 , screws  9709  are shown anchoring implant head  9703  to bone  9601  and to plate  9707 . Screws  9709  may be inserted medially, pass through the plate and extend underneath lateral condyle  9704 . 
     Screws  9711  may anchor implant tail  9705  bone  9601  in a diaphyseal region of bone  9601 . Screws  9711  may anchor implant tail  9705  to plate  9707 . Screws  9711  may pass through plate  9707  in a metaphasis region of bone  9701 . 
     Implant  9700  may be advanced into bone  9701  through an access hole prepared at an access site. The access site may be an access site prepared at an anterior side of bone  9701 . In other embodiments, an implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from a medial side of the proximal tibia. An implant may be advanced into a proximal tibia from either a medial side of the proximal tibia or the lateral side of the proximal tibia. 
       FIG. 97  illustrates implant  9700  positioned centrally within an interior of bone  9701 . An implant may be positioned laterally or medially within an interior of the proximal tibia. An implant may be positioned laterally, with respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured lateral condyle. An implant may be positioned medially, with respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured medial condyle. 
       FIG. 97A  shows illustrative implant  9720  implanted in bone  9721 . Bone  9721  may be a tibia. Implant  9720  may be anchored to bone  9721  and plate  9723 . 
     In  FIG. 97A , plate  9723  is affixed to a first side of bone  9721  using a plurality of screws  9725 ,  9727  and  9729 . The first side may be a medial side. The first side of the bone is opposite a second side of the bone. The second side may be a lateral side. In  FIG. 97A , an access hole was prepared on the second side for advancing the implant through the surface of the bone and into the interior. 
     Screws  9725  may pass through plate  9723  and through a head of implant  9720 . Screws  9727  may pass through plate  9723  and into a tail of implant  9720 . Screws  9729  may pass through plate  9723  and advance along a width of bone  9721 . 
       FIG. 97A  illustrates implant  9720  positioned centrally within an interior of bone  9721 . Implant  9720  may be positioned laterally or medially within an interior of the proximal tibia. Implant  9720  may be positioned laterally, with respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured lateral condyle. Implant  9720  may be positioned medially, with respect to a longitudinal axis of bone, within a head of a proximal tibia to support a fractured medial condyle. 
       FIG. 98  shows illustrative implant  9800  positioned inside bone  9801 . Bone  9801  may be a tibia. Implant  9800  may be implanted in an interior of a proximal portion of the tibia (“proximal tibia”). Implant  9800  may be anchored to bone  9801  and plate  9805 . Plate  9805  may be positioned on a medial portion of bone  9801 . 
     Screws  9815  and screw  9813  are shown anchoring plate  9805  to implant head  9803  and bone  9801 . Screw  9807  and screw  9809  are shown anchoring plate  9805  to bone  9801 . Screw  9811  is shown anchoring an implant tail of implant  9800  to bone  9801 . 
     In  FIG. 98 , plate  9805  is illustrated as having a substantially rectangular outer perimeter. Plate  9805  may be referred to as a longitudinal member. A plate anchored to an implant positioned within a proximal tibia may be wider than plate  9805 . 
     A plate anchored to an implant positioned within in a tibia may include a longitudinal member and a semi-circular transverse member extending away from the longitudinal member. The semi-circular transverse member may extend away from an end of the longitudinal member and wrap around an anterior or posterior portion of a metaphysis region of the tibia. The semi-circular transverse member may extend away from an end of the longitudinal member and wrap around an anterior or posterior portion of a diaphysis region of the tibia. 
     A plate anchored to an implant implanted in a proximal tibia may include a longitudinal member and a transverse member extending away from the longitudinal member. The transverse member may wrap around an anterior or posterior portion of a metaphysis region of the tibia. The transverse member may extend away from an end of the longitudinal member and wrap around an anterior or posterior portion of a diaphysis region of the tibia. 
       FIG. 99  shows implant  9900  positioned within bone  9901 . Bone  9901  may be a tibia. In  FIG. 99 , implant  9900  is shown positioned in a distal region of the tibia (“distal tibia”). Screw  9911  and screw  9913  are shown anchoring implant tail  9905  to bone  9901 . Screws  9911  and  9913  may be positioned in a diaphysis region of bone  9901 . 
     Screw  9907  and screw  9909  are shown anchoring implant head  9903  to a metaphysis region of bone  9901 . Screw  9909  is shown anchoring implant head  9903  to lateral malleolus  9915  of the distal tibia. 
       FIG. 100  shows implant  10000  implanted into bone  10001 . Bone  10001  may be a tibia. In  FIG. 100 , implant  10000  is shown implanted into a distal tibia. Screws  10011  are shown anchoring implant head  10003  to plate  10009  and to a metaphysis region of bone  10001 . 
     Screws  10013  are shown anchoring implant tail  10005  to a diaphysis region of bone  10001 . Screw  10015  is shown anchoring plate  10009  to a diaphysis region of bone  10001 . Screw  10007  is shown anchoring implant head  10003  to lateral malleolus  10017  of the distal tibia. 
       FIG. 101  shows implant  10100  implanted into bone  10101 . Bone  10101  may be a calcaneus bone. Implant  10100  may be positioned in bone  10101  such that implant head  10103  supports articular surface  10117  of bone  10101 . Implant  10111  may be implanted in bone  10101  through the Achilles tendon at the base of tuberosity. 
     Screw  10115  is shown anchoring implant tail  10115  to bone  10101 . Screw  10107  and screw  10111  are shown anchoring implant head  10103  to bone  10101 . Screw  10107  and screw  10111  may support implant head  10103  and articular surface  10117 . Screw  10107  and screw  10111  may anchor implant head  10103  with respect to articular surface  101117 . 
     Screws  10115  and  10117  are shown anchoring implant tail  10105  to bone  10101 . 
     Washer  10111  may be coupled to screw  10109 . Washer  10111  may distribute load applied to bone  10101  by a head of screw  10109 . Washer  10111  may space a head of screw  10119  apart from an outer surface of bone  10101 . 
     Washer  10113  may be coupled to a head of screw  10117 . Washer  10113  may distribute load applied to bone  10101  by a head of screw  10117 . Washer  10113  may space a head of screw  10117  apart from an outer surface of bone  10101 . 
       FIG. 102  shows implant  10200  implanted in bone  10201 . Bone  10201  may be a calcaneus bone. Screws  10207  and screw  10215  are shown anchoring implant head  10203  to bone  10201 . Screw  10209  and  10211  are shown anchoring implant tail  10205  to bone  10201 . 
     Washer  10217  may be coupled to a head of screw  10215 . Washer  10213  may be coupled to a head of screw  10211 . Washer  10217  and washer  10213  are shown positioned on a lateral surface of calcaneus bone  10201 . 
     Screw  10215  may support an articular surface of bone  10201 . 
       FIG. 102  shows a pattern of screws anchoring implant  10200  to bone  10201  that is representational of a screw pattern that may be used by a practitioner to support a calcaneus fracture. Any other suitable screw pattern may be used to anchor implant  10200  to bone  10201 . 
     Any pattern of screws shown herein for anchoring an implant to a bone is for illustrative purposes only. Any other suitable pattern of screws may be used to anchor an implant to a bone. 
       FIG. 103  shows illustrative plate  10300 . Plate  10300  may include a bottom face (shown below in  FIG. 104 ). The bottom face may include a bottom surface. The bottom surface may conform to a surface contour of a bone. The surface contour may be defined by an outer surface of a bone. 
     Plate  10300  may define plurality of holes  10311 . Each of the plurality of holes  10311  may be sized to receive a fixation element. 
     Plate  10300  may define screw hole  10305 . When a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, screw hole  10305  may be configured to position a bushing for directing a screw, or direct a screw, in a direction. The direction defined by screw hole  10305  may direct a screw into an interior of the bone but not into an implantation region occupied by an implant when the implant is positioned within the bone. 
     Plate  10300  may define screw holes  10301  and  10303 . Screw holes  10301  and  10303  may each be configured to  10305  may be configured to direct a screw in a direction. The directions defined by screw holes  10301  and  10303  may intersect an implantation region when a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a bone surface. The direction defined by screw hole  10301  may diverge from a direction defined by screw hole  10303 . In other embodiments, the direction defined by screw hole  10301  may converge with a direction defined by screw hole  10303 . 
     Plate  10300  may define screw hole  10307  and screw hole  10309 . Screw holes  10307  and  10309  may define directions that direct screws into an implantation region when a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a bone surface. The direction defined by screw hole  10307  may converge with a direction defined by screw hole  10309 . The direction defined by screw hole  10307  may diverge from a direction defined by screw hole  10309 . 
     Plate  10300  defines screw hole  10313  and screw hole  10315 . Screw holes  10313  and  10315  may define directions that direct screws into an implantation region when a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a bone surface. A direction defined by screw hole  10313  may diverge from a direction defined by screw hole  10315 . The direction defined by screw hole  10313  may converge with a direction defined by screw hole  10315 . 
     Plate  10300  may be configured to be coupled to a jig such as jig  10500  (shown below in  FIG. 105 ). Plate  10300 , as shown in  FIG. 103 , defines bore  10302 . Bore  10302  may be threaded. Bore  10302  may be configured to receive a screw. The screw may be a screw inserted into a bore defined by a jig, advanced through the jig and into bore  10302 , coupling plate  10300  to the jig. 
     Plate  10300  may define opening  10319 . When a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, opening  10319  may define an access position. An access hole may be prepared at the access position through opening  10319 . Plate  10300  also includes locking slot  10317 . A locking slot may be defined by the plate. In  FIG. 103 , locking slot  10317  is partially defined by plate  10300  and extends away from opening  10319 . Locking slot  10317  also intersects opening  10319 . Locking slot  10317  may be shaped to engage a head of a screw. 
     Plate  10300  may define screw holes  10321 . When a bottom surface of plate  10300  is seated complementarily on a surface contour of a bone, screw holes  10321  may point into an interior of the bone but not into the implantation region. 
       FIG. 104  shows bottom face  10401  of plate  10300 . Some or all of bottom face  10401  may define a bottom surface configured to conform to a surface contour of a bone. 
       FIG. 105  shows illustrative jig  10500 . Jig  10500  may be configured to be seated on, and coupled to, a position on a top face of a plate, such as plate  10300  (shown in  FIG. 103 ). Jig  10500  may define positioning hole  10501 . 
     Jig  10500  may define aperture  10503 . Aperture  10503  may include threaded openings  10505  and  10507  for receiving a bushing. A fixation element advanced through a bushing coupled to threaded opening  10505  may be advanced in a first direction. A fixation element advanced through a bushing coupled to threaded opening  10507  may be advanced in a second direction. The first direction may be divergent from the second direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second direction. 
     Jig  10500  may define screw hole  10511  and screw hole  10509 . Screw hole  10511  may define a first direction. Screw hole  10509  may define a second direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second direction. The first direction may be divergent from the second direction. 
     Jig  10500  may define bore  10502 . Bore  10502  may extend though jig  10500 . Bore  10502  may be threaded. When jig  10500  is seated on a plate such as plate  10300 , a screw advanced through bore  10502  and into a hole in the plate positioned underneath bore  10502  (such as bore  10302  illustrated in  FIG. 103 ) may releasably couple jig  10500  to the plate. 
     Jig  10500  may include aperture  10521 . Aperture  10521  may define opening  10525  for receiving a first bushing and opening  10527  for receiving a second bushing. Opening  10525  may be an open channel that has an arcuate perimeter. Opening  10527  may be an open channel that has an arcuate perimeter. 
     A fixation element advanced through the first bushing may be directed along a first direction. A fixation element advanced through the second bushing may be directed along a second direction. The first direction may diverge from the second direction. The first direction may be convergent with the second direction. 
     Jig  10500  may include guide  10519 . Guide  10519  may extend away from opening  10517  defined by jig  10500 . Guide  10519  may be shaped to receive bushings inserted into guide  10519 . Guide  10519  may receive a bushing shaped to receive a target wire. Guide  10519  may receive a bushing shaped to receive a drill. Guide  10519  may receive a bushing shaped to receive a cavity preparation device. Guide  10519  may receive a bushing shaped to receive an unexpanded implant. 
     Guide  10519  may include slot  10523 . Slot  10523  may mate with a protrusion extending away from a bushing inserted into guide  10519 . The mating of slot  10523  with a protrusion of a bushing may secure the bushing within guide  10519 . 
     Guide  10519  may define opening  10515 . A practitioner may advance a fixation element through opening  10515  to provisionally reduce a fracture. For example, a practitioner may advance a threaded member coupled to a nut into a bone fragment. The nut may rest on an outer surface of opening  10515 . The nut may be used to provide compression to the bone fragment. 
     Jig  10500  may define a plurality of holes sized for receiving fixation elements. The plurality of holes may include holes  10513  and  10527 . Holes  10527  may be positioned adjacent a bottom portion of guide  10519 . Fixation elements driven though bores  10513  and  10527  when jig  10500  is coupled to a plate seated complementarily on a bone surface may releasably couple jig  10500  to the bone. When jig  10500  is coupled to a plate seated on a bone, bores  10513  and  10527  may point into an interior of the bone but not into an implantation region. 
     Jig  10500  may also include channels  10530 . Each of channels  10530  may be defined by a perimeter of jig  10500 . A fixation element may be guided through one of channels  10530  and into a hole defined by a plate coupled to the jig. The hole in the plate may be sized for receiving the fixation element. Channel  10530  may define an arcuate cross section. 
       FIG. 106  shows bottom face  10601  of jig  10500 . A contour of a first portion of bottom face  10601  may conform to a contour of a portion of a top face of a plate such as plate  10300 . A second portion of bottom face  10601  may extend away from a plate (such as plate  10300 ) when jig  10500  is coupled to the plate. For example, when jig  10500  is coupled to plate  10300 , the first portion of bottom face  10601  may rest on plate  10300  and the second portion of bottom face  10601  may not come into contact with plate  10300 . 
       FIG. 107A  and  FIG. 107B  show illustrative bushing  10701 . Longitudinal segment  10707  of bushing  10701  defines longitudinal axis L B . Bushing  10707  includes flanged end  10703 . Bushing  10707  includes flanged end  10704 . In an equilibrium state, kerf  10711  spaces flanged end  10703  apart from flanged end  10704 . Flanged end  10703  may be mounted on longitudinal segment  10706 . Longitudinal segment  10706  may define longitudinal axis LF 1 . Flanged end  10704  may be mounted on longitudinal segment  10708 . Longitudinal segment  10708  may define longitudinal axis LF 2 . Longitudinal segment  10706  may have a semi-circular cross section in a plane that is normal to LF 1 . Longitudinal segment  10708  may have a semi-circular cross section in plane that is normal to LF 2 . 
       FIG. 107A  shows bushing  10701  in an equilibrium state. In an equilibrium state, longitudinal axis LF 1  may form an angle B with respect to axis L B . In an equilibrium state, longitudinal axis LF 1  may form an angle A with respect to axis L B . 
     Bushing  10701  includes longitudinal segment  10707  that defines longitudinal axis L B . Longitudinal segment  1707  may be cannulated. Longitudinal segment  1707  may define a circular cross section in a plane normal to L B . 
       FIG. 107B  shows illustrative bushing  10703 . Bushing  10703  includes flanged end  10713 . Flanged end  10713  may be cannulated. Bushing  10703  includes longitudinal segment  10715 . Longitudinal segment  10715  may be cannulated. Bushing  10703  includes longitudinal segment  10719 . Longitudinal segment  10719  may be cannulated. Each of flanged end  10713 , longitudinal segment  10715  and longitudinal segment  10719  may be cannulated such that a cannula of uniform diameter extends along a longitudinal axis LB 1  of bushing  10703 . 
     Longitudinal segment  10719  may be cannulated such that it is configured to receive longitudinal segment  10707  of bushing  10701 . Longitudinal segment  10715  may be cannulated such that it is configured to receive longitudinal segments  10708  and  10706  (shown in  FIG. 107A ). A cannula running through longitudinal segment  10719  may be narrower than a cannula running though longitudinal segment  10715 . Bushing  10703  may include a cannula that is large enough to receive a surgical drill. 
     Longitudinal segment  10719  may include kerf  10718 . Kerf  10718  may be one of two or more kerfs in longitudinal segment  10719 . In operation, when a tool is inserted into cannula  10721 , the one or more kerfs may allow longitudinal segment  10719  to expand about longitudinal axis LB 1 . Expansion of longitudinal segment  10719  may provide a friction fit, along axis Lb 1  for a tool inserted into cannula  10721 . When longitudinal segment  10719  is nested within longitudinal segment  10723 , pressure applied by expansion of the longitudinal segment  10719  may provide a friction fit that holds longitudinal segment  10719  with respect to longitudinal segment  10723 . 
     When bushing  10701  is inserted into cannula  10721  of bushing  10703 , flanged end  10713  and longitudinal segment  10715  may compress longitudinal segment  10703  and longitudinal segment  10704  about longitudinal axis LB 1 . Thus, when bushing  10701  is positioned within bushing  10703 , angles A and B may be smaller than in the equilibrium state (shown above in  FIG. 107A ). When bushing  10701  is positioned within bushing  10703 , longitudinal segments  10706  and  10708  may exert pressure on longitudinal segment  10713  and/or longitudinal segment  10715 . The exerted pressure may provide a friction fit for bushing  10701  within bushing  10703 . 
       FIG. 107B  shows illustrative bushing  10705 . Bushing  10705  includes longitudinal segment  10723 . Longitudinal segment  10723  defines longitudinal axis LB 2 . 
     Bushing  10705  may include one or more kerfs such as kerf  10730 . The one or more kerfs may allow bushing  10705  to be formed into a tapered shape along longitudinal axis LB 2 . The one or more kerfs may define two or more longitudinal segments, such as longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743 . 
     In an equilibrium state (when bushings  10705  and  10703  are not nested) longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743  may be inwardly biased toward axis LB 2 . In the equilibrium state, a diameter of cannula  10729  may narrow along axis LB 2  when moving from threaded segment  10725  toward a hexagonal cross section of cannula  10729 . 
     Bushing  10703  may be nested within bushing  10705 . When bushing  10703  is nested in bushing  10705 , longitudinal segment  10719  may expand longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743  outward from axis LB 2 . When bushing  10703  is nested in bushing  10705 , longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743  may apply pressure to longitudinal segment  10719  of bushing  10703 . The pressure may provide a friction fit that maintains a nested position of bushing  10703  within bushing  10705 . 
     Bushing  10705  may include one kerf. For example, kerf  10730  may be the only kerf in bushing  10705 . When kerf  10730  is the only kerf, longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743  may form a unitary longitudinal segment. When kerf  10730  is the only kerf and bushing  10703  is nested in bushing  10705 , the unitary longitudinal segment may apply pressure to longitudinal segment  10719  of bushing  10703 . The pressure may provide a friction fit that maintains a nested position of bushing  10703  within bushing  10705 . 
     Bushing  10705  defines cannula  10729 . Cannula  10729  may include different cross sections along longitudinal axis LB 2 . For example,  FIG. 107B  shows that cannula  10729  may include a hexagonal cross section at or near an end of longitudinal segments  10740 ,  10741 ,  10742  and  10743 . The hexagonal cross section may be configured to mate with hexagonal protrusions  10717  of bushing  10703 . When bushing  10703  is inserted into bushing  10705 , a mating of the hexagonal cross section and hexagonal protrusions may lock bushings  10703  and  10705  rotationally, with respect to each other, about axis LB 1  and/or LB 2 . 
     Bushing  10705  includes threaded segment  10725 . Threaded segment  10725  may be configured to threadedly engage jig  10500 . 
     As shown by  10702 , Bushing  10701  may be nested within bushing  10703 . As shown by  10712 , bushing  10703  may be nested within bushing  10705 . Bushings  10701 ,  10703  and  10705  may form nested bushing  10801  (shown in  FIG. 108 ). Nested bushing  10801  may be fixed to jig  10500 . Narrow gauge instruments, such as K-wires, may be directed into a bone through cannula  10709  in bushing  10701 . Bushing  10701  may direct such instruments into a bone in a direction along axis L B . Bushing  10701 , when affixed to a jig, may direct instruments into an implantation region within a bone. 
     After positioning an instrument using bushing  10701 , bushing  10701  may be separated from bushing  10703 . Separating bushing  10701  from bushing  10703  may expose cannula  10721  of bushing  10703 . Cannula  10721  may have a diameter that is larger than the diameter of cannula  10709 . Cannula  10721  may be configured to receive larger gauge instruments than those that would fit into cannula  10709 . Cannula  10721  may be sized to receive a drill. The drill may be a cannulated drill that is configured to slide over the K-wire positioned using bushing  10701 . Cannula  10721  may direct an instrument along longitudinal axis LB 1 . 
     Bushing  10703  may be separated from bushing  10705 . Separating bushing  10703  from bushing  10705  may expose cannula  10729 . Cannula  10729  may have a diameter that is larger than the diameter of cannula  10721 . Cannula  10729  may be configured to received larger gauge instruments than those that would fit into cannula  10721 . Cannula  10729  may be sized to receive an anchor or screw. Cannula  10729  may direct an anchor or screw along longitudinal axis LB 2 . The anchor or screw may be a cannulated and configured to slide over the K-wire positioned using bushing  10701 . 
     Bushing  10705  may be removed from jig  10500 . 
       FIG. 108  shows exemplary apparatus. The apparatus shown in  FIG. 108  includes jig  10500  releasably coupled to plate  10300 . The apparatus shown in  FIG. 108  also includes bushings  10701 ,  10703  and  10705  coupled together to form nested bushing  10801 . In  FIG. 108 , bushings  10701 ,  10703  and  10705  are coupled together to form nested bushing  10800  and are seated on a screw hole defined by jig  10500 . Threaded segment  10725  of bushing  10705  may threadedly engage a screw hole in jig  10500 . 
       FIG. 109  shows an illustrative method for inserting an implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more of the steps shown in  FIG. 109 . The steps shown in  FIG. 109  may be performed in an order different from the order shown in  FIG. 109 . The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate and jig combination disclosed herein. 
     Step  10901  may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured bone. Step  10903  may include confirming an access angle. Step  10905  may include drilling. The drilling may form an access hole towards a target site. Step  10907  may include prepping an interior of the bone for implantation of the implant. Prepping the interior may include creating a cavity within the bone. Step  10909  may include deploying the implant in the cavity. The deploying may include expanding the implant. The implant may be self-expanding. Step  10911  may include rotating and locking the deployed implant. Step  10913  may include fixing the implant to the bone. The fixing the implant may include fixing a tail of the implant to the bone. Step  10915  may include driving screws through the bone and into a head of the implant. Step  10915  may be performed for any suitable bone. In some of the embodiments where the bone is a proximal humerus, the screws may be driven through a humeral head and into a head of the implant. Step  10917  may include securing fragments of the bone. The securing the fragments of the bone may include securing fragments of the bone to the implant head by driving fixation elements through the bone and into the implant head. Step  10919  may include securing the implant to the bone. 
       FIG. 110  shows an illustrative method for inserting an implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more of the steps shown in  FIG. 110 . The steps shown in  FIG. 110  may be performed in an order different from the order shown in  FIG. 110 . The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate and jig combination disclosed herein. 
     Step  11001  may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured bone. Step  11003  may include confirming an access angle. Step  11005  may include drilling. The drilling may be performed to form an access hole towards a target site. Step  11007  may include prepping an interior of the bone for implantation of the implant. Prepping the interior may include creating a cavity within the bone. Step  11009  may include deploying the implant in the cavity. Step  11011  may include rotating and locking the deployed implant. Step  11013  may include securing fragments of the bone. The securing the fragments of the bone may include securing fragments of the bone to the implant head by driving fixation elements through the bone and into the implant head. Step  11015  may include fixing the implant to the bone. The fixing the implant may include fixing a tail of the implant to the bone. Step  11017  may include securing the implant to the bone. 
       FIG. 111  shows an illustrative method for inserting an implant in a bone. The illustrative method may include one or more of the steps shown in  FIG. 111 . The steps shown in  FIG. 111  may be performed in an order different from the order shown in  FIG. 111 . The steps may be performed using apparatus and methods disclosed herein. The steps may be performed using any plate, jig, or plate and jig combination disclosed herein. 
     Step  11101  may include reducing and stabilizing a fractured bone. Step  11103  may include target and access. Target and access may include driving a target wire through a target hole and towards a target site. Step  11105  may include using a side cut drill to create an access hole on the bone and driving a target wire through the access hole and towards the target site. The target wire may be used as a guide pin. Step  11107  may include drilling through the access hole and towards the target site. Step  1109  may include prepping an interior of the bone for implantation of the implant. Prepping the interior may include creating a cavity within the bone. Step  11111  may include deploying the implant in the cavity. Step  11113  may include rotating and locking the deployed implant. Step  11115  may include may include fixing the implant to the bone. The fixing the implant may include fixing a tail of the implant to the bone. Step  1117  may include securing fragments of the bone. The securing the fragments of the bone may include securing fragments of the bone to the implant head by driving fixation elements through the bone and into the implant head. Step  11119  may include securing the implant to the bone. 
       FIG. 112  shows an illustrative therapeutic scenario with illustrative apparatus implanted in bone B. The apparatus may include plate  11201  and implant  11203 . The apparatus may also include implant delivery base  11207 , post  11205  and reduction device  11209 . 
     The apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 112  may be used for the percutaneous delivery of implant  11203  into an interior of bone B. The apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 112  may be used to deliver implant  11203  into an interior of bone B using a minimally invasive method, such as a method including splitting the deltoid muscle. The apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 112  may be used to deliver implant  11203  into an interior of a bone using an open procedure. 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may be used alone for percutaneous delivery of implant  11203  in bone B. Implant delivery base  11207  may be used with plate  11201  for percutaneous delivery of implant  11203  in bone B. 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may have one or more features in common with the implant delivery bases illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A . Post  11205  may have one or more features in common with the posts illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A . Reduction device  11209  may have one or more features in common with the reduction devices illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A . 
     The implant delivery bases illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A  may have one or more features in common with implant delivery base  11207 . The posts illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A  may have one or more features in common with post  11205 . The reduction devices illustrated in  FIGS. 85-88A  may have one or more features in common with reduction device  11209 . 
     Plate  11203  may be positioned complimentarily on a surface of bone B. 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may be nested in opening  11231  defined by plate  11201 . Implant delivery base  11207  may be seated in opening  11231  defined by plate  11201 . A bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207  may be seated on a surface of bone B. A bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207  may be seated in opening  11231 . A bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207  may be seated on a face of plate  11201 . A first portion of a bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207  may be seated on a surface of bone B and a second portion of a bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207  may be seated on a surface of plate  11201 . One or more features of implant delivery base  11207  may snap into plate  11201 . Plate  11201  may include a slot shaped to receive a protrusion on a bottom face of implant delivery base  11207 . 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may define channel  11243 . Channel  11243  may be sized to receive implant  11203  in an unexpanded state. Channel  11243  may be sized to receive a bushing (not shown). The bushing may be sized to receive implant  11203  in an unexpanded state. The bushing may be sized to receive a drill. The bushing may be removably coupled to channel  11243 . 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may define bore  11223 . Implant delivery base  11207  may define a second bore (not shown) opposite bore  11223  across a channel longitudinal axis. Fixation element  11229  may pass through bore  11223 . Fixation element  11227  may pass through the second bore. Bore  11223  and the second bore may extend through implant delivery base  11207  at an angle oblique to a bottom surface of implant delivery base  11207 . Bore  11223  may define a central axis. Fixation element  11229  may pass through a hole defined by plate  11201  and into the interior of bone B. Fixation element  11227  may pass through a hole defined by plate  11201  and into the interior of bone B. The passing of fixation elements  11227  and  11229  through implant delivery base  11207  and through plate  11201  may couple implant delivery base  11207  to plate  11201 . The passing of fixation elements  11227  and  11229  through implant delivery base  11207 , through plate  11201  and into bone B may couple implant delivery base  11207  to plate  11201  and to bone B. 
     A central axis defined by channel  11243  may be non-parallel to a central axis defined by bore  11223  and a central axis defined by the second bore. A first central axis defined by bore  11223  and a second central axis defined by the second bore may point into the interior of bone B, but not into a volume occupied by implant  11203  in the interior when implant  11203  is advanced through the channel, into the interior, positioned at a target site, and radially expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may include hole  11219  and hole  11225 . Implant delivery base  11207  may include a second hole opposite hole  11219  across a base longitudinal axis. Implant delivery base  11207  may include a third hole opposite hole  11225  across a base longitudinal axis. When implant delivery base  11207  is coupled to plate  11201 , hole  11219  may be coaxial with hole  11233  and the second hole, and hole  11225  may be coaxial with hole  11235  and the third hole. A practitioner may removably couple implant delivery base  11207  to plate  11201  during the therapeutic procedure by passing a screw through hole  11219  and hole  11233 . A practitioner may removably couple implant delivery base  11207  to plate  11201  during the therapeutic procedure by passing a screw through  11225  and hole  11235 . 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may include post  11205  extending away from a top surface of implant delivery base  11207 . Post  11205  may be cannulated to define inner lumen  11217 . Inner lumen  11217  may be sized to receive a drill. Inner lumen  11217  may be sized to receive a screw. In operation, when implant delivery base  11207  is coupled to plate  11201  and implant  11203  is positioned in bone B, a screw advanced through lumen  11217  may engage a hole defined by a tail of implant  11203 . 
     Implant delivery base  11207  may include reduction device  11209 . Reduction device  11209  may be removably coupled to post  11205 . Reduction device  11209  may be snapped onto post  11205 . Reduction device  11209  may be removed from post  11205  using handle  11211 . 
     Reduction device  11209  may define hole  11215 , hole  11241 , hole  11239  and hole  11221 . Holes defined by reduction device  11209  may be sized to receive fixation elements such as k-wire  11235 , k-wire  11237  and screws (not shown). Holes defined by reduction device  11209  may be sized to receive a bushing (not shown). Each of holes  11215 ,  11241 ,  11239  and  11221  may point to a volume defined by implant  11203  when the implant is positioned at the target site in bone B and expanded to form a mesh cage. 
     Reduction device  11209  may define slit  11213 . Slit  11213  may run from an end of reduction device  11209  along a central axis of reduction device  11209 . Slit  11213  may extend through one or more holes defined by reduction device  11209 . A practitioner may drive k-wires into the bone and subsequently slide reduction device over the k-wires by axially sliding an opening defined by slit  11213  along the k-wires. 
     Arms of reduction device  11209  extending circumferentially about bone B may have any suitable length and width to target desired anatomy of bone B. 
       FIG. 113  shows illustrative rod  11301 . Rod  11301  may include tapered segment  11319 . Tapered segment  11319  may displace tissue in a bone as rod  11301  is inserted into the bone. 
     Rod  11301  may include anchor receiving feature  11315 . Anchor receiving feature  11315  may define a first central longitudinal axis (not shown). The first central longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod  11301 . An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  11315  may secure rod  11301  to a bone. 
     Rod  11301  may include anchor receiving feature  11313 . Anchor receiving feature  11315  may define a second central longitudinal axis (not shown). The second central longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod  11301 . An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  11313  may secure rod  11301  to the bone. 
     A first planar surface (not shown) may include the first central longitudinal axis. A second planar surface (not shown) may include the second central longitudinal axis. The first planar surface may be parallel to the second planar surface. 
     Rod  11301  may include anchor receiving feature  11311 . Anchor receiving feature  11311  may define a third central longitudinal axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  11311  may secure rod  11301  to the bone. The third central longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar surfaces. 
     Rod  11301  may include anchor receiving feature  11309 . Anchor receiving feature  11309  may define a fourth central longitudinal axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  11309  may secure rod  11301  to the bone. The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar surfaces. The fourth central longitudinal axis may be parallel to the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  11311 . The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  11311 . 
     Rod  11301  may include guide surface  11305 . A segment of rod  11301  that includes guide surface  11305  may be a guide segment. Guide surface  11305  may guide tools into the bone. Guide surface  11305  may guide tools into the bone through aperture  11306 . Aperture may be defined by ring-shaped segment  11312 . Exemplary tools may include a k-wire, drill, reamer and/or implant. The drill may be any suitable drill, such as drill  1501  (shown in  FIG. 15 ). The reamer may be any suitable reamer, such as reamer  1601  (shown in  FIGS. 16-19 ). The implant may be the implant, such as implant  9720  (shown in  FIG. 97A ). 
     Guide surface  11305  may be configured to support the implant tail of the implant. 
     Rod  11301  may include threaded segment  11307 . Threaded segment  11307  may threadedly engage an extension rod (not shown) that extends along central longitudinal rod axis L R . A force may be applied to the extension rod to drive rod  11301  into a bone. The extension rod may be threadedly disengages from rod  11301  after rod is  11301  is positioned in the bone. Appling the force to the extension rod may mitigate a risk of deforming rod  11301  while inserting rod  11301  into the bone. 
     Rod  11301  may include anchor receiving feature  11309 . Anchor receiving feature  11309  may receive an anchor that is driven through the implant tail (not shown). The anchor received by anchor receiving feature  11309  may secure the implant tail to the bone. The anchor received by anchor receiving feature  11309  may secure rod  11301  to the bone. The anchor received by anchor receiving feature  11309  may secure the implant to rod  11301 . 
     Rod  11301  may include elongated extension member  11303 . Extension member  11303  may have a length. The length of extension member  11303  may extend parallel to, or substantially parallel to, a central longitudinal axis of rod  13301 . An outer surface of rod  11301  may be tubular and define a cylindrical surface. An outer surface of extension member  11303  may be coextensive with the cylindrical surface. An outer surface of extension member  11303  may be coextensive with a portion of the cylindrical surface. An inner surface of extension member  11303  may be coextensive with an inner surface of ring-shaped segment  11312 . 
     An “outer” surface may be a surface of extension member  13303 , rod  11301  or ring-shaped segment  11312  that is more distant from a central longitudinal axis of rod  11301 . An “inner” surface may be a surface of extension member extension member  13303 , rod  11301  or ring-shaped segment  11312  that is closer to the central longitudinal axis of rod  11301 . A thickness of extension member  13303 , rod  11301  or ring-shaped segment  11312  may be a distance between the inner and outer surfaces. 
     An outer surface of extension member  11303  may be planar, or substantially planar. An inner surface of extension member  11303  may be planar, or substantially planar. 
     Extension member  11303  may have a thickness. The thickness may extend between inner and outer surfaces of extension member  11303 . The thickness of extension member  11303  may vary along the length of extension member  11303 . The thickness of extension member  11303  may be less than a diameter of the cylindrical surface defined by rod  11301 . A thickness of elongated extension member  11303  may less than a radius of the cylindrical surface defined by rod  11301 . An outside surface of extension member  11303  may not completely encircle aperture  11306 . A thickness of elongated extension member  11303  may not obscure aperture  11306 . A thickness of elongated extension member  11303  may not obscure a trajectory defined by guide surface  11305 . 
     An outside surface of extension member  11303  may not completely encircle ring-shaped segment  11312 . A thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary along a central longitudinal axis of rod  11301 . A thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary to accommodate the trajectory defined by guide surface  11305 . The thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary about a central longitudinal axis defined by guide surface  11305 . The thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary along the central longitudinal axis defined by guide surface  11305 . The thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary about a central longitudinal axis defined by rod  11301 . The thickness of ring-shaped segment  11312  may vary along the central longitudinal axis defined by rod  11301 . 
     Ring-shaped segment  11312  may be thick at or near a joint with extension member  11303 . Increased thickness at the joint may provide more robust support for extension member  11303 . 
     An outer surface of extension member  11303  may have an arc length that is less than a circumferential length of the cylindrical surface defined by rod  11301 . Elongated extension member  11303  may define a planar surface area. When rod  11301  is positioned inside a bone, elongated extension member  11303  may be positioned between a central longitudinal axis of the bone and cortical bone. When rod  11301  is positioned inside a bone, elongated extension member  11303  may be positioned between a central longitudinal axis of rod  11301  and an outer surface of rod  13301 . 
     Extension member  11303  may include mating feature  11321 . Mating feature  11321  may mate with a corresponding mating feature (not shown) in an extension rod (not shown). Mating feature  11321  may position the extension rod such a central longitudinal axis of the extension rod is perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular, to axis L R . 
     Extension member  11303  may include anchor receiving feature  11317 . Anchor receiving feature  11317  may be configured to receive an anchor that locks rod  11301  to an extension rod. Anchor receiving feature  11317  may be threaded. 
     Using mating feature  11321  and anchor receiving feature  11317 , an extension rod may be securely affixed to rod  11301 . A force, applied to the extension rod may drive rod  11301  into the bone. The extension rod may be disengaged from rod  11301  after rod is  11301  is positioned in the bone. Mating feature  11321  may mitigate a risk of deforming rod  11301  while inserting rod  11301  into the bone. 
     Edge  11310  of extension member  11303  may be a mating feature. A first protrusion (e.g., of an extension rod) may be configured to mate with mating feature  11321 . A depth of mating feature  11321  may be less than a thickness of extension member  11303 . A second protrusion (e.g., of the extension rod) may be configured to abut edge  11310 . Edge  11310  may touch the second protrusion. Edge  11310  may contact the second protrusion when a force is applied to the second protrusion (e.g., via the extension rod). Edge  11310  may have a thickness that is the same as, or different from, a thickness of extension member  11301 . Edge  11301  may have a thickness that is at least equal to a depth of mating feature  11321 . 
     Extension member  11303  may include mating feature  11308 . Mating feature  11308  may mate with a corresponding mating feature (not shown) in an extension rod (not shown). Mating feature  11308  may position the extension rod such a central longitudinal axis of the extension rod is parallel to, or substantially parallel to, axis L R . Mating feature  11308  may define a track for receiving a corresponding feature of the extension rod. 
       FIG. 114  shows another view of rod  11301 .  FIG. 114  shows that extension member  11303  does not obstruct aperture  11306 . Tools guided by guide surface  11305  (shown in  FIG. 113 ) may pass through aperture  11306  and into the bone without being obstructed by extension member  11303 . Extension member  11303  may not obstruct an expansion of an implant inside the bone. 
       FIG. 115  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  1501 . Scenario  11501  shows rod  11301  positioned inside bone B. Bone B may be any suitable bone. Exemplary bones may include a humerus and femur. Scenario  11501  shows implant  11503  positioned inside bone B. Implant  11503  may be inserted into bone B using guide surface  11305  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). Scenario  11501  shows implant  11503  in an expanded state. Scenario  11501  shows that extension member  11303  does not obstruct expansion of implant  11503 . 
     Scenario  11501  shows another view of mating feature. Scenario  11501  shows anchor  11507  positioned in anchor receiving features  11315 ,  11313  and  11311 . Anchor  11507  may be received by anchor receiving feature  11309  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). 
     Scenario  11501  shows the guide surface supporting implant tail  11505 . Scenario  11501  also shows implant tail  11515  penetrating aperture  11306  defined by ring-shaped segment  11312 . Implant head  11503  may also penetrate aperture  11306  defined by ring-shaped segment  11312 . 
       FIG. 116  shows rod  11301  positioned relative to extension rod  11601 . A central longitudinal axis L R  of rod  11301  may be positioned perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a central longitudinal axis L ER  of extension rod  11601 . 
     Extension rod  11601  may include mating feature  11613 . Mating feature  11613  may mate with mating feature  11321  (shown in  FIG. 113 ) of rod  11301 . Extension rod  11601  may include internal bore  11611 . Positioning mating feature  11613  within mating feature  11321  may position internal bore  11611  relative to anchor receiving feature  11317  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). 
     When internal bore  11611  is positioned relative to anchor receiving feature  11317 , an anchor (not shown) may be driven through internal bore  11611  into anchor receiving feature  11317 . The anchor may be inserted into extension rod  11601  via opening  11607 . The anchor may threadedly engage anchor receiving feature  11317 . Threaded engagement of the anchor and anchor receiving feature  11317  may lock extension rod  11601  to rod  11301 . Extension rod  11601  may be locked to rod  11301  such that L R  is perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, L ER . Extension rod  11601  may be locked to rod  11301  before rod  11301  is positioned inside a bone. 
     When extension rod  11601  is locked relative to rod  11301  mating feature  11613  may be securely mated to mating feature  11321 . For example, mating feature  11601  may be received by mating feature  11321 . When mating feature  11601  is securely mated to mating feature  11321 , a force applied to extension rod  11601  may be transferred to rod  11301  without deforming extension member  11303  or any other component of rod  11301 . 
     When rod  11301  is secured to extension rod  11601 , pass-through  11605  may be aligned with central longitudinal axis L 11311  of anchor receiving feature  11311 . Extension rod  11601  may remain affixed to rod  11301  after rod  11301  is positioned inside a bone. Tools may be inserted through pass-through  11605 . The tools may be used to position an anchor, from an outside of the bone, within anchor receiving feature  11311 . 
     When rod  11301  is secured to extension rod  11601 , pass-through  11603  may be aligned with central longitudinal axis L 11309  of anchor receiving feature  11309 . Extension rod  11601  may remain affixed to rod  11301  after rod  11301  is positioned inside a bone. Tools may be inserted through pass-through  11603 . The tools may be used to position an anchor, from an outside of the bone, within anchor receiving feature  11309 . For example, pass-through  11603  may be used to position anchor  11507  that secures implant  11503 . 
     Extension rod  11601  may include rib  11609 . Rib  11609  may secure targeting tools relative to extension rod  11601 . The targeting tools may be used to direct one or more anchors into rod  11301  when rod  11301  is positioned inside the bone. The targeting tools may be used to direct one or more anchors into implant  11503  (shown in  FIG. 115 ) when implant  11503  is positioned inside the bone. 
     Rib  11609  may include one or more cut-outs.  FIG. 116  shows that rib  11609  includes cut-out  11602 .  FIG. 116  shows that rib  11609  includes cut-out  11604 . A cut-out may receive a set screw affixed to targeting tools (not shown). Targeting tools may include a feature that mates with rib  11609 . Targeting tools may be secured to extension rod  11601  by mating with rib  11609 . A set screw may be driven into cut-outs  11602  and/or  11604  in rib  11609 . Driving a set screw into cut-outs  11602  and/or  11604  may provide additional stability to targeting tools secured to rod  11301 . 
     Extension rod  11601  may be unlocked and removed from rod  11301 . Extension rod  11601  may be unlocked and removed from rod  11301  after rod  11301  is securely positioned inside a bone. 
       FIG. 116  shows clearance axis L C1 . Clearance axis L C1  may represent space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. Axis L C1  may be parallel to an outer surface of rod  11301 .  FIG. 116  also shows clearance axis L C2 . Clearance axis L C2  may represent space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. L C1 , L C2  and an inner surface of extension member  11303  may collectively define a clearance plane P C  for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. 
     Clearance may include space for an expandable implant (such as implant  11503 , shown in  FIG. 115 ) to fully expand inside a bone. Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone. Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone when the implant is inserted into the bone at an angle, relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone. The angle may be defined by guide surface  11305  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to be therapeutically positioned within the bone. A therapeutic position for an implant may include a position, within the bone, that allows a practitioner to repair a fracture of the bone by securing one or more segments of the bone to the implant. An illustrative therapeutic position for an implant is shown in  FIG. 115 . 
       FIG. 117  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  11700 . Scenario  11700  shows extension rod  11705 . Extension rod  11705  may have one or more features in common with extension rod  11601  (shown in  FIG. 116 ). Scenario  11700  shows rod  11701 . Rod  11701  may have one or more features in common with rod  11301  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). Scenario  11700  shows extension rod  11705  affixed to rod  11701 . Rod  11701  is positioned inside bone B. Extension rod  11705  extends out of bone B. 
     Scenario  11700  shows targeting tool  11707  affixed to extension rod  11705 . Set screw  11709  may be used to secure targeting tool  11707  to extension rod  11705 . Targeting tool  11707  may include anchor receiving features  11717 . Targeting tool  1707  may include anchor receiving feature  11719 . When targeting tool  11707  is affixed to extension rod  11705 , anchor receiving features  11717  and  11719  may be positioned to direct one or more anchors into target locations on rod  11701  and/or within bone B. 
     Target tool  11701  may include guide segment  11715 . When targeting tool  11701  is affixed to extension rod  11705 , and extension rod is affixed to rod  11701 , guide segment  11715  may be positioned to direct tool  11713  into guide surface  11305  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). Tool  11713  may be used to deploy implant  11711  inside bone B. 
       FIG. 118  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  11800 . Scenario  11800  shows extension rod  11705  affixed to rod  11701 . Rod  11701  is positioned inside bone B. Extension rod  11705  extends out of bone B. Scenario  11800  shows that when rod  11701  is positioned inside bone B, extension rod  11705  may be used to position tools  11801  and  11803  from an outside of bone B, relative to rod  11701  inside bone B. Scenario  11800  shows that when rod  11701  is positioned inside bone B, extension rod  11705  may be used to position tools  11801  and  11803  from an outside of bone B, relative to implant  11711  inside bone B. 
     For example, scenario  11800  shows that guide tube  11801  may be positioned within pass-through  11805  of extension rod  11705 . Pass-through  11805  may include one or more features of pass-through  11605  (shown in  FIG. 116 ). Positioning guide tube  11801  within the pass-through may allow drill  11803  to be positioned within guide tube  11801  and be aligned with an anchor receiving feature of rod  11701 . For example, drill  11803  may create a pilot hole for an anchor that is received by anchor receiving feature  11311  (shown in  FIGS. 113 and 115 ). 
     Extension rod  11705  may include pass-through  11807 . Pass-through  11807  may include one or more features of pass-through  11603  (shown in  FIG. 116 ). Pass-through  11807  may position a drill or other tool relative to anchor receiving feature  11309  (shown in  FIGS. 113 and 116 ). When positioned relative to anchor receiving feature  11309 , the drill may create a pilot hole for anchor  11811 . Pass-through  11807  may be used to position anchor  11811 . 
       FIG. 119  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  11900 . Scenario  11900  shows extension rod  11907  affixed to rod  11903 . Extension rod  11907  may include one or more features of extension rod  11601  (shown in  FIG. 116 ). Rod  11903  may include one or more features of rod  11301  (shown in  FIG. 116 ). Rod  11903  is positioned inside bone B. Extension rod  11907  extends out of bone B. 
     Scenario  11900  shows that when rod  11903  is positioned inside bone B, targeting tool  11901  may be affixed to extension rod  11907 . Targeting tool  11901  may be affixed to extension rod  11907  such that the targeting tools  11901  are positioned outside of bone B. When targeting tool  11901  is affixed to extension rod  11907 . Guide surfaces of targeting tool  11901  may be aligned with anchor receiving features, positioned inside bone B, of rod  11903  and/or implant  11905 . 
     Targeting tool  11901  may include one or more guide surfaces. For example, targeting tool  11901  may include guide surfaces that position tools  11909 ,  11915 ,  11913 ,  11911  and  11911 . The one or more guide surfaces may direct a k-wire, anchor, drill, reamer wires, guide tubes or other tool into anchor receiving features of rod  11903  after rod  11903  is inside bone B. The one or more guide surfaces may direct a k-wire, anchor, drill, reamer, wires, guide tubes or other tool into anchor receiving features of implant  11905  after implant  11905  is inside bone B. Anchor receiving features of implant  11905  may include anchor receiving features in the implant tail of implant  11905 . Anchor receiving features of implant  11905  may include anchor receiving features in the implant head of implant  11905 . 
     Guide surfaces of targeting tool  11901  may be aligned with anchor receiving features of rod  11903  and/or implant  11905  when rod  11701  is positioned inside bone B, extension rod  11705  may be used to position tools  11801  and  11803  from an outside of bone B, relative to implant  11711  inside bone B. 
       FIG. 120  shows rod  12000 . Rod  12000  may include one or more features of rod  11301  (shown in  FIG. 113 ). Rod  11301  may include one or more features of rod  12000 . 
     Rod  12000  may be tubular. Rod  12000  may include rod body  12006 . Rod body  12006  may include a length that defines a cylindrical surface. For example, rod body  12006  may define cylindrical surface  12010 . Rod body  12006  may include a length that defines a cylindrical surface. 
     An outer surface of rod body  12006  may define axes L OS1  and L OS2 . Axes L OS1  and L OS2  may be parallel to a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . 
     Rod  12000  may include tapered segment  12008 . Tapered segment  12008  may define a conical surface. For example, tapered segment  12008  may define conical surface  12012 . Tapered segment  12008  may define a conical surface. 
     Rod  12000  may include anchor receiving feature  12005 . Anchor receiving feature  12005  may define a first central longitudinal axis (not shown). The first central longitudinal axis may be oblique to the central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  12005  may secure rod  12000  to a bone, such as bone B (shown in  FIG. 115 ). An anchor may be driven through anchor receiving feature  12005  at an angle defined by the intersection of central longitudinal axis of anchor receiving feature  12005  and central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . 
     Rod  12000  may include anchor receiving feature  12003 . Anchor receiving feature  12003  may define a second central longitudinal axis (not shown). The second central longitudinal axis may be oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  12003  may secure rod  12000  to a bone, such as bone B (shown in  FIG. 115 ). An anchor may be driven through anchor receiving feature  12003  at an angle defined by the intersection of central longitudinal axis of anchor receiving feature  12003  and central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . 
     A first planar surface (not shown) may include the first central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12005 . A second planar surface (not shown) may include the second central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12003 . The first planar surface may be parallel to the second planar surface. 
     The axes defined by anchor receiving features  12005  and  12003  may direct anchors into a bone at different angles with respect to a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . The axes defined by anchor receiving features  12005  and  12003  may direct anchors into a bone within parallel planar surfaces. Driving anchors into a bone at different angles and in parallel surfaces may decrease stress risers in the bone. The stress risers may be due to threaded engagement of the anchors with the bone. 
     An anchor may include a head. The head may not pass through anchor receiving feature  12005  or  12003 . The stress risers may be due to threaded engagement of the anchors with the bone and a bracing of the anchor head against an outer surface of rod  12000 . The stress risers may be due to threaded engagement of the anchors with the bone and a bracing of the anchor head against an outer surface of the bone. 
     Rod  12000  may include guide surface  12001 . A segment of rod  12000  that includes guide surface  12001  may be a guide segment. Guide surface  12001  may guide tools into the bone. Guide surface  12001  may guide tools into the bone through aperture  12002 . Guide surface  12001  may guide tools into the bone at an angle that is oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . Exemplary tools may include a k-wire, drill, reamer and/or implant. The drill may be any suitable drill, such as drill  1501  (shown in  FIG. 15 ). The reamer may be any suitable reamer, such as reamer  1601  (shown in  FIGS. 16-19 ). The implant may be any suitable implant, such as implant  9720  (shown in  FIG. 97A ). 
     Rod  12000  may include anchor receiving feature  12007 . Anchor receiving feature  12007  may define a third central longitudinal axis (not shown). The third central longitudinal axis may be oblique to a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  12007  may secure rod  12000  to the bone. The third central longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar surfaces. 
     Rod  12000  may include anchor receiving feature  12009 . Anchor receiving feature  12009  may define a fourth central longitudinal axis (not shown). An anchor driven through anchor receiving feature  12009  may secure rod  12000  to the bone. The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar surfaces. The fourth central longitudinal axis may intersect the first and the second planar surfaces. 
     The fourth central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12009  may be parallel to the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12007 . The fourth central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12009  may intersect the third central longitudinal axis defined by anchor receiving feature  12007 . 
     Anchor receiving features  12007  and  12009  may receive anchors that secure rod  12000  to a bone. Anchor receiving features  12007  and  12009  may receive anchors that secure an implant to the bone. Anchor receiving features  12007  and  12009  may receive anchors that secure a tail of the implant to rod  12000  and the bone. 
     Rod  12000  may include elongated extension member  12004 . Extension member  12004  may include mating feature  12011  and mating feature  12012 . Mating features  12011  and  12012  may mate with corresponding mating features (not shown) in an extension rod (not shown). Mating features  12011  and  12012  may position the extension rod such that a central longitudinal axis of the extension rod is perpendicular to, or substantially perpendicular to, a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . 
     Rod  12000  include cannulated segment  12014 . Cannulated segment  12014  may be threaded. For example, a threaded tool (e.g., screw or extension rod) may be threadedly inserted into cannulated segment  12014  via aperture  12013 . A tool that engages cannulated segment  12014  may be positioned such a central longitudinal axis of the tool is parallel to, or substantially parallel to, a central longitudinal axis of rod  12000 . 
     Cannulated segment  12014  may have a width (or diameter) that is less than a width (or diameter) of rod  12000 . The difference in width (or diameter) may allow a tool to slide over cannulated segment  12014  without increasing an overall width (or diameter) of rod  12000 . A tool that slides over cannulated segment  12014  may also threadedly engage cannulated segment  12014  via aperture  12013 . 
     Elongated extension member  12004  may include anchor receiving feature  12017 . Anchor receiving feature  12017  may be configured to receive an anchor that locks rod  12000  to an extension rod (not shown). Anchor receiving feature  12017  may be threaded. 
     An extension rod may include mating features that mate with mating feature  12011  and/or mating feature  12012 . For example, mating features  12011  and  12012  may include depressions in a surface of rod  12000 . An extension rod may include one or more protrusions that fit into the depressions. When mating features of an extension rod are joined to mating features  12011  and  12012 , a guide surface of the extension rod may be positioned over anchor receiving feature  12017 . An anchor may be driven through the extension rod into anchor receiving feature  12017  and securely affixed the extension rod to rod  12000 . 
     A force, applied to the extension rod may drive rod  12000  into the bone. The extension rod may be disengaged from rod  12000  after rod is  12000  is positioned in the bone. Mating features  12011  and  12012  may mitigate a risk of deforming rod  12000  when applying the force to the extension rod and inserting rod  12000  into the bone. 
       FIG. 121  shows another view of rod  12000 .  FIG. 121  shows that elongated extension member  12004  may include an outer surface area that is less than an outer surface area of rod body  12006 . For example, rod body  12006  may define a cylindrical surface. In some embodiments, rod body  12006  may define a cylindrical surface. 
     Rod body  12006  may have an outer surface area that is larger than an outer surface area of elongated extension member  12004 . Less outer surface area may provide elongated extension member  12004  with clearance for tools inserted into a bone via guide surface  12001  and aperture  12002 . 
     Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone. Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone. Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to fully expand inside the bone when the implant is inserted into the bone at an angle, relative to a longitudinal axis of the bone, defined by guide surface  12001 . Clearance may include space for an expandable implant to be therapeutically positioned within the bone. A therapeutic position for an implant may include a position, within the bone, that allows a practitioner to repair a fracture of the bone by securing one or more segments of the bone to the implant. 
       FIG. 121  shows that cannulated segment  12014  is spaced apart from aperture  12012  by a length of elongated member  12004 .  FIG. 121  shows that cannulated segment  12014  may include an outer surface area that is larger than an outer surface area of elongated extension member  12004 .  FIG. 121  also shows that cannulated segment  12014  may include an outer surface area that is smaller than an outer surface area of rod body  12006 . 
       FIG. 122  shows another view of rod  12000 .  FIG. 122  shows that rod body  12006  defines outer surface axes L OS3  and L OS4 . Guide surface  12001  (shown in  FIG. 120 ) may form angle α with axis L OS3 . A slope of guide surface  12001  may be defined by tan(a). Ring-shaped segment  12201  may bridge between guide surface  12001  and elongated extension member  12004 . Ring-shaped segment  12201  may form angle β with L OS3 . A central longitudinal axis (not shown) of rod  12000  may pass through ring-shaped segment  12201 . 
       FIG. 122  shows clearance axis L C1 . Axis L C1  may be an extension of outer surface axis L OS4  defined by rod body  12006 . Ring-shaped segment  12201  may define angle γ with clearance axis L C1 . Angle γ may be different from angle β. Angle γ may be equal to angle β. 
     Clearance axis L C1  may represent space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. Axis L C1  may be parallel to an outer surface axis L OS .  FIG. 122  also shows clearance axis L C2 . Clearance axis L C2  may also represent space for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. L C1 , L C2  and an inner surface of extension member  12004  may collectively define a clearance plane P C  for positioning of a tool (e.g., drill or implant) inside a bone. Clearance plane P C  may provide space for positioning the tool inside a bone after the tool is inserted into the bone via aperture  12002  defined by ring-shaped element  12201 . 
       FIG. 123  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  12300 . Scenario  12300  shows rod  12301  positioned inside bone B. Rod  12300  may include one or more features of rod  11301  (shown in  FIG. 113 ), rod  11701  (shown in  FIG. 117 ), rod  11903  (shown in  FIG. 119 ) and rod  12000  (shown in  FIG. 120 ). 
     Scenario  123  shows extension rod  12303  affixed to rod  12301 . Extension rod  12303  may be affixed to rod  12303  by threadedly engaging cannulated segment  12014  (shown in  FIG. 120 ). Extension rod  12303  may slide into a space between surface  12010  and surface  12015  of cannulate segment  12014  (shown in  FIG. 120 ). Extension rod  12303  may be cannulated. An anchor (not shown) a cannulated extension rod  12303  may direct an anchor into cannulate segment  12014 . The anchor may threadedly engage cannulated segment  12014  and affix extension rod  12303  to rod  12301 . 
     After rod  12301  is affixed to extension rod  12303 , a force may be applied to extension rod  120303 . The force may drive rod  12301  into bone B. The force may drive rod  12301  into bone B without deforming rod  12301 . Scenario  12300  shows that rod  12301  may be driven into bone B through an articular surface of bone B. 
     After rod  12301  is positioned inside bone B, a first length of extension rod  12303  may be positioned inside bone B. After rod  12301  is positioned inside bone B, a second length of extension rod  12303  may be positioned outside bone B. 
     Targeting tools may be affixed to the second length of extension rod  12303  that extends outside of bone B. Scenario  12300  shows targeting tool  12307  affixed to extension rod  12303 . Targeting tool may be a jig that includes apertures and guide surfaces. The apertures and guide surface may direct tools (e.g., drill, reamer, k-wire, guide tube, anchor) into targeted positions on rod  12301 . Such targeted positions may include anchor receiving features in rod  12301 . 
     For example, scenario  12300  shows tools  12315  and  12317  passing through aperture  12311 , through bone B and into an anchor receiving feature of rod  12301 . Scenario  12300  also shows tools  12321  and  12323  passing through aperture  12319 , through bone B and into an anchor receiving feature of rod  12301 . 
     Targeting tool  12307  may include aperture  12313 . Aperture  12313  and an associated guide surface (not shown) may direct tools through bone B and on to guide surface  12305 . Guide surface  12305  may include one or more features of guide surface  12001  (shown in  FIG. 120 ). 
     Targeting tool  12307  may include apertures  12309 . Apertures  12309  may be associated with guide surfaces that direct tools into bone B. Apertures  12309  may be associated with guide surfaces that direct tools into an implant positioned inside bone B. Apertures  12309  may be associated with guide surfaces that direct tools into rod  12301  after rod  12301  is positioned inside bone B. 
     Extension rod  12303  may be removed from bone B after rod  12301  is secured to bone B. Extension rod  12303  may be removed from bone B after a fracture in bone B has been repaired. 
       FIG. 124  shows illustrative therapeutic scenario  12400 . Scenario  12400  shows targeting tool  12307  affixed to extension rod  12303 . Scenario  12400  shows tool  12401  passing through aperture  12313  and on to guide surface  12305  (shown in  FIG. 123 ). Tool  12401  may be used to deploy implant  12403  inside bone B. 
     Implant  12403  may pass through aperture  12313  and aperture  12002  (shown in  FIG. 120 ) in a collapsed state. Implant  12403  may be expanded inside bone B. Elongated extension member  12302  of rod  12301  may provide clearance for expansion of implant  12403  inside bone B. Elongated extension member  12302  of rod  12301  may provide clearance for positioned of collapsed or expanded implant  12403  inside bone B. 
     Anchor  12405  may pass through a tail of implant  12403 . Anchor  12405  may be directed into implant  12403  and rod  12301  using guide surfaces associated with one or more of apertures  12309  in target tool  12307 . Anchor  12409  may be directed into bone B and into rod  12301  using a guide surface associated with aperture  12311 . Anchor  12407  may be directed into bone B and into rod  12301  using a guide surface associated with aperture  12319 . 
       FIG. 125  shows illustrative apparatus  12500 . Apparatus  12500  may include the implant. The implant may include implant head  12501  and implant base  12503  positioned between implant head  12501  and implant tail (not shown). 
     Apparatus  12500  may include an elongated member removably coupled to the implant. The elongated member may include sleeve  12505 , anchoring base  12507  and end  12511 . End  12511  may be tapered. 
     Anchoring base  12507  may include a hollow mesh structure defining a plurality of openings  12509 . Anchoring base  12507  may extend between sleeve  12505  and end  12511 . 
     Openings  12509  may be sized to receive anchors for fixing anchoring base  12507  to a bone B. The anchors may be screws. A practitioner may drive a screw into anchoring base  12507  without using a jig to register the anchor to an opening  12509 . 
     Apparatus  12500  may be positioned in a bone. Apparatus  12500  may be positioned in a shaft of a bone. Apparatus  12500  may be positioned along a neck of a bone such that the implant head extends into a head of the bone. Apparatus  12500  may be positioned in any other suitable location in a bone. 
       FIG. 126  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 125  taking along lines  126 - 126 .  FIG. 126  shows implant tail  12603  positioned in sleeve  12505 .  FIG. 126  also shows threaded member  12601  fixed to sleeve  12505 . Threaded member  12601  extends along a sleeve longitudinal axis and is spaced radially apart from the sleeve  12505  to define an annular space. Tail  12603  is seated in the annular space. Threaded member  12601  is shown engaged with an inner threaded portion of tail  12603  to couple the elongated member to the implant. 
       FIG. 127  shows illustrative apparatus  12700 . Apparatus  12700  may include the implant. The implant may include implant head  12701  and implant base  12703  positioned between implant head  12701  and implant tail  12705 . 
     Apparatus  12700  may include an elongated member removably coupled to the implant. The elongated member may include sleeve  12707 . In  FIG. 127 , sleeve  12707  is illustrated as transparent to show implant tail  12705  and threaded member  12715  positioned in sleeve  12707 . 
     The elongated member may include threaded member  12715 . Threaded member  12715  may be fixed to the sleeve and extend along a sleeve longitudinal axis. Threaded member  12715  may be spaced radially apart from sleeve  12707  to define an annular space. 
     The elongated member may include end  12713  and an anchoring base extending between sleeve  12707  and end  12713 . The anchoring base may define slots  12709  and  12711 . End  12713  may be tapered. 
     Apparatus  12700  may be positioned in a bone. Apparatus  12700  may be positioned in a shaft of a bone. Apparatus  12700  may be positioned along a neck of a bone such that the implant extends into a head of the bone. Apparatus  12700  may be positioned in any other suitable location in the bone. 
       FIG. 128  shows a cross-sectional view of apparatus illustrated in  FIG. 127  taking along lines  128 - 128 .  FIG. 128  shows threaded member  12715  engaged with an inner threaded portion of tail  12705  to couple the elongated member to the implant. 
       FIG. 129  shows illustrative apparatus  12901  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  12901  may include first implant head  12905  and first implant base  12915  coupled to first implant head  12905 . Apparatus  12901  may include second implant head  12907  and second implant base  12913  coupled to second implant head  12907 . First implant head  12905  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Second implant head  12907  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. 
     First implant head  12905  may be expandable. Second implant head  12907  may be expandable. One or both of implant head  12905  and  12907  may be expanded in bone B. One or both of implant head  12905  and  12907  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. One or both of implant head  12905  and  12907  may not be expandable. 
     First implant head  12905  and second implant head  12907  may self-expand in the bone after being removed from a sheath. First implant head  12905  and second implant head  12907  may be manually expandable. A practitioner may insert apparatus  12901  in the bone prior to expansion of first implant head  12905  and second implant head  12907 . A practitioner may insert apparatus  12901  in the bone after the expansion of first implant head  12905  and/or second implant head  12907 . 
     First implant head  12905  may have a first volume. Second implant head  12907  may have a second volume. The first volume may be equal to the second volume. A shape defined by an outer face of first implant head  12905  may be the same as, or different from, a shape defined by an outer face of second implant head  12907 . 
     Apparatus  12901  may include shaft  12909 . Shaft  12909  may be straight. Shaft  12909  may include one or more bent sections (not shown) to position implant head  12905  and implant head  12907  in desirable anatomical positions in a bone. 
     Shaft  12909  may be an implant tail. Shaft  12909  may be an intramedullary rod. Shaft  12909  may be a cannulated tube. Shaft  12909  may be a solid tube. 
     Shaft  12909  may extend between first implant base  12915  and second implant base  12913 . Shaft  12909  may couple the first implant head  12905  to second implant head  12907 . A first end of shaft  12909  may be coupled to first implant base  12915 . A second end of shaft  12909  may be coupled to second implant base  12915 . Shaft  12909  may be rigidly coupled to one or both of first implant base  12915  and second implant base  12913 . Shaft  12909  may be configured to be coupled to one or both of first implant base  12915  and second implant base  12913  by threads, snap-fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those skilled in the art. 
     Shaft  12909  may define one or both of holes  12911 . Shaft  12909  may define additional holes extending through shaft  12909 . Holes  12911  may be sized to receive an anchor such as a screw. Shaft  12909  may define a mesh structure extending circumferentially around some or all of a central axis of shaft  12909 . Shaft  12909  may define one or more slots. 
       FIG. 130  shows illustrative apparatus  13001  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13001  may include first implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005 . First implant head  13003  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Second implant head  13005  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. 
     First implant head  13003  may be expandable. Second implant head  13005  may be expandable. First implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005  may self-expand in bone B after being removed from a sheath. First implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005  may be manually expandable. A practitioner may insert apparatus  13001  in bone B prior to expansion of first implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005 . A practitioner may insert apparatus  13001  in bone B after expansion of first implant head  13003  and/or second implant head  13005 . 
     Base  13007  may be positioned between first implant head  13003  and  13005 . Base  13007  may be rigidly fixed to first implant head  13003 . Base  13007  and first implant head  13003  may be, together, monolithic. Base  13007  may be rigidly fixed to second implant head  13005 . Base  13007  and second implant head  13005  may be, together, monolithic. Base  13007  may be rigidly fixed to first implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005 . Base  13007 , first implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005  may be, together, monolithic. 
     Base  13007  may be a first base. Base  13007  be rigidly fixed to first implant head  13003 . Second implant head  13005  may be rigidly fixed to a second base. The second base may be coupled to an inner face of base  13007  by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those skilled in the art. 
     A practitioner may advance one or more screws into first implant head  13003  and second implant head  13005 . A practitioner may advance screws into one or both of first and second implant heads without using a jig. 
       FIG. 131  shows illustrative apparatus  13100  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13100  may include implant head  13103 . Implant head  13103  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13103  may be expandable. Implant head  13103  may be expanded in bone B. Implant head  13103  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13101  may be advanced, in an unexpanded state, through rod  13101  after rod  13101  is implanted in bone B and subsequently expanded in bone B. Implant head  13103  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13100  may include member  13101 . Member  13101  may be an intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13101  may be coupled to, and extend away from, implant head  13103 . Intramedullary rod  13101  may be cannulated. An end of intramedullary rod  13101  may be coupled to implant head  13103 . The end of intramedullary rod  1310  may define an opening in which implant head  13101  is seated. A portion of implant head  13103  may be positioned in intramedullary rod  13101 . A portion of an implant base fixed to implant head  13103  may be positioned in intramedullary rod  13101 . An implant base fixed to implant head  13103  may be positioned in intramedullary rod  13101 . A portion of an implant tail fixed to implant head  13103  may be positioned in intramedullary rod  13101 . An implant tail fixed to implant head  13103  may be positioned in intramedullary rod  13101 . 
     Implant head  13103  and intramedullary rod  13101  may be, together, monolithic. Implant head  13103  may be fixedly coupled to intramedullary rod  13101 . Implant head  13103  may be removably coupled to intramedullary rod  13101 . A portion of rod  13101  may extend through implant head  13103 . An end of rod  13101  may mate with an end of implant head  13103 . 
     Implant head may be configured to be coupled to intramedullary rod  13101  by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those skilled in the art. Intramedullary rod  13101  may be cannulated. Coupling implant head  13103  to rod  13101  may include positioning implant head  13103 , the implant base and/or the implant tail in the cannula. Intramedullary rod  13101  may define an opening. Coupling implant head  13103  to rod  13101  may include positioning implant head  13103 , the implant base and/or the implant tail in the opening. 
     Implant head  13103  may extend away from a base. The base may be fixedly coupled to intramedullary rod  13101 . The base may be configured to be coupled to intramedullary rod  13101  by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those skilled in the art. Intramedullary rod  13101  may be cannulated. Coupling the base to rod  13101  may include positioning the base in the cannula. Intramedullary rod  13101  may define an opening. Coupling the base to rod  13101  may include positioning the base in the opening. 
     Implant head  13103  may include an implant tail. The implant tail may pass through the intramedullary rod. The implant tail may be fixedly coupled to the intramedullary rod. The implant tail may be unitary with the intramedullary rod. The tail may be configured to be coupled to intramedullary rod  13101  by threads, snap fit, friction fit, or any other suitable attachment mechanism described herein or known to those skilled in the art. 
     Implant head  13103  may be coupled to rod  13101  using apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference the elongated member including the sleeve. Rod  13101  may include the sleeve and the threaded member extending along a central axis of the rod. Implant head  13103  may be coupled to rod  13101  using apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference to  FIG. 125 . Implant head  13103  may be coupled to rod  13101  using apparatus and methods illustrated and described in reference to  FIG. 127 . 
     Implant head  13103  may be coupled to a distal end of a screw. The screw may pass through the intramedullary rod. The screw may be fixedly coupled to an end cap positioned on an end of the intramedullary rod opposite the end of the rod to which implant head  13103  is coupled. The screw may be unitary with the intramedullary rod. 
     Member  13101  may be the implant tail. Member  13101  may be the implant shaft. Member  13101  may be the implant tail coupled to the implant shaft. Member  13101  may be a screw. A portion of implant head  13103  may be positioned in the screw. 
     A practitioner may advance one or more screws into implant head  13103 . A practitioner may advance screws into implant head  13103  without using a jig. A practitioner may anchor a distal end of a screw in a head of bone B by advancing the distal end of the screw into implant head  13103 . 
       FIG. 132  shows illustrative apparatus  13200  positioned in bone B. The apparatus may include implant head  13203  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13203  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13203  may be expandable. Implant head  13203  may be expanded in bone B. Implant head  13203  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13203  may not be expandable. 
     Intramedullary rod  13201  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13201  may be coupled to implant head  13203 . The coupling of implant head  13203  to rod  13201  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
       FIG. 132  also shows illustrative fixation members  13205  and  13207 . Fixation member  13205  may be a screw. Fixation member  13207  may be a screw. Fixation members  13205  and  13207  are shown extending through a neck of bone B and into a head of bone B. A distal end of fixation member  13205  is anchored in implant head  13203 . A distal end of fixation member  13207  is anchored in implant head  13203 . 
       FIG. 133  shows illustrative apparatus  13300  including intramedullary rod  13301  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13300  may also include implant head  13303  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13303  may be fixedly coupled to an end of intramedullary rod  13303 . Implant head  13303  may be coupled to an end of intramedullary rod  13303 . 
     Implant head  13303  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13303  may be expandable. Implant head  13303  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head may be expanded in bone B. Implant head  13303  may not be expandable. 
     Intramedullary rod  13303  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13303  may be coupled to implant head  13301 . The coupling of implant head  13301  to rod  13303  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Implant head  13303  may have an outer face shaped in the pseudo-conical shape illustrated in  FIG. 133 . 
     Implant head  13303  may be positioned adjacent an articular surface of bone B. A shape of implant head  13303  may support an articular surface of bone B. 
     Implant head  13303  may be coupled to a first end of rod  13303 . Rod  13303  may include a second implant head (not shown) coupled to a second end of rod  13303 , opposite the first end. Rod  13303  may include one or more additional implant heads (not shown) coupled to rod  13303  along a length of rod  13303 . 
       FIG. 134  shows illustrative apparatus  13400  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13400  may include implant head  13403 . Implant head  13403  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13403  may be expandable. Implant head  13403  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13403  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13403  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13400  may include intramedullary rod  13401 . Intramedullary rod  13401  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13401  may be coupled to implant head  13403 . The coupling of implant head  13403  to rod  13401  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus  13400  may include plate  13405 . A bottom surface of plate  13405  may be positioned on bone B. Rod  13401  may extend through plate  13405 . Rod  13401  may extend through an opening in plate  13405 , rod  13401  may fixed to plate  13405 , and rod  13401  may be coupled to plate  13404  in any other suitable way using known apparatus and methods. Rod  13401  and plate  13405  may together be monolithic. Bi-cortical screws  13407  may be advanced through plate  13405  and across a width of a shaft of bone B. 
       FIG. 135  shows illustrative apparatus  13500  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13500  may include implant head  13507 . Implant head  13507  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13507  may be expandable. Implant head  13507  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13507  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13507  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13500  may include intramedullary rod  13503 . Intramedullary rod  13503  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13503  may be coupled to implant head  13507 . The coupling of implant head  13507  to rod  13503  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  13501 . Intramedullary rod  13501  may be extend through an opening in intramedullary rod  13503  and be fixed to rod  13503  using one or more screws, intramedullary rod  13501  may be fixedly attached to rod  13503 , and intramedullary rod  13501  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  13503  in any other suitable way known apparatus and methods. 
     Bone B may be a femur bone. A first end of rod  13501  may be positioned adjacent a greater trochanter of the femur. A length of rod  13501  may extend along a length of the femur. A second end of rod  13501  may be positioned in a femur shaft. Implant head  13507  may be positioned in a head of the femur. Rod  13101  may extend along a neck of the femur. 
       FIG. 136  shows illustrative apparatus positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13600  may include implant head  13607  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13607  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13607  may be expandable. Implant head  13607  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13607  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13607  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13600  may include intramedullary rod  13603 . Intramedullary rod  13603  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13603  may be coupled to implant head  13607 . The coupling of implant head  13607  to rod  13603  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  13601 . Intramedullary rod  13601  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  13603  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. 
     Bone B may be a femur bone. A first end of rod  13601  may be positioned adjacent a greater trochanter of the femur. A length of rod  13601  may extend along a length of the femur. A second end of rod  13601  may be positioned in the femur shaft. Implant head  13607  may be positioned in a head of the femur and extend along a neck of the femur. 
       FIG. 137  shows illustrative apparatus  13700  for implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone in the body. Apparatus  13700  may include implant head  13705  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13705  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Apparatus  13700  may include implant head  13707  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13707  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. 
     Implant head  13705  may be expandable. Implant head  13705  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13705  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13705  may not be expandable. 
     Implant head  13707  may be expandable. Implant head  13707  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13707  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13707  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13700  may include intramedullary rod  13703 . Intramedullary rod  13703  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13703  may be coupled to implant head  13705 . The coupling of implant head  13705  to rod  13703  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. Intramedullary rod  13703  may be coupled to implant head  13707 . The coupling of implant head  13707  to rod  13703  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  13701 . Intramedullary rod  13701  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  13703  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. 
       FIG. 138  shows illustrative apparatus  13800  for implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone in the body. Apparatus  13800  may include implant head  13805  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13805  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13805  may include a first sphere-shaped portion  13807  and a second cylindrically-shaped portion  13809 . 
     Implant head  13805  may be expandable. Implant head  13805  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13805  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13805  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13800  may include intramedullary rod  13803 . Intramedullary rod  13803  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13803  may be coupled to implant head  13805 . The coupling of implant head  13805  to rod  13803  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  13801 . Intramedullary rod  13801  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  13803  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. 
       FIG. 139  shows illustrative apparatus  13900  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  13900  may include implant head  13905  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  13905  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  13905  may be expandable. Implant head  13905  may be expanded inside bone B. Implant head  13905  may be expanded prior to positioning in bone B. Implant head  13905  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  13900  may include intramedullary rod  13903 . Intramedullary rod  13903  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  13903  may be coupled to implant head  13905 . The coupling of implant head  13905  to rod  13903  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  13901 . Intramedullary rod  13901  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  13903  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  13901  may define first hole  13911  and second hole  13913 . First hole  13911  may define a central axis that points to implant head  13905 . Second hole  13913  may define a central axis that points to implant head  13905 . When implant head  13905  has not yet been expanded, first hole  13911  and second hole  13913  may each point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head  13905  when expanded in bone B. 
     A distal tip of fixation element  13909 , when advanced through first hole  13911  and into a head of bone B, may be anchored in implant head  13905 . A distal tip of fixation element  13907 , when advanced through second hole  13913  and into a head of bone B, may be anchored in implant head  13905 . 
       FIG. 140  shows illustrative apparatus  14000  for implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  14000  may include implant head  14005  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14005  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14005  may be expandable. Implant head  14005  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14005  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14005  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14000  may include intramedullary rod  14003 . Intramedullary rod  14003  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14003  may be coupled to implant head  14005 . The coupling of implant head  14005  to rod  14003  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  14001 . Intramedullary rod  14001  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14003  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  14001  may define hole  14009 . Hole  14009  may define a central axis that points to implant head  14005 . When implant head  14005  has not yet been expanded, hole  14009  may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head  14005  when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element  14007 , when advanced through first hole  14009  and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head  14005 . 
       FIG. 141  shows illustrative apparatus  14100  for implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  14100  may include implant head  14105  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14105  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14105  may be expandable. Implant head  14105  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14105  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14105  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14100  may include intramedullary rod  14103 . Intramedullary rod  14103  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14103  may be coupled to implant head  14105 . The coupling of implant head  14105  to rod  14103  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  14101 . Intramedullary rod  14101  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14103  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  14101  may define hole  14109 . Hole  14109  may define a central axis that points to implant head  14105 . When implant head  14105  has not yet been expanded, hole  14109  may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head  14105  when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element  14107 , when advanced through first hole  14109  and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head  14105 . 
       FIG. 142  shows illustrative apparatus  14200  for implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  14200  may include implant head  14205  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14205  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14205  may be expandable. Implant head  14205  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14205  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14205  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14200  may include intramedullary rod  14203 . Intramedullary rod  14203  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14203  may be coupled to implant head  14205 . The coupling of implant head  14205  to rod  14203  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  14201 . Intramedullary rod  14201  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14203  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  14201  may define a hole (not shown). The hole may define a central axis that points to implant head  14205 . When implant head  14205  has not yet been expanded, the hole may point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head  14205  when expanded in the bone. A distal tip of fixation element  14207 , when advanced through first hole  14209  and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head  14205 . 
       FIG. 143  shows illustrative apparatus  14300  or implanting into a bone such as a humerus, a femur, or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  14300  may include implant head  14305  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14305  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14305  may be expandable. Implant head  14305  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14305  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14305  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14300  may include intramedullary rod  14303 . Intramedullary rod  14303  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14303  may be coupled to implant head  14305 . The coupling of implant head  14305  to rod  14303  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  14301 . Intramedullary rod  14301  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14303  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  14301  may define first hole  14311  and second hole  14313 . First hole  14311  may define a central axis that points to implant head  14305 . Second hole  14313  may define a central axis that points to implant head  14305 . When implant head  14305  has not yet been expanded, first hole  14311  and second hole  14313  may each point to a volume that will be occupied by implant head  14305  when expanded in bone B. A distal tip of fixation element  14309 , when advanced through first hole  14311  and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head  14305 . A distal tip of fixation element  14307 , when advanced through second hole  14313  and into the bone, may be anchored in implant head  14305 . 
       FIG. 144  shows illustrative apparatus  14400  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  14400  may include implant head  14405  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14405  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14405  may be expandable. Implant head  14405  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14405  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14405  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14400  may include intramedullary rod  14403 . Intramedullary rod  14403  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14403  may be coupled to implant head  14405 . The coupling of implant head  14405  to rod  14403  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. Apparatus may include intramedullary rod  14401 . Intramedullary rod  14401  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14403  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Rod  14401  may define one or more holes at an end of rod  14401 . Screws  14407  may pass through the holes at the end of rod  14401 . Bone B may be a femur bone. A length of intramedullary rod  14401  may extend along a length of the femur bone. 
       FIG. 145  shows illustrative apparatus  14500  positioned in bone B. Apparatus  14500  may include implant head  14505  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14505  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14505  may be expandable. Implant head  14505  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14505  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14505  may not be expandable. Apparatus  14500  may include intramedullary rod  14503 . Intramedullary rod  14503  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14503  may be coupled to implant head  14505 . The coupling of implant head  14505  to rod  14503  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  as described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Apparatus  14500  may include intramedullary rod  14501 . Intramedullary rod  14501  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14503  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Apparatus  14500  may include implant head  14507  (mesh structure not shown). Implant head  14507  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  14507  may be expandable. Implant head  14507  may be expanded inside the bone. Implant head  14507  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. Implant head  14507  may not be expandable. Intramedullary rod  14501  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14501  may be coupled to implant head  14507 . The coupling of implant head  14507  to rod  14501  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. One or more bi-cortical screws  14509  may pass through bone B and implant head  14507 . One or more bi-cortical screws  14509  may pass through bone B, implant head  14507  and rod  14501 . One or more screws  14509  may pass through bone B and implant head  14507 . One or more screws  14509  may pass through bone B, implant head  14507  and rod  14501 . 
     Bone B may be a femur bone. A length of intramedullary rod  14501  may extend along a length of the femur bone. Implant head  14507  may be positioned adjacent lateral and/or medial epicondyles of the femur bone. 
       FIG. 146  shows illustrative apparatus  14600  for positioning in a bone such as a femur, a humerus, or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  14600  may include implant head  14605  (mesh structure not shown), implant head  14607  (mesh structure not shown) and implant head  14609  (mesh structure not shown). Implant heads  14605 ,  14607  and  14609  may each have one or more features in common with the implant head. One or more of implant heads  14605 ,  14607  and  14609  may be expandable. One or more of implant heads  14605 ,  14607  and  14609  may be expanded inside the bone. One or more of implant heads  14605 ,  14607  and  14609  may be expanded prior to positioning in the bone. One or more of implant heads  14605 ,  14607  and  14609  may not be expandable. 
     Apparatus  14600  may include intramedullary rod  14603 . Intramedullary rod  14603  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14603  may be coupled to implant head  14605 . The coupling of implant head  14605  to rod  14603  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  as described at  FIG. 131 , above. Apparatus  14600  may include intramedullary rod  14601 . Intramedullary rod  14601  may be coupled to intramedullary rod  14603  as described at  FIG. 135 , above. Intramedullary rod  14601  may have one or more features in common with intramedullary rod  13101 . Intramedullary rod  14601  may be coupled to implant head  14607  and implant head  14609 . The coupling of implant head  14607  to rod  14607  and  14609  may have one or more features in common with the coupling of intramedullary rod  13101  to implant head  13103  described at  FIG. 131 , above. 
     Screws  14611  may be advanced through implant head  14609 . Screws  14611  may be advanced through implant head  14609  and rod  14601 . Additional screws (not shown) may be advanced through implant head  14607  and implant head  14605 . One or more screws may be advanced through both implant head  14607  and implant head  14605 . 
       FIG. 147  shows illustrative implant  14701  including implant head  14705  and implant tail  14703  positioned in a bone B. Implant  14701  may have one or more features in common with the implant. Implant head  14705  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant tail  14703  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. 
     Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be used by a practitioner to access the interior of the calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be positioned at a posterior portion of the calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be below the Achilles&#39; tendon termination. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be a primary access site. A practitioner may form a secondary access site on a lateral side of a posterior facet of the calcaneus bone. The secondary access site may be access site ‘ 2 ’. The secondary access site may be used by the practitioner to visualize the sinus relative to the talus. Implant head  14705  may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that first portion  14707  of implant head  14705  is adjacent a sinus tarsi space. Implant head  14705  may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that a second portion  14709  of implant head  14705  is adjacent a distal facet of the calcaneus. The distal facet may be a bottom surface of the calcaneus. The distal facet may be a sole of the foot. 
       FIG. 148  shows illustrative implant  14801  including implant head  14805  and implant tail  14803  positioned in a bone B. Implant  14801  may have one or more features in common with the implant. Implant head  14805  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant tail  14803  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. 
     Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be used by a practitioner to access the interior of the bone. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be located at a posterior heel location on the calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be formed through a split made in the Achilles&#39; tendon. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be a primary access site. A practitioner may form a secondary access site on a lateral side of a posterior facet of the calcaneus bone. The secondary access site may be access site ‘ 2 ’. The secondary access site may be used by the practitioner to visualize the sinus relative to the talus. Implant head  14805  may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that a portion  14807  of implant head  14805  is adjacent the distal facet of the calcaneus. 
       FIG. 149  shows illustrative implant  14901  including implant head  14905  and implant tail  14903  positioned in a bone B. Implant  14901  may have one or more features in common with the implant. Implant head  14905  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant tail  14903  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. 
     Bone B may be a calcaneus. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be used by a practitioner to access the interior of the bone. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be formed through the distal facet of the calcaneus. The implant, when placed in the calcaneus, may define a central axis. The central axis may be perpendicular to the distal facet. Access site ‘ 1 ’ may be a primary access site. A practitioner may form a secondary access site on a lateral side of a posterior facet of the calcaneus bone. The secondary access site may be access site ‘ 2 ’. The second access site may be used by the practitioner to visualize the sinus relative to the talus. Implant head  14905  may be positioned in the calcaneus and expanded such that hub  14907  of implant head  14905  is adjacent the talus. 
       FIG. 150  shows a cross-sectional view of illustrative apparatus  15000 . Apparatus  15000  may be implanted in the calcaneus or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  15000  may include first mesh  15001  and second mesh  15003 . First mesh  15001  may define a longitudinal axis and may be expandable about the axis. Second mesh  15003  may be expandable about the axis between the axis and first mesh  15001 . 
     First mesh  15001  and second mesh  15003  may together form the implant head of the implant. First mesh  15001  and second mesh  15003  may be configured to be longitudinally fixed to a central axis member that lies along the axis. 
     First mesh  15001  may have a first thickness. Second mesh  15003  may have a second thickness greater than the first thickness. The first thickness may be in the range 0.010 in. to 0.020 in. The second thickness may be in the range of 0.015 in. to 0.040 in. 
     First mesh  15001  may have a first stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the first mesh along a direction not parallel to the axis. Second mesh  15003  may have a second stress-strain modulus corresponding to compression of the second mesh along the direction. The second modulus may be greater than the first modulus. 
     First mesh  15001  may have a tear-drop shape. Second mesh  15003  may have a bulbous shape that has a shorter length, along a central axis of the implant, than first mesh  15001 . 
       FIG. 151  shows illustrative apparatus  15100 . Apparatus  15100  may be implanted in the calcaneus bone or any other suitable bone. Apparatus  15100  may include a first mesh cage  15101  (mesh not shown), second mesh cage  15103  (mesh not shown), first elongated member  15105  and second elongated member  15107 . 
     First mesh cage  15101  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Second mesh cage  15103  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. 
     First mesh cage  15101  may extend between hub  15109  and base  15111 . Second mesh cage  15103  may extend between hub  15113  and base  15115 . 
       FIG. 152  shows illustrative apparatus  15200 . Apparatus  15200  may be implanted in the calcaneus or any other suitable bone. The apparatus may include mesh cage  15201 . Mesh cage  15201  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Mesh cage  15201  may be expandable. Mesh cage  15201  may not be expandable. Mesh cage may extend between hub  15211  and base  15213 . 
     Mesh cage  15203  may include first bulbous section  15201 , second bulbous section  15205  and tapered section  15207 . Tapered section may define an outside diameter less than an outside diameter of implant base  15209 . 
     A side profile of mesh cage  15201  may differ from the front profile of mesh cage  15201  illustrated in  FIG. 152 . 
       FIG. 153  shows illustrative apparatus  15300 . Apparatus  15300  may include implant head  15301  and implant tail  15305 . Implant head  15301  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant tail may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. Implant head  15301  may be fixed to an end of central axis member  15303 . Implant head  15301  may be expandable. 
     Implant head  15301  may be manually expanded from a collapsed state to an expanded state. Implant head  15301  may self-expand to a first volume. Implant head  15301  may be manually expanded from the first volume to a second volume. Implant head  15301  may be manually expanded by insertion of rod  15307  into implant tail  15305 . Rod  15307  may have an inner threaded portion configured to mate with externally threaded end  15309 . When the inner threaded portion of rod  15307  mates with threaded end  15309  of central axis member  15303  and the rod  15307  is turned, central axis member  15303  may be advanced towards implant tail end  15311 . As central axis member  15303  advances towards end  15311 , implant head  15301  may be expanded. 
     Implant tail  15305  may be smooth. The smooth tail may allow for micromovement of the implant. 
       FIG. 154  shows a cross-sectional view of the implant shown in  FIG. 153  taken along lines  154 - 154 . The cross-sectional view does not include rod  15307 . 
       FIG. 155  shows schematically illustrative implant assembly  15500 . Assembly  15500  may include implant head  15502 . Assembly  15500  may include elongated support  15504 . Assembly  15500  may include implant tail  15506 . 
     Implant head  15502  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Elongated support  15504  may have one or more features in common with central axis member  15303  (shown in  FIG. 153 ). Implant tail  15506  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. 
     Implant tail  15506  may include anchor receiving hole  15510 . 
     Elongated support  15504  may engage implant head  15502  at hub  15508 . Support  15504  may be engaged with hub  15508  prior insertion of implant head  15502  in a bone. For example, support  15504  may be engaged with hub  15508  at a factory or by a physician in a clinical setting. Support  15504  may be engaged with hub  15508  after insertion of implant head  15502  in a bone. For example, implant head  15502  may be placed in the bone and self-expanded or be expanded by an actuator. 
     A practitioner may select implant head  15502  from two or more implant heads, each head, when expanded, defining a different volume. A practitioner may select elongated support  15506  from two or more elongated supports, each elongated support defining a different length. A practitioner may select implant tail  15506  for coupling to elongated support  15506 . The practitioner may select implant tail  15506  from a group of implant tails, each implant tail having a different length and/or defining a different angle. 
     Implant head  15502  may not be expanded when a practitioner couples implant head  15502  to elongated support  15502 . Implant head  15502  may be expanded when a practitioner couples implant head  15502  to elongated support  15502 . 
       FIG. 156  shows in partial cross section a partial view of illustrative implant assembly  15600  that may have one or more features in common with assembly  15500  (shown in  FIG. 155 ). Implant head  15602  may include expandable mesh  15604  (shown schematically). Implant head  15602  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Implant head  15604  may be fixed to base  15608 . Base  15608  may define opening  15610 . Opening  15610  may receive elongated support  15612 . Implant tail  15614  may extend from elongated support  15612 . Implant tail  15614  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. 
     Bushing  15616  may provide clearance for threaded rod  15618 . Rod  15618  may threadingly engage axial member  15620 . Threaded rod  15618  may adjust an axial gap (not shown) between bushing  15616  and axial member  15620 . The axial gap may be changed to change the extent of expansion of mesh  15604 . Threaded rod  15618  may lock the gap to lock mesh  15604  in a state of expansion. Threaded rod  15618  may lock the gap to lock mesh  15604  in a collapsed state. Set screw  15622  may be tightened against rod  15618  to prevent rod  15618  from rotating. Set screw  15622  may be cannulated to allow access to head  15624  of rod  15618 . 
     Bushing  15616  may include catches  15626 . Catches  15626  may include recesses in bushing  15616 . Catches  15626  may catch latches  15628 . Latches  15628  may include protrusions  15630 . Protrusions  15630  may have an equilibrium state in which they rest at a radius from the axis of elongated support  15612  that is smaller than the radius of opening  15610 . During insertion of elongated support  15612  into base  15608 , elongated support  15612  may displace protrusions  15630  radially outward until catches  15626  align with protrusions  15630 . Protrusions  15630  may then elastically relax into catches  15626 . 
     Base  15608  may include arms (not shown) to resiliently support protrusions  15630 . The arms may be defined by voids or slots in base  15608 . The arms may be cantilevered. Mesh  15604  may be biased to expand radially outward from the axis of elongated support  15612 . The bias may urge elongated support  15612  to exit opening  15610 . This may increase a force of engagement of catches  15626  with protrusions  15630 . The engagement may be frictional. The engagement may be an interference engagement. For example, protrusions  15630  may be shaped to nest in a beveled edge (not shown) of catches  15626 . 
       FIG. 157  shows illustrative flange  15702  in axial member  15620 . When implant head  15602  is joined to elongated support  15612 , protrusions  15630  may ride over flange  15702  before nesting in catches  15626 . Flange  15702  may provide sufficient resistance to implant head  15602  to reduce the likelihood of inadvertent engagement with catches  15626 . Arrows A show the direction of motion of implant head  15602  relative to elongated support  15612  during “snapping on” of implant head  15602  to elongated support  15612 . 
       FIG. 158  shows illustrative implant assembly  15800 . Assembly  15800  may include the implant. The implant may include implant head  15802 . The implant may include elongated support  15804 . The implant may include implant tail  15806 . Assembly  15800  may include keyed plate  15808 . 
     Implant head  15802  may have one or more features in common with the implant head. Elongated support  15804  may have one or more features in common with central axis member  15303  (shown in  FIG. 153 ). Implant tail  15806  may have one or more features in common with the implant tail. Keyed plate  15808  may have one or more features in common with the plate. 
     Implant head  15802  may include an expandable mesh anchoring substrate (expandable mesh not shown). 
     Plate  15808  may include clearance hole  15810 . Hole  15810  may be large enough to permit the passage of implant head  15802  in a collapsed state. Hole  15810  may be large enough to permit the passage of a diameter of implant head  15802  in the collapsed state. Hole  15810  may be large enough to permit the passage of diameter  15812  of elongated support  15804 . The diameter may be a “primary” diameter. 
     Plate  15808  may have a thickness  15818 . Plate  15808  may include slot  15814 . Implant tail  15806  may include grooves  15816  on opposite sides of tail  15806 . Groove  15816  may have a height that is sufficient to accommodate thickness  15818 . Grooves  15816  may have depth such that tail  15806  has a minor diameter  15820  such that tail  15806  can slide into slot  15814 . Grooves  15816  may have a length  15822  to be constrained by walls  15824  of slot  15814  with sufficient moment to prevent rotation of tail  15806  about a normal (not shown) to plate  15808 . Grooves  15816  may have a length  15822  to be constrained by walls  15824  of slot  15814  with sufficient moment to prevent rotation of tail  15806  about a longitudinal axis of support  15804 . 
     Anchor receiving holes may be used to fix plate  15808  to the bone. Tail  15806  may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot  15814 , when plate  15808  is fixed to the bone, so that plate  15808  prevents or reduces rotation of the implant about the longitudinal axis of the implant. Tail  15806  may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot  15814 , when plate  15808  is fixed to the bone, so that plate  15808  prevents or reduces rotation of the implant with respect to plate  15808 . 
     Tail  15806  may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot  15814 , when plate  15808  is fixed to the bone, so that plate  15808  prevents or reduces translation of the implant along the longitudinal axis of the implant. 
     Tail  15806  may be seated sufficiently snuggly in slot  15814 , when plate  15808  is fixed to the bone, so that plate  15808  prevents or reduces translation of the implant with respect to plate  15808 . Plate  15808  may include a set screw (not shown) or other fixation device to lock tail  15806  in slot  15814 . One or more set screws may traverse plate  15808  at a position along slot  15814 , and contact tail  15806  at one or both of grooves  15816 . 
     Elongated support  15804  may include one or more anchor passing holes  15828 . Anchor passing holes  15828  may receive an anchor engaged with implant head  15802 . A practitioner may pass one or more anchors through implant head  15802  and into anchor passing holes  15828 . 
       FIG. 159  shows the implant in clearance hole  15810  prior to insertion in slot  15814 . 
     A practitioner may insert implant tail  15802  into slot  15814  after the implant is positioned in the bone by sliding plate  15808  along a surface of the bone. 
     When implant tail  15802  is positioned in slot  15814 , a practitioner may secure the implant to the bone using screws. The screws may pass through plate  15802  and into the bone. The screws may pass through the bone and into the implant. The screws may pass through plate  15802  and the implant. 
     Thus, apparatus and methods for bone fracture repair have been provided. Persons skilled in the art will appreciate that the present invention can be practiced by other than the described examples, which are presented for purposes of illustration rather than of limitation.